sign in sign up
<<
Home , Airbag, Bench seat, Big Noise Transmission, Chevrolet Express, Pull the Pin

19_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84144864A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 12:43:29 PM 2019 Express

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY CMY Express K Owner’s Manual

84144864 A Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Contents Introduction ...... 2 In Brief ...... 5 Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 25 Seats and Restraints ...... 43 Storage ...... 91 Instruments and Controls ...... 93 Lighting ...... 125 Infotainment System ...... 132 Climate Controls ...... 159 Driving and Operating ...... 165 Care ...... 228 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 317 Technical Data ...... 331 Customer Information ...... 335 Reporting Safety Defects ...... 345 OnStar ...... 349 Connected Services ...... 357 Index ...... 361 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

2 Introduction Introduction This manual describes features that Propriétaires Canadiens may or may not be on the vehicle On peut obtenir un exemplaire de because of optional equipment that ce guide en français auprès du was not purchased on the vehicle, concessionnaire ou à l'adresse model variants, country suivante: specifications, features/applications that may not be available in your Helm, Incorporated region, or changes subsequent to Attention: Customer Service the printing of this owner’s manual. 47911 Halyard Drive , MI 48170 The names, logos, emblems, If the vehicle has the Duramax USA slogans, vehicle model names, and Diesel engine, see the Duramax vehicle body designs appearing in diesel supplement for additional and this manual including, but not limited specific information on this engine. Using this Manual to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, To quickly locate information about the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Refer to the purchase documentation relating to your the vehicle, use the Index in the EXPRESS are trademarks and/or back of the manual. It is an service marks of specific vehicle to confirm the features. alphabetical list of what is in the LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, manual and the page number where or licensors. Keep this manual in the vehicle for it can be found. For first sold in Canada, quick reference. substitute the name “General Danger, Warning, and Canadian Vehicle Owners Motors of Canada Company” for Caution Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it A French language manual can be appears in this manual. obtained from your dealer, at Warning messages found on vehicle www.helminc.com, or from: labels and in this manual describe and what to do to avoid or reduce them. Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84144864 A First Printing © 2018 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Introduction 3 A circle with a slash through it is a Vehicle Symbol Chart { Danger safety symbol which means “Do Here are some additional symbols Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let Danger indicates a with a that may be found on the vehicle this happen.” high level of risk which will result and what they mean. See the in serious injury or death. features in this manual for Symbols information. The vehicle has components and u : Air Conditioning System labels that use symbols instead of G { Warning text. Symbols are shown along with : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil the text describing the operation or 9 : Readiness Light Warning indicates a hazard that information relating to a specific ! : Antilock System (ABS) could result in injury or death. component, control, message, gauge, or indicator. $ : Brake System Warning Light M : Shown when the owner’s 9 : Dispose of Used Components Caution manual has additional instructions Properly or information. P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Caution indicates a hazard that * : Shown when the service Water could result in property or vehicle manual has additional instructions B : Engine Coolant Temperature damage. or information. 0 _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited : Shown when there is more H information on another page — : Flammable “see page.” [ : Forward Collision Alert R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location + : Fuses j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

4 Introduction Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator O : Power 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert I : Registered Technician / : Remote Vehicle Start > : Reminders I : Side Blind Zone Alert h : Stop/Start 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/ Electronic Stability Control (ESC) a : Under Pressure V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 5 Wheel Controls ...... 20 In Brief ...... 20 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System ...... 21 Instrument Panel Lane Departure Instrument Panel ...... 6 Warning (LDW) ...... 21 Initial Drive Information Side Blind Zone Initial Drive Information ...... 8 Alert (SBZA) ...... 21 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 21 System ...... 8 Park Assist ...... 21 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 8 Power Outlets ...... 22 Door Locks ...... 9 and Maintenance Windows ...... 9 Traction Control/Electronic Seat Adjustment ...... 10 Stability Control ...... 22 Seat Belts ...... 11 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 23 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 11 Fuel (Gasoline) ...... 23 Mirror Adjustment ...... 12 Fuel (Diesel) ...... 23 Adjustment . . . . 12 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 23 Interior Lighting ...... 13 Engine Oil Life System ...... 23 Exterior Lighting ...... 13 Driving for Better Fuel Wiper/Washer ...... 14 Economy ...... 24 Climate Controls ...... 15 Roadside Assistance Transmission ...... 16 Program ...... 24 Vehicle Features Infotainment System ...... 17 Radio(s) ...... 18 Satellite Radio ...... 19 Portable Audio Devices ...... 19 Bluetooth ...... 19 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

6 In Brief Instrument Panel Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 7 1. Air Vents 0 164. 12. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Fast Idle System 0 180 (If Alternating Current. See Power Equipped). 2. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 Buttons (Out of View). See Outlets 98. 21. 0 191. Driver Information Center (DIC) 13. Rear Heating System 0 161 (If 0 22. Data Link Connector (DLC) 114. Equipped). (Out of View). See Malfunction 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn Lane Departure Warning Indicator Lamp 0 108. and Lane-Change Signals (LDW) 0 204 (If Equipped). 0 23. Instrument Panel Illumination 128. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Control 0 129. 0 0 Windshield Wiper/Washer 95. System 201 (If Equipped). Dome Lamp Override. See 4. Horn 0 95. 14. Passenger Airbag On-Off Dome Lamps 0 129. Switch (If Equipped). See 0 5. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 125. 0 128. Airbag On-Off Switch 67. 6. Instrument Cluster 0 101. 15. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 192. 7. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 0 185. 16. Tow/Haul Mode Button (If Equipped). See Tow/Haul Manual Mode 0 188 (If Mode 0 189. Equipped). 17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 94 8. Climate Control Systems (If Equipped). 0 159. 18. Steering Wheel Adjustment 9. Infotainment 0 132. 0 94 (Out of View), (If 10. Power Outlets 0 98. Equipped). 11. USB Port (If Equipped). See 19. Parking Brake Release. See 0 Auxiliary Devices 0 146. Parking Brake 191. 20. Cruise Control 0 194 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

8 In Brief Initial Drive panic alarm. Press L again to cancel the panic alarm or turn the Information ignition on. This section provides a brief See Keys 0 25 and Remote Keyless overview about some of the Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27. important features that may or may not be on your specific vehicle. Remote Vehicle Start For more detailed information, refer If equipped, the engine can be to each of the features which can be started from outside of the vehicle. found later in this owner’s manual. Starting the Vehicle Remote Keyless Entry RKE Transmitter with Remote 1. Press and release Q on the (RKE) System Start Shown RKE transmitter. If equipped, the Remote Keyless : Press to lock all doors. Q 2. Immediately press and hold / Entry (RKE) transmitter is used to Lock and unlock feedback can be remotely lock and unlock the doors for at least four seconds or until personalized. See Vehicle the turn signal lamps flash. from up to 60 m (197 ft) away from Personalization 0 120. the vehicle. Start the vehicle normally after K : Press to unlock the driver door. entering. K Press again within five seconds When the vehicle starts, the parking to unlock all remaining doors. lamps will turn on. j : Press to unlock only the cargo Remote start can be extended. doors. L : Press and release to locate the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 9 Canceling a Remote Start Lock and unlock the door from the Windows outside using the key or the Remote To cancel a remote start, do one of Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, Manual Windows the following: if equipped. From the inside, slide Turn the hand crank on each door . Press and hold / until the the manual lever on the door up to raise or lower the side door parking lamps turn off. or down. windows. 0 . Turn on the hazard warning See Door Locks 30. See Manual Windows 0 40. flashers. Power Windows . Turn the vehicle on and then off. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 29. Door Locks Manual Door Locks

If equipped, press T to lock or If equipped, power windows work unlock the doors. when the ignition is on, in ACC/ See Power Door Locks 0 31. ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

10 In Brief Using the window switch, press to 2. Slide the seat to the desired . Raise and lower the front or rear open or pull to close the window. position and release the bar. of the seat cushion by moving The windows may be temporarily 3. Try to move the seat back and the right or left lever up or down. disabled if they are used repeatedly forth to be sure the seat is See Power Seat Adjustment 0 44. within a short time. locked in place. Reclining Seatbacks See Power Windows 0 40. See Seat Adjustment 0 44. Seat Adjustment Power Seats Manual Seats

To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever on the inboard To adjust a power seat, if available, side of the seat. use the controls on the front of 2. Move the seatback to the To adjust the manual seat: the seat: desired position, and then 1. Lift the bar under the front . Adjust the seat by moving the release the lever to lock the edge of the seat cushion to center knob up, down, right, seatback in place. unlock the seat. or left. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 11 To return the seatback to the upright Refer to the following sections for position: important information on how to use 1. Lift the lever fully without seat belts properly: applying pressure to the . Seat Belts 0 50 seatback, and the seatback will . How to Wear Seat Belts Properly return to the upright position. 0 51 2. Push and pull on the seatback . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53 to make sure it is locked. 0 . Lower Anchors and Tethers for See Reclining Seatbacks 45. Children (LATCH System) 0 79 Seat Belts Airbag On-Off Switch United States If the instrument panel has one of the switches pictured in the following illustrations, the vehicle has an airbag on-off switch that you can use to manually turn on or off the front outboard passenger airbag.

Canada and Mexico To operate the airbag on-off switch, use the vehicle key. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

12 In Brief See Airbag On-Off Switch 0 67 for the driver side mirror. Adjust the Interior Mirror important information. mirror angle by moving the knob in Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear the desired direction. view of the area behind your Mirror Adjustment Keep the selector switch in the vehicle. center position when not adjusting Exterior Mirrors Push the tab forward for daytime either outside mirror. Vehicles with manual outside use and pull it rearward for mirrors can be adjusted by moving nighttime use to avoid glare of the the mirror up and down or left and headlamps from behind. right so you can see a little of the See Manual Rearview Mirror 0 39. side of the vehicle, and a clear view of objects behind you. Steering Wheel Adjustment

If equipped, towing mirrors can be adjusted manually for a clear view of the objects behind you. Manually fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic wash. To If equipped with power mirrors, fold, pull the mirror toward the select each mirror by turning the vehicle. Push the mirror outward to knob clockwise for the passenger return it to the original position. side mirror or counterclockwise for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 13 If equipped with a tilt steering wheel, Reading Lamps the lever is on the left side of the If equipped with reading lamps, steering column. press the button located next to To adjust the steering wheel: each lamp to turn it on or off. 1. Pull the lever to move the The vehicle may also have reading steering wheel up or down into lamps in other locations. The lamps a comfortable position. cannot be adjusted. 2. Release the lever to lock the For more information on interior steering wheel in place. lighting, see: See Steering Wheel Adjustment . Instrument Panel Illumination 0 94. Control 0 129. The instrument panel brightness . Entry/Exit Lighting 0 130. Interior Lighting knob extends when D is pressed. To manually turn on the dome Exterior Lighting Dome Lamps lamps, press D then turn the knob The dome lamps come on when any clockwise to the farthest position. In door is opened. They turn off after this position, the dome lamps all the doors are closed. remain on whether a door is opened or closed. E DOME OFF : This button is located above the instrument panel brightness knob. Press the button in and the dome lamps remain off when a door is opened. Press the button again so The exterior lamp control is on the that the dome lamps come on when instrument panel to the left of the a door is opened. steering wheel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

14 In Brief O : Briefly turn the control to this Windshield Wiper/Washer position to turn the automatic headlamps and Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) off or back on. For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position only works for vehicles that are shifted into the P (Park) position. AUTO : Automatically turns the The lever is on the left side of the exterior lamps on and off, steering column. depending on outside lighting. 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle. ; : Turns on the parking lamps 6 : Use to adjust the delay time including all lamps, except the between wipes. Turn the band up or headlamps. down for more frequent wipes or 2 : Turns on the headlamps less frequent wipes. together with the parking lamps and d : Fast wipes. instrument panel lights. a : Slow wipes. See: 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. . Exterior Lamp Controls 0 125 L : Push the paddle on top of the . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) turn signal lever to spray washer 0 127 fluid on the windshield. . Automatic Headlamp System See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 95. 0 127 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 15 Climate Controls The vehicle's heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled with these systems.

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control 2. Temperature Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

16 In Brief Transmission Range Selection Mode

If equipped, Range Selection Mode helps control the vehicle's Vehicles with Air Conditioning transmission and vehicle speed while driving downhill or towing a 1. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems 0 159. trailer by letting you select a desired 0 2. Temperature Control See Rear Heating System 161, range of gears. if equipped or Rear Climate Control To use this feature: 3. Air Delivery Mode Control System 0 161, if equipped. 4. Rear Window Defogger 1. Move the shift lever to M (Manual Mode). 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever, to select the desired range of gears for current driving conditions. When M (Manual Mode) is selected, the transmission will downshift and a number displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) next to the M indicating the current gear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 17 Grade Braking is not available when Vehicle Features Range Selection Mode is active. 0 See Tow/Haul Mode 189. Infotainment System While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul If the vehicle has a base radio it is Mode can be used. See Manual included in this manual. See the Mode 0 188. separate infotainment manual for information on the connected radios, audio players, phone, navigation system, and voice or speech recognition. There is also information on settings and downloadable applications (if equipped). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

18 In Brief Radio(s) FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of additional information such as Channel, Song, Artist, and CAT (category) can display. Continue pressing to highlight the desired tab, or press the softkey under any one of the tabs and the information about that tab displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Infotainment 0 132. Storing a Favorite Station Depending on which radio the vehicle has, radio stations are stored as either favorites or presets. For vehicles with a FAV button, a maximum of 36 stations can be stored as favorites using the six Radio with CD/MP3 softkeys below the radio station frequency tabs and by using the O : Press to turn the system on and © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Seek or scan radio FAV button. Press FAV to go off. Turn to increase or decrease the stations. through up to six pages of favorites, volume. 4 : Press to switch the display each having six favorite stations BAND : Press to choose between between the radio station frequency available per page. Each page of FM1, FM2, AM, and SiriusXM, and the time. While the ignition is favorites can contain any if equipped. off, press this button to display the combination of AM stations, FM stations, and XM channels. f : Turn to select radio stations. time. Press to display additional text information related to the current Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 19 For more information on storing a A fee is required to receive the Bluetooth favorite station, see Operation SiriusXM service. 0 136. If equipped with a Bluetooth For more information, refer to: system, it allows users with a Setting the Clock . www.siriusxm.com or call Bluetooth-enabled cell phone to H 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.) make and receive hands-free calls 1. With the radio on, press and using the vehicle s audio system www.siriusxm.ca or call ’ the HR, MIN, MM, DD, and . and controls. YYYY (hour, minute, month, 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) The Bluetooth-enabled cell phone day, and year) display. See Satellite Radio 0 139. must be paired with the Bluetooth 2. Press the softkey under any system before it can be used in the one of the tabs to be changed. Portable Audio Devices vehicle. Not all phones will support 3. Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK, s This vehicle may have an auxiliary all functions. For more information, see www.gm.com/bluetooth and REV or \ FWD, or turn f input on the center stack and a USB port on the instrument panel. Bluetooth 0 151. clockwise or counterclockwise External devices such as an iPod, to increase or decrease the laptop computer, MP3 player, time or date. or USB storage device can be For more information on setting the connected to the auxiliary port using clock, see Clock 0 98. a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable or the USB port depending on the audio Satellite Radio system. SiriusXM is a satellite radio service See "Using the Auxiliary Input Jack" based in the 48 contiguous United and "Using the USB Port" in States and 10 Canadian provinces. Auxiliary Devices 0 146. SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide variety of programming and commercial-free music, coast to coast, and in digital-quality sound. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

20 In Brief Steering Wheel Controls b / g : Press to silence the vehicle Cruise Control speakers only. Press again to turn the sound on. Press and hold longer than two seconds to interact with OnStar or Bluetooth systems, if equipped. + e : Press to increase volume. − e : Press to decrease volume. SRCE : Press to switch between the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the front auxiliary. ¨ : Press to seek to the next radio If equipped with audio steering station, the next track while sourced wheel controls, some audio controls to the CD, or to select tracks and I : If equipped, press to turn can be adjusted at the steering folders on an iPod or USB device. cruise control on or off. The white wheel. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 94. indicator comes on in the instrument cluster when cruise control is w : Press to go to the next favorite turned on. radio station, track on a CD, or folder on an iPod or USB device. +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, press briefly to resume to a c / x : Press to go to the previously set speed, or press and previous favorite radio station, track hold to accelerate. If cruise control on a CD, or folder on an iPod or is already active, use to increase USB device. Also press to reject an vehicle speed. incoming call or end a current call. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 21 SET− : Press briefly to set the Lane Departure Rear Vision speed and activate cruise control, or press and hold to decelerate. Warning (LDW) Camera (RVC) If cruise control is already active, If equipped, LDW may help avoid If equipped, the RVC displays a use to decrease vehicle speed. unintentional lane departures at view of the area behind the vehicle [ : Press to disengage cruise speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or when the vehicle is shifted into control without erasing the set greater. LDW uses a camera R (Reverse). speed from memory. to detect the lane markings. The To clean the camera lens, rinse it LDW light, @, is green if a lane See Cruise Control 0 194, with water and wipe it with a soft marking is detected. If the vehicle if equipped. cloth. departs the lane without using a turn See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) signal in that direction, the light will 0 Forward Collision Alert change to amber and flash. In 198. (FCA) System addition, beeps will sound. Park Assist If equipped, FCA may help avoid or See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) reduce the harm caused by 0 204. If equipped, Rear Park Assist (RPA) front-end crashes. FCA provides a uses on the rear to assist with parking and avoiding green indicator, , when a vehicle Side Blind Zone V objects while in R (Reverse). is detected ahead. This indicator Alert (SBZA) It operates at speeds less than displays amber if you follow a 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses audible vehicle much too closely. When If equipped, SBZA will detect moving vehicles in the next lane beeps to provide distance and approaching a vehicle ahead too system information. quickly, FCA provides a red flashing over in the vehicle's side blind zone alert on the windshield and rapidly area. When this happens, the SBZA Keep the sensors on the vehicle's beeps. display will light up in the rear bumper clean to ensure proper corresponding outside side mirror operation. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) and will flash if the turn signal is on. System 0 201. See Park Assist 0 199. See Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 202. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

22 In Brief Power Outlets Performance and . To turn off TCS, press and release g. The appropriate The accessory power outlets can be Maintenance used to plug in electrical equipment, Driver Information Center (DIC) message will display. such as a cell phone or an MP3 Traction Control/ player. . To turn off both TCS and Electronic Stability The vehicle may have two StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold Control g until the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF accessory power outlets on the Y instrument panel. The vehicle has a Traction Control light illuminates and the System (TCS) that limits wheel spin appropriate DIC messages Remove the cover to access and display. replace when not in use. and the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system that See Power Outlets 0 98. . Press and release g again to assists with directional control of the turn on both systems. vehicle in difficult driving conditions. Both systems turn on automatically StabiliTrak will automatically turn every time the vehicle is started. back on if the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph). TCS will remain off until g is pressed or the ignition is cycled off then on. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 192. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

In Brief 23 Tire Pressure Monitor tire pressures are getting low and Fuel (Diesel) the tires need to be inflated to the This vehicle may have a Tire proper pressure. For diesel vehicles, do not use Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). gasoline. See “Fuel for Diesel The TPMS does not replace normal Engines” in the Duramax diesel monthly tire maintenance. Maintain supplement. the correct tire pressures. See Tire Pressure Monitor System E85 or FlexFuel 0 279. Fuel (Gasoline) The low tire pressure warning light alerts to a significant loss in pressure of one of the vehicle's tires. If the warning light comes on, stop as soon as possible and inflate FlexFuel Possible the tires to the recommended Certain models are compatible with pressure shown on the Tire and E85 fuel. See E85 or FlexFuel Loading Information label. See Regular Unleaded Fuel 0 207. Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. The warning light will remain on until the Use only Regular 87 octane — tire pressure is corrected. (R+M)/2 — or higher unleaded Engine Oil Life System gasoline in your vehicle. TOP TIER The engine oil life system calculates The low tire pressure warning light Detergent Gasoline is engine oil life based on vehicle use may come on in cool weather when recommended. Do not use gasoline and displays the CHANGE ENGINE the vehicle is first started, and then with an octane rating lower as it will OIL SOON message when it is time turn off as the vehicle is driven. This result in reduced performance and to change the engine oil and filter. may be an early indicator that the lower fuel economy. See The oil life system should be reset Recommended Fuel 0 206. to 100% only following an oil change. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

24 In Brief Resetting the Oil Life System Driving for Better Fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with 1. Display the OIL LIFE Economy the same TPC Spec number REMAINING on the DIC. See molded into the tire's sidewall Driver Information Center (DIC) Driving habits can affect fuel near the size. 0 114. mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled to get the best fuel economy maintenance. 2. Press and hold V on the DIC possible: while the Oil Life display is . Set the climate controls to the Roadside Assistance active. The oil life will change desired temperature after the Program to 100%. engine is started, or turn them The oil life system can also be reset off when not required. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 as follows: . Avoid fast starts and accelerate TTY Users (U.S. Only): 1. Display the OIL LIFE smoothly. 1-888-889-2438 REMAINING on the DIC. See . Brake gradually and avoid Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Driver Information Center (DIC) abrupt stops. 0 114. New Chevrolet owners are . Avoid idling the engine for long automatically enrolled in the 2. Fully press and release the periods of time. Roadside Assistance Program. accelerator pedal three times within five seconds. If the . When road and weather See Roadside Assistance Program 0 display shows 100%, the conditions are appropriate, use 339. system is reset. cruise control. See Engine Oil Life System 0 237. . Always follow posted speed limits or drive more slowly when conditions require. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Combine several trips into a single trip. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Exterior Mirrors Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Convex Mirrors ...... 38 Windows Manual Mirrors ...... 38 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 38 Keys Power Mirrors ...... 39 Keys and Locks Folding Mirrors ...... 39 { Warning Keys ...... 25 Heated Mirrors ...... 39 Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Interior Mirrors System ...... 27 the ignition key is dangerous and Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 39 children or others could be Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 39 System Operation ...... 27 seriously injured or killed. They Remote Vehicle Start ...... 29 Windows could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 30 Windows ...... 40 or other controls or make the Power Door Locks ...... 31 Manual Windows ...... 40 vehicle move. The windows will Cargo Door Relocking ...... 31 Power Windows ...... 40 function with the keys in the Delayed Locking ...... 32 Swing-Out Windows ...... 41 ignition, and children or others Automatic Door Locks ...... 32 Enhanced Technology Glass . . . 41 could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 32 Rear Windows ...... 42 closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 32 Sun Visors ...... 42 children in a vehicle with the Doors ignition key. Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out) ...... 33 Sliding Door ...... 34 Rear Doors ...... 35 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 36 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 36 Immobilizer ...... 37 Immobilizer Operation ...... 37 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows reduce the risk of unintentionally Warning (Continued) moving the key out of the RUN position. Do not add any additional impacted, and may not items to the ring attached to the deploy. To reduce the risk of ignition key. Attach additional items unintentional rotation of the only to the second ring, and limit ignition key, do not change the added items to a few essential keys way the ignition key and Remote or small, light items no larger than Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, an RKE transmitter. if equipped, are connected to the provided key rings.

The ignition key and key rings, and { Warning RKE transmitter, if equipped, are designed to work together as a If the key is unintentionally system to reduce the risk of rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. The ignition moved out of the RUN position. key has a small hole to allow This could be caused by heavy attachment of the provided key ring. items hanging from the key ring, It is important that any replacement or by large or long items attached ignition keys have a small hole. See to the key ring that could be your dealer if a replacement key is contacted by the driver or required. steering wheel. If the ignition The combination and size of the moves out of the RUN position, rings that came with your keys were the engine will shut off, braking specifically selected for your and steering power assist may be vehicle. The rings are connected to (Continued) the key like two links of a chain to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 If it becomes difficult to turn a key, . Check the transmitter's battery. inspect the key blade for debris. See “Battery Replacement” later Periodically clean with a brush in this section. or pick. . If the transmitter is still not If locked out of the vehicle, see working correctly, see your Roadside Assistance Program dealer or a qualified technician 0 339. for service. With an active OnStar or connected service plan, an OnStar Advisor Remote Keyless Entry may remotely unlock the vehicle. (RKE) System Operation See OnStar Overview 0 349. If equipped, the RKE transmitter Interference from radio-frequency Remote Keyless Entry functions work up to 60 m (197 ft) identification (RFID) tags may away from the vehicle. prevent the key from starting the (RKE) System Other conditions can affect the vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from See Radio Frequency Statement performance of the transmitter. See the key when starting the vehicle. 0 345. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 The key is used for the ignition and If there is a decrease in the Remote System 27. all door locks. Keyless Entry (RKE) operating The key has a bar-coded key tag range: that the dealer or qualified locksmith . Check the distance. The can use to make new keys. Store transmitter may be too far from this information in a safe place, not the vehicle. in the vehicle. . Check the location. Other See your dealer if a replacement vehicles or objects may be key or additional key is needed. blocking the signal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows The interior lamps come on and when the ignition is turned on or L stay on for 20 seconds or until the is pressed again. The ignition must ignition is turned on. If enabled be off for the panic alarm to work. through the DIC, the parking lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has If equipped with an RKE transmitter occurred. See Vehicle and OnStar, refer to “Theft Alarm Personalization 0 120. Notification" in OnStar Security 0 351. j : Press to unlock only the cargo doors. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle / : If equipped, press Q and then press and hold / for at least Only RKE transmitters programmed With Remote Start, Without four seconds or until the turn signal to the vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a Similar lamps flash to start the engine from outside the vehicle using the RKE replacement can be purchased and Q : Press once to lock all doors. transmitter. See Remote Vehicle programmed through your dealer. If enabled through the Driver Start 0 29. To turn on or off, see When the replacement transmitter is Information Center (DIC), the Vehicle Personalization 0 120. programmed to the vehicle, all parking lamps flash once to indicate remaining transmitters must also be locking has occurred. L : Press and release to initiate programmed. Any lost or stolen vehicle locator. The turn signal transmitters no longer work once the The horn may chirp when Q is lamps flash and the horn sounds new transmitter is programmed. pressed again within five seconds. three times. Each vehicle can have up to 0 See Vehicle Personalization 120. four transmitters programmed to it. Press and hold L for more than K : Press to unlock the driver door. two seconds to sound the panic Battery Replacement If K is pressed again within alarm. The turn signal lamps flash five seconds, all remaining doors and the horn sounds repeatedly for Replace the battery if the DIC unlock. 30 seconds. The alarm turns off displays REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 transmitter. Do not insert when doing so. Check local Caution the tool too far. Stop as regulations for any requirements on soon as resistance is felt. remote starting of vehicles. When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on . Twist the tool until the Do not use the remote start feature the transmitter. Static from your transmitter is separated. if the vehicle is low on fuel. The body could damage the 2. Remove the old battery. Do not vehicle may run out of fuel. transmitter. use a metal object. The RKE transmitter range may be 3. Insert the new battery, positive less while the vehicle is running. side facing down. Replace with Other conditions can affect the a CR2032 or equivalent performance of the transmitter. See battery. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) 0 4. Snap the transmitter back System 27. together. / : This button will be on the RKE transmitter if the vehicle has remote Remote Vehicle Start start. This vehicle may have a remote To start the engine using the remote start feature. This feature allows you start feature: to start the engine from outside the vehicle. It may also start the 1. Press and release Q on the vehicle's heating or air conditioning transmitter. To replace the battery: systems. See Climate Control 2. Immediately press and hold / Systems 0 159. 1. Separate the transmitter with a until the turn signal lamps flat, thin object, such as a flat Laws in some local communities flash. If you cannot see the head screwdriver. may restrict the use of remote lamps, press and hold / for at starters. For example, some laws least four seconds. . Carefully insert the tool into may require a person using remote the notch located along the start to have the vehicle in view parting line of the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows When the engine starts, the turned on and then off before the . Two remote starts or a start with parking lamps will turn on and remote start procedure can be used an extension have already been remain on while the engine is again. provided. running. The doors will be To cancel a remote start do any of To turn on or off, see Vehicle locked. the following: Personalization 0 120. The engine will continue to run / for 10 minutes. After . Press and hold until the Door Locks 30 seconds, repeat the steps if parking lamps turn off. a 10-minute extension is . Turn on the hazard warning { Warning desired. Remote start can be flashers. extended only once. . Turn the ignition on and then off. . Passengers, especially After entering the vehicle during a children, can easily open remote start, turn the ignition on to The remote vehicle start feature will the doors and fall out of a drive the vehicle. not operate if: moving vehicle. When a . The key is in the ignition. door is locked, the handle A maximum of two remote starts or will not open it. The chance a start with an extension are . The hood is open. of being thrown out of the allowed between ignition cycles. . The hazard warning flashers vehicle in a crash is If the remote start procedure is used are on. increased if the doors are not locked. So, all again before the first 10-minute time . There is an emission control frame has ended, the first system malfunction. See passengers should wear 10 minutes will immediately expire Malfunction Indicator Lamp seat belts properly and the and the second 10-minute time 0 108. doors should be locked frame will start. whenever the vehicle is . The engine coolant temperature driven. After the engine has been remote is too high. started two times or a start with an (Continued) extension, the ignition must be . The oil pressure is low. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 Power Door Locks Warning (Continued) . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the vehicle whenever leaving it. . Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door To lock the door from the inside, when you slow down or stop slide the manual lever on the door the vehicle. Locking the down. To unlock the door, slide the T manual lever up. If equipped, press to lock or doors can help prevent this unlock the doors. from happening. From the outside, use the key. When a door is locked, the inside If the vehicle is equipped with door handle will not work. Keyless Entry, see Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27. Cargo Door Relocking If the cargo door is open when the lock button is pressed on the door or the RKE transmitter, all doors will lock except the cargo door. The cargo door will lock immediately when it is closed or when the delayed locking feature functions. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows Delayed Locking Lockout Protection When locking the doors with the This feature protects you from power lock switch and a door open, locking the key in the vehicle when the doors will lock five seconds after the key is in the ignition and a door the last door is closed. The horn is open. chirps to signal that the delayed If the power lock switch is pressed locking feature is in use. when either the driver, passenger, Pressing e or Q on the RKE or rear door is open, all the doors transmitter will override the delayed will lock and then the driver door will locking feature and immediately lock unlock. This feature does not all the doors. include the side cargo door. 60/40 Swing-Out Side This feature will not operate if the If the vehicle has an ambulance key is in the ignition. package, this feature is disabled. Door — Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar This feature can be programmed Safety Locks using the Driver Information For the 60/40 side swing-out door, move the button to the right for the Center (DIC). See “DELAY DOOR Security locks are located on the driver side door or to the left for the LOCK” in Vehicle Personalization front portion of the 60/40 side 0 120. swing-out door or the side passenger side door to engage the sliding door. security feature. Automatic Door Locks Move the button to the left for the driver side door or to the right for The vehicle may have an automatic the passenger side door to return lock/unlock feature. This feature can the door locks to normal operation. be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Vehicle Personalization 0 120. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33 Doors Side Door (60/40 Swing-Out)

Side Sliding Door To open the front portion of a For the side sliding door, move the 60/40 door from the inside, pull the button up to engage the security handle toward you and push the feature. Move the button down to door open. return the door locks to normal operation. To open the front portion of a 60/40 door from the outside, pull out on the handle and open the door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows To open the rear portion of a Sliding Door 60/40 door from the outside, pull the handle on the side of the rear door and pull the door toward you. To close the 60/40 side doors, close the rear door first. Then close the front door. Check to make sure that both doors are completely closed. The swing-out doors have a check strap assembly in the door frame to keep the door from opening beyond 90 degrees. To open the sliding side door from To open the door beyond the inside, pull the handle toward 90 degrees, close the door partially, the rear of the vehicle. Then, slide pull the check strap toward you and To open the sliding side door from the outside, pull the handle toward the door toward the rear of the then open the door. When the door vehicle. is closed, the check strap will the rear of the vehicle and slide the automatically re-engage. door open. To close the sliding side door from To close the sliding side door from the inside, grasp the handle and the outside, use the handle to slide slide the door toward the front of the the door toward the front of the vehicle. vehicle. Make sure the door is completely When the door is closed, it will be closed before driving away. flush with the side of the body. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 Rear Doors Warning (Continued) { Warning permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke. Unlocked doors can be Always lock the vehicle dangerous. whenever leaving it. . Passengers, especially . Outsiders can easily enter children, can easily open through an unlocked door the doors and fall out of a when you slow down or stop moving vehicle. The doors the vehicle. Locking the can be unlocked and doors can help prevent this opened while the vehicle is from happening. moving. The chance of To open the driver side rear door, being thrown out of the pull the latch release at the inside vehicle in a crash is To open the rear doors from the edge of the door. outside, pull the handle toward you increased if the doors are To close the rear doors, close the to open the passenger side rear not locked. So, all driver side rear door first. Then door first. passengers should wear close the passenger side rear door. seat belts properly and the Check to make sure both doors are doors should be locked completely closed. whenever the vehicle is driven. . Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out. A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows Vehicle Security The vehicle alarm system will not Unlocking the driver door with the arm if the doors are locked with the key will not disarm the system or This vehicle has theft-deterrent key or the manual door lock. turn off the alarm. features; however, they do not make The alarm will also be activated if a the vehicle impossible to steal. How to Detect a Tamper passenger door, side door, rear Condition door, or the hood is opened without Vehicle Alarm System first disarming the system. When the If K is pressed and the horn chirps This vehicle has an anti-theft alarm alarm is activated, the turn signals and the lights flash three times, the system. flash and the horn sounds for about alarm was activated while the alarm 30 seconds. The alarm system will system was armed. Arming the Alarm System then re-arm to monitor for the next If the alarm system has been unauthorized event. 1. Close the side door/rear doors activated, and allowed to complete and the hood. Turn off the Disarming the Alarm System an event (approximately vehicle. one minute), a message will appear To disarm the alarm system or turn on the Driver Information Center 2. Lock the vehicle in one of off the alarm if it has been activated: two ways: (DIC) the next time the vehicle is K started. . Use the RKE transmitter. . Press on the RKE transmitter. . With a door open, press the . Start the vehicle. Theft Alarm Notification inside Q. To avoid setting off the alarm by To enable e-mail or text notification, accident: see “Theft Alarm Notification” in 3. After 30 seconds the alarm OnStar Security 0 351. system will arm. Pressing Q on . Lock the vehicle after all the RKE transmitter a second occupants have left the vehicle Testing the Alarm and all doors are closed. time will bypass the 30-second To test the alarm: delay and immediately arm the . Always unlock a door with the alarm system. RKE transmitter. 1. Lower the driver window and open the driver door. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37 2. Press Q on the RKE theft-deterrent system. PASS-Key III It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ transmitter. + is a passive theft deterrent decoder to learn the transponder system. value of a new or replacement key. 3. Close the door and wait for a Up to eight keys may be few seconds. The system is automatically armed when the key is removed from the programmed for the vehicle. This 4. Reach in through the open ignition. procedure is for learning additional window, unlock the door with keys only. If all the currently the manual door lock, and You do not have to manually arm or programmed keys are lost or do not open the door. disarm the system. operate, you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service This should set off the alarm. The security light will come on if there is a problem with arming or PASS-Key III+ to have keys made If the alarm does not sound disarming the theft-deterrent and programmed to the system. when it should but the lamps system. See your dealer or a locksmith who flash, check to see if the horn If the engine does not start and the can service PASS-Key III+ to get a works. The horn fuse may be new key blank that is cut exactly as blown. To replace the fuse, see security light comes on, the key may have a damaged transponder. Turn the ignition key that operates the Fuses and Circuit Breakers system. 0 263. the ignition off and try again. If the engine still does not start, and To program the new key: Immobilizer the key appears to be undamaged, 1. Verify the new key has 1 try another ignition key. If the engine See Radio Frequency Statement stamped on it. still does not start with the other key, 0 345. the vehicle needs service. If the 2. Insert the original, already vehicle does start, the first key may programmed key into the Immobilizer Operation be faulty. See your dealer or a ignition lock cylinder and start This vehicle is equipped with the locksmith who can service the the engine. If the engine will PASS-Key® III+ (Personalized PASS-Key III+ to have a new not start, see your dealer for Automotive Security System) key made. service. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows 3. After the engine has started, Exterior Mirrors The mirrors can be manually folded turn the ignition off and remove in or out. the key. Convex Mirrors On the lower portion of each mirror 4. Insert the key to be is an auxiliary convex mirror. programmed and turn the A convex mirror's surface is curved ignition on within 10 seconds of { Warning so you can see more from the driver removing the previous key. A convex mirror can make things, seat. The auxiliary convex mirrors The security message will turn like other vehicles, look farther can be adjusted manually by moving the mirror. off once the key has been away than they really are. If you programmed. It may not be cut too sharply into the next lane, apparent that the security you could hit a vehicle that is Trailer-Tow Mirrors message went on due to how driving next to you. Check the quickly the key is programmed. inside mirror or glance over your 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 if additional shoulder before changing lanes. keys are to be programmed. If you lose or damage a If equipped, the lower portion of the PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer driver and passenger side mirror is or a locksmith who can service convex. A convex mirror's surface is PASS-Key III+ to have a new curved so more can be seen from key made. the driver seat. The convex mirror can be adjusted manually to the Do not leave the key or device that driver preferred position for better disarms or deactivates the vision. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. Vehicles with towing mirrors can be Manual Mirrors adjusted manually for a clear view Adjust the mirrors by moving the of the objects behind you. mirror up and down and left and right. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39 On the lower portion of each mirror Adjust the mirror angle by moving Interior Mirrors there is an auxiliary convex mirror the knob in the desired direction. that can be adjusted manually to The auxiliary convex mirrors can provide an extended field of view. only be adjusted manually. Interior Rearview Mirrors The mirrors can be manually folded Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear in or out. Folding Mirrors view of the area behind the vehicle. Manual Folding Mirrors Do not spray glass cleaner directly Power Mirrors on the mirror. Use a soft towel The mirrors can be folded inward dampened with water. toward the vehicle to prevent damage when going through an Manual Rearview Mirror automatic car wash. Push the mirror outward to return it to the original Push the tab forward for daytime position. use and pull it rearward for nighttime use to avoid glare of the Side Blind Zone Alert headlamps from behind. The vehicle may have Side Blind Zone Alert. See Side Blind Zone Backup Video Manual Mirror Alert (SBZA) 0 202. If equipped, this manual dimming mirror provides a camera view of Heated Mirrors the area behind the vehicle. The video display feature comes on If equipped with power mirrors, For vehicles with heated mirrors: when the vehicle is shifted in select each mirror by turning the 1 : Press to heat the mirrors. R (Reverse), and turns off when the knob clockwise for the passenger vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse). An indicator light in the button lights side mirror or counterclockwise for when the outside heated mirrors are the driver side mirror. The center activated. position is neutral. See “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate Control Systems 0 159. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows Troubleshooting Windows Manual Windows If the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and Operate the manual windows by a blue screen is displayed in the { Warning turning the hand crank on each door mirror and then the display shuts to raise or lower the side door off, see your dealer for service. Never leave a child, a helpless windows. See Rear Vision Camera (RVC) adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, 0 198. especially with the windows Power Windows closed in warm or hot weather. They can be overcome by the { Warning extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death Children could be seriously from heat stroke. injured or killed if caught in the path of a closing window. Never leave keys in a vehicle with children. See Keys 0 25. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41 holding the switch. Press fully and To close the window, pull the latch release the switch marked AUTO to toward you and push down on the activate the express-down mode. latch to lock it. This mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the switch. To open the window part way, lightly tap the switch until the window is at the desired position. Swing-Out Windows

If equipped, power windows work when the ignition is on, in ACC/ ACCESSORY, or when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Rear Swing‐Out Windows See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. The vehicle also has rear swing‐out windows. The rear swing-out Using the window switch, press to windows work the same way as the open or pull to close the window. side swing‐out window, but the latch The windows may be temporarily is located at the bottom edge of the disabled if they are used repeatedly window. Side Swing-Out Window within a short time. To open the side door swing-out Enhanced Technology Express-Down window, pull up on the latch at the Glass The driver window switch has an edge of the window. Swing the express-down feature that allows window out and push down on the The vehicle may be equipped with the window to be lowered without latch to lock the window into place. Enhanced Technology Glass (ETG). ETG is part of the overall occupant Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

protection system on passenger and Vehicle Configuration ETG Locations crew . ETG may help keep Sliding door forward window (if passengers sitting next to these Passenger Vans with five or more equipped) and rear-most side fixed windows from being ejected seating positions through the glass in some, but not windows all crashes. Even with this glass, Long Wheelbase Cargo Vans Rear-most side windows seat belts must still be worn at all times. For passenger and crew Sliding door forward window (if vans, use only ETG glass approved Crew Vans equipped) and rear-most side for the vehicle for replacement when windows. damaged. The following table shows laminated glass location, based on vehicle Rear Windows Sun Visors model and options. Rear Side Door Windows To block out glare, swing down the (Cargo Only) sun visors. You can also swing them to the side. { Warning Visor Vanity Mirror The vehicle may have a partition The vehicle may have visor vanity behind the front seats or vertical mirrors, with or without lamps. Lift metal panels on the inside of the the mirror cover to turn the lamps on, if equipped. rear side door windows. These are part of the occupant protection system. Do not remove them. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 43 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Securing Child Restraints (With Seats and When Should an Airbag the Seat Belt in the Restraints Inflate? ...... 64 Front Seat) ...... 87 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 65 Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Head Restraints ...... 44 Restrain? ...... 65 What Will You See after an Front Seats Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Seat Adjustment ...... 44 Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 67 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 44 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Vehicle ...... 70 Adding Equipment to the Rear Seats Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 70 Rear Seats ...... 46 Airbag System Check ...... 71 Seat Belts Replacing Airbag System Parts Seat Belts ...... 50 after a Crash ...... 71 How to Wear Seat Belts Child Restraints Properly ...... 51 Older Children ...... 72 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Infants and Young Children . . . . 73 Seat Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems ...... 76 Pregnancy ...... 57 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 77 Seat Belt Extender ...... 58 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety System Check ...... 58 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 79 Seat Belt Care ...... 58 Replacing LATCH System Parts Replacing Seat Belt System After a Crash ...... 85 Parts after a Crash ...... 59 Securing Child Restraints (With Airbag System the Seat Belt in the Airbag System ...... 60 Rear Seat) ...... 85 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

44 Seats and Restraints Head Restraints Front Seats To adjust the seat: 1. Lift the bar under the front On vehicles with factory installed edge of the seat cushion to seats, the front seats have built-in Seat Adjustment unlock the seat. head restraints that are not adjustable in the outboard seating { Warning 2. Slide the seat to the desired positions. position and release the bar. You can lose control of the 3. Try to move the seat back and vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure the seat is seat while the vehicle is moving. locked in place. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving. Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning

The power seats will work with the ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 45 Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the { Warning seatback in place. If either seatback is not locked, it 3. Push and pull on the seatback could move forward in a sudden to make sure it is locked. stop or crash. That could cause To return the seatback to the upright injury to the person sitting there. position: Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without locked. applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will To adjust a power seat, if available, return to the upright position. use the controls on the front of 2. Push and pull on the seatback the seat: to make sure it is locked. . Move the center knob to the right or left to move the seat { Warning forward or rearward. Sitting in a reclined position when . Move the center knob up or the vehicle is in motion can be down to raise or lower the seat. dangerous. Even when buckled . Move the right or left lever up or up, the seat belts cannot do down to raise or lower the front their job. or rear of the seat cushion. (Continued)

To recline the seatback: 1. Lift the lever on the inboard side of the seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

46 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) Rear Seats

The shoulder belt will not be Removing the Rear Seat against your body. Instead, it will Disconnect the -latch plates for be in front of you. In a crash, you the lap-shoulder belts on the bench could go into it, receiving neck or seat to be removed. other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if For proper protection when the the vehicle is moving. vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear the seat belt properly. 1. To do this, press the tip of a key into the release hole of the seat belt buckle while pulling up on the seat belt. 2. Locate the pins. On a three-passenger seat there are two pins on the inboard sides of the rear seats. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 47 4. Repeat this procedure for the other pins. 5. Pull the seat rearward about 5 cm (2 in), and then lift the seat from the floor rails. 6. Remove the seat from the vehicle.

Three-Passenger Seat Three-Passenger Seat The left side pin has a gray cap The right side pin has a with a black “L” marked on it. black cap with a white “R” marked on it. On a four-passenger seat, each half of the seat has a set of pins. The left side has a set marked “L”, and the right side has a set marked “R”. 7. For the second and third row If the vehicle has floor mats, seats, stow the seat belt latch the pins are under a flap that by attaching the clip on the has been cut into the mat. seat belt latch to the trim just inside the side door. 3. Pull the pin handle up to disengage the pin from the retaining clip, and then pull the pin out. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

48 Seats and Restraints 2. Locate the hole in the rail to Warning (Continued) install the locking pins at the rear of the seat base. If the injured. Be sure to lock the seat vehicle has floor mats, pull the into place properly when flap that has been cut into installing it. the mat. 3. Insert the locking pins into the seat base and push the seat to { Warning line up the pins with the base. On a three-passenger seat, the A seat belt that is improperly pin with the black cap routed, not properly attached, marked “R” must be installed For the last row of seats, stow or twisted will not provide the on the right side and the pin protection needed in a crash. The the seat belt latch plate on the with the gray cap marked “L” clip at the window trim. Roll the person wearing the belt could be must be installed on the mini-latch into the seat belt seriously injured. After raising the left side. webbing and then hook the rear seatback, always check to be seat belt latch plate on the clip. sure that the seat belts are On a four-passenger seat, the properly routed and attached, and pins marked “R” must be Reinstalling the Rear Seats installed on the half of the seat are not twisted. on the right side. The pins { Warning marked “L” must be installed on 1. Position the seat into the open the half of the seat on the A seat that is not locked into slots in both rails. Push the left side. place properly can move around seat forward in the rail, hooking in a collision or sudden stop. both seat bases onto the pins People in the vehicle could be inside of the rails. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 49 9. Check that all locking pins are locked into place before operating the vehicle.

Three-Passenger Seat Three-Passenger Seat 4. Push the pin(s) marked “R” 5. Push the pin(s) marked “L” down until they are in the down until they are in the retaining clip. retaining clip. 6. If the vehicle has a floor mat, put the flap back to its original position. 7. Repeat this procedure for the other seat base. 8. Connect the mini-latch plates for the lap-shoulder belts by inserting the latch plates into the mini-buckles attached at the outboard positions of the . Do not twist the belts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

50 Seats and Restraints Seat Belts When riding in a vehicle, you travel Warning (Continued) as fast as the vehicle does. If the This section describes how to use vehicle stops suddenly, you keep seat belts properly, and some things passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you. not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! { Warning Always wear a seat belt, and When you wear a seat belt, you and check that all passenger(s) are the vehicle slow down together. Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because seat belt cannot be worn properly. you stop over a longer distance and, In a crash, if you or your when worn properly, your strongest passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. bones take the forces from the seat seat belts, injuries can be much See Seat Belt Reminders 0 105. belts. That is why wearing seat belts worse than if you are wearing makes such good sense. seat belts. You can be seriously Why Seat Belts Work injured or killed by hitting things Questions and Answers About inside the vehicle harder or by Seat Belts being ejected from the vehicle. In Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle addition, anyone who is not after a crash if I am wearing a buckled up can strike other seat belt? passengers in the vehicle. A: You could be — whether you are It is extremely dangerous to ride wearing a seat belt or not. Your in a cargo area, inside or outside chance of being conscious of a vehicle. In a collision, during and after a crash, so you passengers riding in these areas can unbuckle and get out, is are more likely to be seriously much greater if you are belted. injured or killed. Do not allow (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 51 Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants this applies force to the strong should I have to wear seat to buckle up. Statistics show that pelvic bones and you would be belts? unbelted people are hurt more often less likely to slide under the lap A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are belt. If you slid under it, the belt systems only. They work with wearing seat belts. would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause seat belts — not instead of them. There are important things to know Whether or not an airbag is about wearing a seat belt properly. serious or even fatal injuries. provided, all occupants still have . Wear the shoulder belt over the to buckle up to get the most shoulder and across the chest. protection. These parts of the body are best Also, in nearly all states and in able to take belt restraining all Canadian provinces, the law forces. The shoulder belt locks if requires wearing seat belts. there is a sudden stop or crash. How to Wear Seat Belts { Warning Properly You can be seriously injured, Follow these rules for everyone's or even killed, by not wearing protection. your seat belt properly. There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, . Sit up straight and always keep including smaller children and your feet on the floor in front of infants. If a child will be riding in the you (if possible). vehicle, see Older Children 0 72 or . Always use the correct buckle Infants and Young Children 0 73. for your seating position. Review and follow the rules for . Wear the lap part of the belt low children in addition to the following and snug on the hips, just rules. touching the thighs. In a crash, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

52 Seats and Restraints

Always use the correct buckle for your seating position.

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under to become loose or twisted. both arms or behind your back. Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an . Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 53 Lap-Shoulder Belt If the shoulder portion of a Position the release button on passenger belt is pulled out all the buckle so that the seat belt All seating positions in the vehicle the way, the child restraint could be quickly unbuckled if have a lap-shoulder belt. If you are locking feature may be necessary. using a rear seating position with a engaged. If this happens, let detachable seat belt and the seat 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt the belt go back all the way height adjuster, move it to the belt is not attached, see and start again. “Reinstalling the Rear Seats” under height that is right for you. Rear Seats 0 46 for instructions on See “Seat belt Height Adjuster” reconnecting the seat belt to the later in this section for mini-buckle. instructions on use and important safety information. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index. 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it get twisted. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks. The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you Pull up on the latch plate to very quickly. If this happens, let make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see 5. To make the lap part tight, pull the belt go back slightly to 0 unlock it. Then pull the belt Seat Belt Extender 58. up on the shoulder belt. across you more slowly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

54 Seats and Restraints It may be necessary to pull retractor may lock and cannot be stitching on the seat belt pulled out. If this happens, pull the through the latch plate to fully seat belt straight out firmly to unlock tighten the lap belt on smaller the webbing, and then release it. occupants. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt is out of the way. If a door is slammed against a seat belt, damage can occur to both the seat belt and the vehicle. Seat Belt Height Adjuster Squeeze both sides of the release The vehicle has a seat belt height button and pull outward. Then move adjuster for the driver and front the height adjuster up or down to outboard passenger positions. the desired position and release the Adjust the height so the shoulder button. portion of the belt is on the shoulder After the adjuster is set to the To unlatch the belt, push the button and not falling off of it. The belt desired position, try to move it up or on the buckle. The belt should should be close to, but not down without squeezing the release return to its stowed position. Slide contacting, the neck. Improper button to make sure it has locked the latch plate up the seat belt shoulder belt height adjustment into position. webbing when the seat belt is not in could reduce the effectiveness of use. The latch plate should rest on the seat belt in a crash. See How to Seat Belt Pretensioners the stitching on the seat belt, near Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 51. If the vehicle has seat-mounted side the guide loop on the side wall. impact airbags and roof-rail airbags, Always stow the seat belt slowly. it also has seat belt pretensioners If the seat belt webbing returns for the front outboard occupants. quickly to the stowed position, the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 55 Although the seat belt pretensioners older children who have outgrown cannot be seen, they are part of the booster seats and for some adults. seat belt assembly. They can help When installed and properly tighten the seat belts during the adjusted, the comfort guide early stages of a moderate to positions the shoulder belt away severe frontal, near frontal, or rear from the neck and head. crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. And, if the vehicle has roof-rail airbags, seat belt pretensioners can Adjustable comfort guides are help tighten the seat belts in a side available through your dealer for the crash or a rollover event. left rear outboard seating positions Pretensioners work only once. If the of the three-passenger bench seats pretensioners activate in a crash, and for the outboard seating the pretensioners and probably positions of the four-passenger other parts of the vehicle’s seat belt bench seats. For these seating system will need to be replaced. positions, the adjustable comfort See Replacing Seat Belt System guide attaches to a loop on the Parts after a Crash 0 59. outboard side of the seatback. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt The comfort guides for the right rear while entering or exiting the vehicle outboard seating positions of or at any time while sitting in the three-passenger bench seats are seat. Sitting on the seat belt can stored in a pocket on the side of the damage the webbing and hardware. seatback. Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides This vehicle may have rear seat belt comfort guides. The guides may provide added seat belt comfort for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

56 Seats and Restraints Comfort Guide Installation and 3. Be sure that the belt is not Removal (Pocket Style) twisted and it lies flat. The To install: elastic cord must be behind the belt with the plastic guide on the front.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be 2. Place the guide over the belt, seriously injured. The shoulder and insert the two edges of the belt should go over the shoulder belt into the slots of the guide. and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 1. Locate the guide in a pocket on the side of the seatback. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 57 Comfort Guide Installation and Adjustable comfort guides are Removal (Adjustable Style) available through your dealer for the left rear outboard seating positions { Warning of the three-passenger bench seats and for the outboard seating A seat belt that is not properly positions of the four-passenger worn may not provide the bench seats. Instructions are protection needed in a crash. The included with the guides. person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder Seat Belt Use During belt should go over the shoulder Pregnancy and across the chest. These parts Seat belts work for everyone, of the body are best able to take 4. Buckle, position, and release including pregnant women. Like all belt restraining forces. the seat belt as described occupants, they are more likely to previously in this section. Make be seriously injured if they do not sure that the shoulder belt wear seat belts. crosses the shoulder. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the seat belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide back into its storage pocket on the side of the seatback. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

58 Seats and Restraints Seat Belt Extender seat belt system from performing properly. See your dealer to have it If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted around you, you should use it. seat belts may not protect you in a But if a seat belt is not long enough, crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can your dealer will order you an rip apart under impact forces. If a extender. When you go in to order it, belt is torn or frayed, have it take the heaviest coat you will wear, replaced immediately. If a belt is so the extender will be long enough twisted, it may be possible to for you. To help avoid personal untwist by reversing the latch plate injury, do not let someone else use on the webbing. If the twist cannot it, and use it only for the seat it is be corrected, ask your dealer to fix it. A pregnant woman should wear a made to fit. The extender has been lap-shoulder belt, and the lap designed for adults. Never use it for Make sure the seat belt reminder portion should be worn as low as securing child restraints. For more light is working. See Seat Belt possible, below the rounding, information on the proper use and fit Reminders 0 105. throughout the pregnancy. of seat belt extenders see the instruction sheet that comes with Keep seat belts clean and dry. See 0 The best way to protect the fetus is the extender. Seat Belt Care 58. to protect the mother. When a seat belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety System Check Seat Belt Care that the fetus will not be hurt in a Keep belts clean and dry. crash. For pregnant women, as for Periodically check the seat belt anyone, the key to making seat reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch Seat belts should be properly cared belts effective is wearing them plates, retractors, shoulder belt for and maintained. height adjusters (if equipped), and properly. Seat belt hardware should be kept seat belt anchorages to make sure they are all in working order. Look dry and free of dust or debris. As for any other loose or damaged seat necessary, exterior hard surfaces belt system parts that might keep a and seat belt webbing may be lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 59 Ensure there is not excessive dust Replacing Seat Belt New parts and repairs may be or debris in the mechanism. If dust necessary even if the seat belt or debris exists in the system please System Parts after a system was not being used at the see the dealer. Parts may need to Crash time of the crash. be replaced to ensure proper Have the seat belt pretensioners functionality of the system. { Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the airbag readiness light { Warning A crash can damage the seat belt stays on after you start the vehicle system in the vehicle. A damaged or while you are driving. See Airbag Do not bleach or dye seat belt seat belt system may not properly Readiness Light 0 105. webbing. It may severely weaken protect the person using it, the webbing. In a crash, they resulting in serious injury or even might not be able to provide death in a crash. To help make adequate protection. Clean and sure the seat belt systems are rinse seat belt webbing only with working properly after a crash, mild soap and lukewarm water. have them inspected and any Allow the webbing to dry. necessary replacements made as soon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement of seat belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any crash may have been stressed or damaged. See your dealer to have the seat belt assemblies inspected or replaced. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

60 Seats and Restraints Airbag System . A roof-rail airbag for the driver passengers seated directly and the passenger seated behind the front outboard The vehicle has the following directly behind the driver on passenger on vans with three or airbag: vans with two row seating more seating rows . A frontal airbag for the driver . A roof-rail airbag for the front If the van is equipped with a The vehicle may have the following outboard passenger and the sliding door, the roof-rail airbag airbags: passenger seated directly for the front outboard passenger behind the front outboard is separate from the roof-rail . A frontal airbag for the front passenger on vans with two row airbag for the second and third outboard passenger seating row passengers seated directly . A seat-mounted side impact If the van is equipped with a behind the front outboard airbag for the driver sliding door, the roof-rail airbag passenger. If the van is equipped with a 60/40 swing-out . A seat-mounted side impact for the front outboard passenger is separate from the roof-rail door, a single roof-rail airbag airbag for the front outboard covers all three seating passenger airbag for the passenger seated directly behind the front outboard positions. Seat-mounted side impact passenger. If the van is Additionally: airbags are only available on equipped with a 60/40 swing-out . Vehicles that have a raised or vehicles equipped with roof-rail door, a single roof-rail airbag airbags. modified roof — such as school covers both seating positions. buses, ambulances, vehicles . A roof-rail airbag for the driver . A roof-rail airbag for the driver with adaptive equipment for on vans with single row seating and the second and third row mobility, and recreational . A roof-rail airbag for the front passengers seated directly vehicles — may or may not be outboard passenger on vans behind the driver on vans with equipped with roof-rail airbags. with single row seating three or more seating rows . Vehicles with a GVWR above . A roof-rail airbag for the front 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) are not outboard passenger and the equipped with roof-rail airbags. second and third row Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 61 All vehicle airbags have the word Here are the most important things AIRBAG on the trim or on an to know about the airbag system: { Warning attached label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { Warning force and faster than the blink of For frontal airbags, the word You can be severely injured or an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG is on the center of the against, or very close to, any steering wheel for the driver and on killed in a crash if you are not wearing your seat belt, even with airbag when it inflates can be the instrument panel for the front seriously injured or killed. Do not outboard passenger. airbags. Airbags are designed to work with seat belts, not replace sit unnecessarily close to any For seat-mounted side impact them. Also, airbags are not airbag, as you would be if sitting airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the designed to inflate in every crash. on the edge of the seat or leaning side of the seatback closest to forward. Seat belts help keep you the door. In some crashes seat belts are the only restraint. See When in position before and during a For roof-rail airbags, the word Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 64. crash. Always wear a seat belt, AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. even with airbags. The driver Wearing your seat belt during a should sit as far back as possible Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance while still maintaining control of the protection provided by seat of hitting things inside the vehicle belts. Even though today s airbags the vehicle. The seat belts and ’ or being ejected from it. Airbags are also designed to help reduce the front outboard passenger are supplemental restraints to the risk of injury from the force of an “ ” airbags are most effective when inflating airbag, all airbags must the seat belts. Everyone in the you are sitting well back and inflate very quickly to do their job. vehicle should wear a seat belt upright in the seat with both feet properly, whether or not there is on the floor. an airbag for that person. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

62 Seats and Restraints There is an airbag readiness light Warning (Continued) on the instrument panel, which shows the airbag symbol. Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions. seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 105. Where Are the Airbags? { Warning

Children who are up against, If the vehicle has a front outboard or very close to, any airbag when passenger frontal airbag, it is in the it inflates can be seriously injured passenger side instrument panel. or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 72 or Infants and Young Children 0 73.

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 63

Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Side Similar Side Similar If the vehicle has seat-mounted side If the vehicle has a single seating If the vehicle has two seating rows, impact airbags for the driver and row and it has roof-rail airbags for roof-rail airbags for the driver, front front outboard passenger, they are the driver and front outboard outboard passenger, and second in the sides of the seatbacks closest passenger, the roof-rail airbags are row outboard passengers are in the to the door. in the ceiling above the side ceiling above the side windows. windows. If the vehicle has three or more seating rows, roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second and third row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

64 Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag It depends largely on what you hit, { Warning the direction of the impact, and how Inflate? quickly the vehicle slows down. If something is between an This vehicle is equipped with one or occupant and an airbag, the Frontal airbags may inflate at more airbags. See Airbag System different crash speeds depending on airbag might not inflate properly 0 60. Airbags are designed to inflate or it might force the object into whether the vehicle hits an object if the impact exceeds the specific straight on or at an angle, and that person causing severe injury airbag system's deployment or even death. The path of an whether the object is fixed or threshold. Deployment thresholds moving, rigid or deformable, narrow inflating airbag must be kept are used to predict how severe a or wide. clear. Do not put anything crash is likely to be in time for the between an occupant and an airbags to inflate and help restrain Frontal airbags are not intended to airbag, and do not attach or put the occupants. The vehicle has inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors which help the impacts, or in many side impacts. hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the Seat-mounted side impact airbags, airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment if equipped, are designed to inflate thresholds can vary with specific Do not use seat accessories that in moderate to severe side crashes vehicle design. depending on the location of the block the inflation path of a impact. Seat-mounted side impact seat-mounted side impact airbag. Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal airbags are not designed to inflate in Never secure anything to the roof or near-frontal crashes to help frontal impacts, near-frontal impacts, of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags reduce the potential for severe rollovers, or rear impacts. by routing a rope or tie‐down injuries mainly to the driver or front A seat-mounted side impact airbag through any door or window outboard passenger head and is intended to inflate on the side of opening. If you do, the path of an chest. the vehicle that is struck. inflating roof-rail airbag will be Whether the frontal airbags will or The vehicle may or may not be blocked. should deploy is not based primarily equipped with roof-rail airbags. on how fast the vehicle is traveling. Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe side Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 65 crashes depending on the location How Does an Airbag not toward those airbags. See of the impact. In addition, these When Should an Airbag Inflate? roof-rail airbags are designed to Restrain? 0 64. inflate during a rollover. Roof-rail In moderate to severe frontal or Airbags should never be regarded airbags are not designed to inflate in near frontal collisions, even belted as anything more than a supplement frontal, near-frontal, or rear impacts. occupants can contact the steering to seat belts. All roof-rail airbags will inflate when wheel or the instrument panel. In either side of the vehicle is struck or moderate to severe side collisions, if the sensing system predicts that even belted occupants can contact What Will You See after the vehicle is about to roll over on the inside of the vehicle. an Airbag Inflates? its side. Airbags supplement the protection After frontal and seat-mounted side In any particular crash, no one can provided by seat belts by impact airbags (if equipped) inflate, say whether an airbag should have distributing the force of the impact they quickly deflate, so quickly that inflated simply because of the more evenly over the some people may not even realize vehicle damage or repair costs. occupant's body. the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags (if equipped) may still be at Rollover capable roof-rail airbags least partially inflated for some time What Makes an Airbag are designed to help contain the after they inflate. Some components head and chest of occupants in the Inflate? of the airbag module may be hot for outboard seating positions in the In a deployment event, the sensing several minutes. For location of the first, second, and third rows, system sends an electrical signal airbags, see Where Are the if equipped. The rollover capable triggering a release of gas from the Airbags? 0 62. roof-rail airbags are designed to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the help reduce the risk of full or partial The parts of the airbag that come airbag causing the bag to break out ejection in rollover events, although into contact with you may be warm, of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, no system can prevent all such but not too hot to touch. There may and related hardware are all part of ejections. be some smoke and dust coming the airbag module. from the vents in the deflated But airbags would not help in many For airbag locations, see Where Are airbags. Airbag inflation does not types of collisions, primarily the Airbags? 0 62. prevent the driver from seeing out of because the occupant's motion is Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

66 Seats and Restraints the windshield or being able to steer inflate. The feature may also the vehicle, nor does it prevent activate, without airbag inflation, Warning (Continued) people from leaving the vehicle. after an event that exceeds a predetermined threshold. After Use caution if you should attempt to restart the engine after a crash { Warning turning the ignition off and then on again, the fuel system will return to has occurred. When an airbag inflates, there normal operation; the doors can be may be dust in the air. This dust locked, the interior lamps can be In many crashes severe enough to could cause breathing problems turned off, and the hazard warning inflate the airbag, are for people with a history of flashers can be turned off using the broken by vehicle deformation. asthma or other breathing trouble. controls for those features. If any of Additional windshield breakage may To avoid this, everyone in the these systems are damaged in the also occur from the front outboard vehicle should get out as soon as crash they may not operate as passenger airbag. normal. it is safe to do so. If you have . Airbags are designed to inflate breathing problems but cannot only once. After an airbag get out of the vehicle after an { Warning inflates, you will need some new airbag inflates, then get fresh air parts for the airbag system. A crash severe enough to inflate by opening a window or a door. If you do not get them, the the airbags may have also If you experience breathing airbag system will not be there damaged important functions in problems following an airbag to help protect you in another the vehicle, such as the fuel deployment, you should seek crash. A new system will include system, brake and steering medical attention. airbag modules and possibly systems, etc. Even if the vehicle other parts. The service manual appears to be drivable after a for the vehicle covers the need The vehicle has a feature that may moderate crash, there may be to replace other parts. automatically unlock the doors concealed damage that could . The vehicle has a crash sensing (if equipped with power door locks), make it difficult to safely operate and diagnostic module which turn on the interior lamps and the vehicle. hazard warning flashers, and shut records information after a off the fuel system after the airbags (Continued) crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 67 See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 347 and Event Data Recorders 0 347. . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. Airbag On-Off Switch If the instrument panel has one of United States Canada and Mexico the switches pictured in the following illustrations, the vehicle This switch should only be turned to has an airbag on-off switch that you the OFF position if the person in the can use to manually turn on or off front outboard passenger position is the front outboard passenger airbag. a member of a passenger risk group No other airbag is affected by the identified by the national airbag on-off switch. government as follows: Infant. An infant (less than 1 year old) must ride in the front seat because: . My vehicle has no rear seat; . My vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

68 Seats and Restraints . The infant has a medical Medical Condition. A passenger condition which, according to the has a medical condition which, Warning (Continued) infant's physician, makes it according to his or her physician: passenger frontal airbag unless necessary for the infant to ride in . Causes the passenger airbag to the front seat so that the driver the person sitting there is in a risk pose a special risk for the group. can constantly monitor the passenger; and child's condition. . Makes the potential harm from Child age 1 to 12. A child the passenger airbag in a crash age 1 to 12 must ride in the front greater than the potential harm seat because: from turning off the airbag and . My vehicle has no rear seat; allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the instrument . Although children ages 1 to 12 panel or windshield in a crash. ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front { Warning because no space is available in If the front outboard passenger the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or frontal airbag is turned off for a . The child has a medical person who is not in a risk group United States condition which, according to the identified by the national child's physician, makes it government, that person will not necessary for the child to ride in have the extra protection of an the front seat so that the driver airbag. In a crash, the airbag will can constantly monitor the not be able to inflate and help child's condition. protect the person sitting there. Do not turn off the front outboard (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 69

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system. For example, the front outboard passenger frontal airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switch is turned off. To help avoid injury to yourself or Canada and Mexico others, have the vehicle serviced United States To turn off the front outboard right away. See Airbag Readiness passenger frontal airbag, insert the Light 0 105 for more information, ignition key into the airbag on-off including important safety switch, push in, and move the information. switch to the OFF position. The airbag OFF light will come on and stay on to let you know the front outboard passenger airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off Light 0 106. The front outboard passenger airbag will remain off until you turn it back on again. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

70 Seats and Restraints places around the vehicle. Your Adding Equipment to the dealer and the service manual have information about servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle vehicle and the airbag system. To Adding accessories that change the purchase a service manual, see vehicle's frame, bumper system, Publication Ordering Information height, front end, or side sheet 0 344. metal may keep the airbag system from working properly. { Warning The operation of the airbag system can also be affected by changing, For up to 10 seconds after the including improperly repairing or vehicle is turned off and the replacing, any parts of the following: Canada and Mexico battery is disconnected, an airbag can still inflate during improper . Airbag system, including airbag To turn the front outboard passenger service. You can be injured if you modules, front or side impact airbag on again, insert the ignition are close to an airbag when it sensors, sensing and diagnostic key into the airbag on-off switch, module, or airbag wiring push in, and move the switch to the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. . Front seats, including stitching, ON position. They are probably part of the airbag system. Be sure to follow seams or zippers The front outboard passenger proper service procedures, and . Seat belts frontal airbag is now enabled, and make sure the person performing Steering wheel, instrument may inflate. See Airbag On-Off Light work for you is qualified to do so. . 0 106. panel, ceiling trim, or garnish trim Servicing the . Inner door seals, including Airbag-Equipped Vehicle speakers Airbags affect how the vehicle Your dealer and the service manual should be serviced. There are parts have information about the location of the airbag system in several of the airbag modules and sensors, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 71 sensing and diagnostic module, and airbag wiring along with the proper Caution Warning (Continued) replacement procedures. If an airbag covering is damaged, help make sure the airbag If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail opened, or broken, the airbag systems are working properly airbags, see Different Size Tires may not work properly. Do not after a crash, have them 0 and Wheels 287 for additional open or break the airbag inspected and any necessary important information. coverings. If there are any replacements made as soon as If the vehicle must be modified opened or broken airbag possible. because you have a disability and coverings, have the airbag have questions about whether the covering and/or airbag module If an airbag inflates, you will need to modifications will affect the vehicle's replaced. For the location of the replace airbag system parts. See airbag system, or if you have airbags, see Where Are the your dealer for service. questions about whether the airbag Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer system will be affected if the vehicle for service. If the airbag readiness light stays on is modified for any other reason, call after the vehicle is started or comes Customer Assistance. See on when you are driving, the airbag Customer Assistance Offices 0 337. Replacing Airbag System system may not work properly. Have Parts after a Crash the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag System Check Airbag Readiness Light 0 105. The airbag system does not need { Warning regularly scheduled maintenance or replacement. Make sure the airbag A crash can damage the airbag readiness light is working. See systems in the vehicle. Airbag Readiness Light 0 105. A damaged airbag system may not properly protect you and your passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

72 Seats and Restraints Child Restraints . Sit all the way back on the seat. Q: What is the proper way to Do the knees bend at the seat wear seat belts? Older Children edge? If yes, continue. If no, A: An older child should wear a return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt and get the . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. additional restraint a shoulder Does the shoulder belt rest on belt can provide. The shoulder the shoulder? If yes, continue. belt should not cross the face or If no, try using the rear seat belt neck. The lap belt should fit comfort guide, if available. See snugly below the hips, just “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” touching the top of the thighs. under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 53. This applies belt force to the If a comfort guide is not child's pelvic bones in a crash. available, or if the shoulder belt It should never be worn over the still does not rest on the abdomen, which could cause shoulder, then return to the severe or even fatal internal booster seat. injuries in a crash. . Does the lap belt fit low and Also see Rear Seat Belt Comfort Older children who have outgrown “ snug on the hips, touching the Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt booster seats should wear the ” thighs? If yes, continue. If no, 0 53. vehicle’s seat belts. return to the booster seat. According to accident statistics, The manufacturer instructions that . Can proper seat belt fit be children are safer when properly come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the restrained in a rear seating position. weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, booster. Use a booster seat with a In a crash, children who are not return to the booster seat. lap-shoulder belt until the child buckled up can strike other people passes the fit test below: who are buckled up, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use seat belts properly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 73

{ Warning { Warning

Never allow more than one child Never allow a child to wear the to wear the same seat belt. The seat belt with the shoulder belt seat belt cannot properly spread behind their back. A child can be the impact forces. In a crash, they seriously injured by not wearing can be crushed together and the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a seriously injured. A seat belt must crash, the child would not be be used by only one person at restrained by the shoulder belt. a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap Infants and Young belt. The belt force would then be Children applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This includes infants and injuries. The shoulder belt should all other children. Neither the go over the shoulder and across distance traveled nor the age and the chest. size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

74 Seats and Restraints appropriate child restraints. Neither { Warning the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Children who are not restrained wrapped around their neck. The properly can strike other people, shoulder belt can tighten but or can be thrown out of the vehicle. cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is { Warning pulled all the way out of the retractor. It unlocks when the Never hold an infant or a child shoulder belt is allowed to go all while riding in a vehicle. Due to the way back into the retractor, crash forces, an infant or a child but it cannot do this if it is will become so heavy it is not { Warning possible to hold it during a crash. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the shoulder belt is locked and For example, in a crash at only Children who are up against, 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) tightened around a child’s neck, or very close to, any airbag when the only way to loosen the belt is infant will suddenly become a it inflates can be seriously injured to cut it. 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's or killed. Never put a rear-facing arms. An infant or child should be child restraint in the front Never leave children unattended secured in an appropriate outboard seat. Secure a in a vehicle and never allow restraint. rear-facing child restraint in a rear children to play with the seat seat. It is also better to secure a belts. forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you must secure a Every time infants and young forward-facing child restraint in children ride in vehicles, they should the front outboard seat, always have the protection provided by move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 75 For each type of child restraint, there are many different models { Warning available. When purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be A young child's hip bones are still used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the so small that the vehicle's regular restraint will have a label saying that seat belt may not remain low on it meets federal motor vehicle safety the hip bones, as it should. standards. The restraint Instead, it may settle up around manufacturer's instructions that the child's abdomen. In a crash, come with the restraint state the the belt would apply force on a weight and height limitations for a body area that is unprotected by particular child restraint. In addition, any bony structure. This alone there are many kinds of restraints could cause serious or fatal Child restraints are devices used to available for children with special injuries. To reduce the risk of restrain, seat, or position children in needs. the vehicle and are sometimes serious or fatal injuries during a called child seats or car seats. crash, young children should { Warning always be secured in appropriate There are three basic types of child restraints. child restraints: To reduce the risk of neck and . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and toddlers should be secured in a . Rear-facing child restraints rear-facing child restraint until age . Belt-positioning booster seats two, or until they reach the maximum height and weight limits The proper child restraint for your of their child restraint. child depends on their size, weight, and age, and also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

76 Seats and Restraints Child Restraint Systems

Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats Rear-Facing Infant Restraint A forward-facing child restraint A belt-positioning booster seat is provides restraint for the child's used for children who have A rear-facing child restraint provides body with the harness. outgrown their forward-facing child restraint with the seating surface restraint. Boosters are designed to against the back of the infant. improve the fit of the vehicle's seat The harness system holds the infant belt system until the child is large in place and, in a crash, acts to enough for the vehicle seat belts to keep the infant positioned in the fit properly without a booster seat. restraint. See the seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 72. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 77 Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child availability in Canada, check with Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Transport Canada or the Provincial that come with the restraint which Ministry of Transportation office. { Warning may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet, or both, and to this manual. Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement { Warning copy from the manufacturer. the vehicle. Secure the child A child can be seriously injured or Keep in mind that an unsecured restraint properly in the vehicle killed in a crash if the child is not child restraint can move around in a using the vehicle’s seat belt or properly secured in the child collision or sudden stop and injure LATCH system, following the restraint. Secure the child instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in properly following the instructions child restraint and the instructions that came with that child restraint. in this manual. the vehicle — even when no child is in it.

To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States Where to Put the the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child Restraint Passenger Safety Technicians in the vehicle. Child restraints must According to accident statistics, be secured in vehicle seats by lap (CPSTs) are available to inspect and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer when belts or the lap belt portion of a properly restrained in an appropriate lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH use and install child restraints. In the U.S., refer to the National child restraint secured in a rear system. See Lower Anchors and seating position. Tethers for Children (LATCH Highway Traffic Safety System) 0 79 for more information. Administration (NHTSA) website to Whenever possible, children aged Children can be endangered in a locate the nearest 12 and under should be secured in crash if the child restraint is not inspection station. For CPST a rear seating position. properly secured in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

78 Seats and Restraints If a child restraint is secured in the When securing a child restraint with front outboard passenger seat, and Warning (Continued) the seat belts in a rear seat position, the vehicle has a switch on the study the instructions that came with instrument panel to manually turn off child restraint can be seriously the child restraint to make sure it is the front outboard passenger airbag, injured or killed if the front compatible with this vehicle. 0 outboard passenger airbag see Airbag On-Off Switch 67 and Child restraints and booster seats Securing Child Restraints (With the inflates and the passenger seat is 0 in a forward position. vary considerably in size, and some Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 85 or may fit in certain seating positions Securing Child Restraints (With the Even if the airbag switch has 0 better than others. Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 87 for turned off the front outboard Depending on where you place the more information, including passenger frontal airbag, no important safety information. child restraint and the size of the system is fail-safe. No one can child restraint, you may not be able Never put a rear-facing child guarantee that an airbag will not to access adjacent seat belts or restraint in the front. This is because deploy under some unusual LATCH anchors for additional the risk to the rear-facing child is so circumstance, even though it is passengers or child restraints. great if the airbag deploys. turned off. Adjacent seating positions should Secure rear-facing child restraints not be used if the child restraint { Warning in a rear seat, even if the airbag prevents access to or interferes with the routing of the seat belt. A child in a rear-facing child is off. If you secure a restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in If the vehicle does not have a rear or killed if the front outboard the front outboard passenger seat that will accommodate a passenger airbag inflates. This is seat, always move the seat as far rear-facing child restraint, a because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to rear-facing child restraint should not be installed in the vehicle, even if rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a the airbag is off. be very close to the inflating rear seat. airbag. A child in a forward-facing (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 79 Wherever a child restraint is In order to use the LATCH system in When installing a child restraint with installed, be sure to follow the your vehicle, you need a child a top tether, you must also use instructions that came with the child restraint that has LATCH either the lower anchors or the seat restraint and secure the child attachments. LATCH-compatible belts to properly secure the child restraint properly. rear-facing and forward-facing child restraint. A child restraint must Keep in mind that an unsecured seats can be properly installed never be installed using only the top child restraint can move around in a using either the LATCH anchors or tether and anchor. collision or sudden stop and injure the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use The LATCH anchorage system can people in the vehicle. Be sure to both the seat belts and the LATCH be used until the combined weight properly secure any child restraint in anchorage system to secure a of the child plus the child restraint is rear-facing or forward-facing the vehicle — even when no child is 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt in it. child seat. alone instead of the LATCH Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat anchorage system once the Lower Anchors and belts to secure the child and the combined weight is more than Tethers for Children booster seat. If the manufacturer 29.5 kg (65 lbs). recommends that the booster seat (LATCH System) See Securing Child Restraints (With be secured with the LATCH system, the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 85 The LATCH system secures a child this can be done as long as the or Securing Child Restraints (With restraint during driving or in a crash. booster seat can be positioned the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) LATCH attachments on the child properly and there is no interference 0 87. restraint are used to attach the child with the proper positioning of the restraint to the anchors in the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Child restraints built after March vehicle. The LATCH system is 2014 will be labeled with the Make sure to follow the instructions specific child weight up to which the designed to make installation of a that came with the child restraint, child restraint easier. LATCH system can be used to and also the instructions in this install the restraint. manual. The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

80 Seats and Restraints Not all vehicle seating positions seating position that will The child restraint may have a have lower anchors. In this case, accommodate a child restraint with single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). the seat belt must be used (with top lower attachments (2). Either will have a single attachment tether where available) to secure hook (2) to secure the top tether to the child restraint. Top Tether Anchor the anchor. See Securing Child Restraints (With 0 Some child restraints that have a the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 85 top tether are designed for use with or Securing Child Restraints (With or without the top tether being the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 attached. Others require the top 87. tether always to be attached. Lower Anchors In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint.

A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure the top of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The top tether attachment hook (2) on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to Lower anchors (1) are metal bars reduce the forward movement and built into the vehicle. There are two rotation of the child restraint during lower anchors for each LATCH driving or in a crash. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 81 Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Front Passenger Position Second, Third, and Fourth Row i : Seating positions with with Three-Passenger Second, Third, and Fourth Row top tether anchors. Seat — Passenger Van with Three-Passenger Seat The second, third, and fourth row There are two top tether anchors in the second, third, and fourth row i : Seating positions with with three-passenger seats have three-passenger seats. To install a top tether anchors. exposed metal lower anchors in the j crease between the seatback and child restraint in the rear driver-side : Seating positions with two lower the seat cushion. seating positions, use anchor anchors. point (1). To install a child restraint See the information following for in the rear passenger-side seating installing a child restraint with a top positions, use anchor point (2). tether in the second, third, and To install a child restraint in the rear fourth row center positions. center seating positions, use anchor point (2). Never install two top Never install two top tethers using tethers using the same top tether the same top tether anchor. anchor. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

82 Seats and Restraints If the vehicle is equipped with a restraint system or infant restraint four-passenger fourth or fifth row system secured in a rear seating seat, it does not have upper or position. See Where to Put the lower anchors. If a child restraint is Restraint 0 77 for additional placed in the four-passenger fourth information. or fifth row seat, it must be secured using the vehicle seat belts. Securing a Child Restraint See Securing Child Restraints (With Designed for the LATCH the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 85 System or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) { Warning 0 87. Front Passenger Position A child could be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child There is a top tether anchor for the restraint is not properly attached front passenger position with a front to the vehicle using either the passenger seat. The anchor is at LATCH anchors or the vehicle the rear of the seat cushion on the seat belt. Follow the instructions right front passenger seat. that came with the child restraint Do not secure a child restraint in a and the instructions in this position without a top tether anchor manual. if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 83

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued)

To reduce the risk of serious or but it cannot do this if it is Do not fold the rear seatback fatal injuries during a crash, do wrapped around a child’s neck. when the seat is occupied. Do not not attach more than one child If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a restraint to a single anchor. tightened around a child’s neck, seat belt buckled. This could Attaching more than one child the only way to loosen the belt is damage the seat belt or the seat. restraint to a single anchor could to cut it. Unbuckle and return the seat belt cause the anchor or attachment Buckle any unused seat belts to its stowed position, before to come loose or even break behind the child restraint so folding the seat. during a crash. A child or others children cannot reach them. Pull could be injured. the shoulder belt all the way out If you need to secure more than one of the retractor to set the lock, child restraint in the rear seat, see and tighten the belt behind the Where to Put the Restraint 0 77. { Warning child restraint after the child 1. Attach and tighten the lower restraint has been installed. attachments to the lower Children can be seriously injured anchors. If the child restraint or strangled if a shoulder belt is does not have lower wrapped around their neck. The attachments or the desired shoulder belt can tighten but Caution seating position does not have cannot be loosened if it is locked. Do not let the LATCH lower anchors, secure the child The shoulder belt locks when it is attachments rub against the restraint with the top tether and the seat belts. Refer to the pulled all the way out of the vehicle s seat belts. This may ’ child restraint manufacturer retractor. It unlocks when the damage these parts. If necessary, shoulder belt is allowed to go all instructions and the move buckled seat belts to avoid instructions in this manual. the way back into the retractor, rubbing the LATCH attachments. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

84 Seats and Restraints 1.1. Find the lower anchors point (2). For the center for the desired seating seating positions, use position. anchor point (2). Never 1.2. Put the child restraint on install two top tethers the seat. using the same top tether anchor. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the 2.3. Route and tighten the top child restraint to the lower tether according to your anchors. child restraint instructions and the following If the position you are 2. If the child restraint instructions: using does not have a manufacturer recommends that headrest or head restraint the top tether be attached, and you are using a dual attach and tighten the top tether, route the tether tether to the top tether anchor, over the seatback. if equipped. Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps: 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 2.2. For the second, third, and If the position you are fourth row with using does not have a three-passenger seats headrest or head restraint only, in the rear and you are using a driver-side seating single tether, route the positions, use anchor tether over the seatback. point (1). For the rear passenger-side seating positions, use anchor Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 85 If the position you are 3. Before placing a child in the If the vehicle has the LATCH system using has an integrated child restraint, make sure it is and it was being used during a headrest or head restraint securely held in place. To crash, new LATCH system parts and you are using a dual check, grasp the child restraint may be needed. tether, route the tether at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be around the headrest or to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH head restraint. back and forth. There should system was not being used at the be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) time of the crash. of movement for proper installation. Securing Child Restraints Replacing LATCH System (With the Seat Belt in the Parts After a Crash Rear Seat) When securing a child restraint with { Warning the seat belts in a rear seat position, study the instructions that came with A crash can damage the LATCH the child restraint to make sure it is system in the vehicle. A damaged compatible with this vehicle. LATCH system may not properly If the child restraint has the LATCH secure the child restraint, system, see Lower Anchors and If the position you are resulting in serious injury or even Tethers for Children (LATCH using has an integrated death in a crash. To help make System) 0 79 for how and where to headrest or head restraint sure the LATCH system is install the child restraint using and you are using a working properly after a crash, LATCH. If a child restraint is secured single tether, route the see your dealer to have the in the vehicle using a seat belt and tether over the headrest system inspected and any it uses a top tether, see Lower or head restraint. necessary replacements made as Anchors and Tethers for Children soon as possible. (LATCH System) 0 79 for top tether anchor locations. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

86 Seats and Restraints Do not secure a child seat in a through or around the child position without a top tether anchor restraint. The child restraint if a national or local law requires instructions will show you how. that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. If the child restraint or vehicle seat position does not have the LATCH 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the system, you will be using the seat way out of the retractor to set belt to secure the child restraint. the lock. When the retractor Be sure to follow the instructions lock is set, the belt can be that came with the child restraint. 3. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of buckle until it clicks. the retractor. If more than one child restraint needs to be installed in the rear Position the release button on seat, be sure to read Where to Put the buckle, away from the child the Restraint 0 77. restraint, so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if 1. Put the child restraint on necessary. the seat. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle’s seat belt Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 87 6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (With the Seat Belt in the regarding the use of the top Front Seat) tether. See Lower Anchors and This vehicle has airbags. A rear Tethers for Children (LATCH 0 seat is a safer place to secure a System) 79. forward-facing child restraint. See 7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 77. child restraint, make sure it is There may be a switch on the securely held in place. To instrument panel that you can use to check, grasp the child restraint turn off the front outboard at the seat belt path and passenger frontal airbag. See 5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side Airbag On-Off Switch 0 67 for more on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the information, including important shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly safety information. tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of Never put a rear-facing child back into the retractor. When movement. restraint in the front. This is because installing a forward-facing child the risk to the rear-facing child is so To remove the child restraint, great if the airbag deploys. restraint, it may be helpful to unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position. the child restraint as you If the top tether is attached to a top { Warning tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it. A child in a rear-facing child Try to pull the belt out of the restraint can be seriously injured retractor to make sure the or killed if the front outboard retractor is locked. If the passenger airbag inflates. This is retractor is not locked, repeat because the back of the Steps 4 and 5. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

88 Seats and Restraints If the child restraint uses a top Warning (Continued) { Warning tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH rear-facing child restraint would If the airbag readiness light ever System) 0 79 for top tether anchor be very close to the inflating comes on and stays on, it means locations. airbag. A child in a forward-facing that something may be wrong child restraint can be seriously with the airbag system. For Do not secure a child restraint in a injured or killed if the front example, the front outboard position without a top tether anchor outboard passenger airbag passenger frontal airbag could if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored, or if inflates and the passenger seat is inflate even though the airbag the instructions that come with the in a forward position. on-off switch is turned off. child restraint say that the top tether Even if the airbag switch has To help avoid injury to yourself or must be anchored. turned off the front outboard others, have the vehicle serviced In Canada, the law requires that passenger frontal airbag, no right away. See Airbag Readiness forward-facing child restraints have 0 system is fail-safe. No one can Light 105 for more information, a top tether, and that the tether be guarantee that an airbag will not including important safety attached. deploy under some unusual information. circumstance, even though it is When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this turned off. If the vehicle does not have a rear position, follow the instructions that Secure rear-facing child restraints seat that will accommodate a came with the child restraint and the in a rear seat, even if the airbag rear-facing child restraint, a following instructions: rear-facing child restraint should not is off. If you secure a 1. Move the seat as far back as it be installed in the vehicle, even if forward-facing child restraint in will go before securing the the airbag is off. the front outboard passenger forward-facing child restraint. seat, always move the seat as far Move the seat upward or the back as it will go. It is better to seatback to an upright position, secure the child restraint in a rear seat. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Seats and Restraints 89 if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. When the airbag off switch has turned off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, the off indicator in the airbag off light should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Airbag On-Off Light 0 106. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run buckle until it clicks. way out of the retractor to set the lap and shoulder portions Position the release button on the lock. When the retractor of the vehicle’s seat belt lock is set, the belt can be through or around the child the buckle, away from the child restraint, so that the seat belt tightened but not pulled out of restraint. The child restraint the retractor. instructions will show you how. could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

90 Seats and Restraints 7. If the vehicle does not have a the child restraint from the vehicle rear seat and the child restraint unless the person who will be sitting manufacturer recommends there is a member of a passenger using a top tether anchor, airbag risk group. See Airbag attach the top tether to the top On-Off Switch 0 67 for more tether anchor. Refer to the information, including important instructions that came with the safety information. child restraint and to Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 79. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is 6. To tighten the belt, push down securely held in place. To on the child restraint, pull the check, grasp the child restraint shoulder portion of the belt to at the seat belt path and tighten the lap portion of the attempt to move it side to side belt, and feed the shoulder belt and back and forth. When the back into the retractor. When child restraint is properly installing a forward-facing child installed, there should be no restraint, it may be helpful to more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of use your knee to push down on movement. the child restraint as you To remove the child restraint, tighten the belt. unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and Try to pull the belt out of the let it return to the stowed position. retractor to make sure the If the top tether is attached to a top retractor is locked. If the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor is not locked, repeat If you turned the airbag off with the Steps 5 and 6. switch, turn on the front outboard passenger airbag when you remove Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Storage 91 Storage If equipped, the front storage Storage compartment is at the center of the Compartments instrument panel extension near the Storage Compartments floor. To open, pull up on the latch. Storage Compartments ...... 91 { Warning There may also be storage Front Storage ...... 91 compartments on the inside of each Do not store heavy or sharp front door. Additional Storage Features objects in storage compartments. Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 92 In a crash, these objects may cause the cover to open and could result in injury.

Front Storage Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

92 Storage

Additional Storage { Warning { Warning Features The child restraint top tether strap Never allow anyone to ride in the Cargo Tie-Downs may be damaged by contact with cargo area. It is extremely items in the cargo area. Your child dangerous to ride in the cargo could be seriously injured or killed area of a vehicle. In a collision, in a collision if the top tether strap people riding in these areas are is damaged. Properly secure all more likely to be seriously injured cargo. or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of the vehicle that is not { Warning equipped with seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone in the Properly secure all cargo with vehicle is in a seat and using a ropes or straps to help prevent it seat belt properly. from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the If equipped, there are six cargo seatbacks. In a sudden stop or tie-downs in the cargo area that can collision, unsecured cargo could be used to secure cargo. cause personal injury. Use suitable ropes or straps to secure Do not apply a total load of more than 5 000 N (1,124 lbs of force) to cargo. a single cargo tie-down when securing cargo. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 93 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 105 Vehicle Personalization Instruments and Airbag Readiness Light ...... 105 Vehicle Personalization ...... 120 Controls Airbag On-Off Light ...... 106 Charging System Light ...... 107 Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . 108 Controls Brake System Warning Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 94 Light ...... 109 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 94 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Horn ...... 95 Warning Light ...... 110 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 95 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 111 Compass ...... 96 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Clock ...... 98 Light ...... 111 Power Outlets ...... 98 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 111 Cigarette Lighter ...... 99 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 111 Ashtrays ...... 100 Traction Control System (TCS)/ StabiliTrak Light ...... 112 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Tire Pressure Light ...... 112 Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . . 112 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 113 Indicators ...... 100 Security Light ...... 113 Instrument Cluster ...... 101 High-Beam On Light ...... 113 ...... 102 Cruise Control Light ...... 114 ...... 102 Information Displays Trip Odometer ...... 102 ...... 102 Driver Information Engine Oil Pressure Center (DIC) ...... 114 Gauge ...... 103 Vehicle Messages Engine Coolant Temperature Vehicle Messages ...... 119 Gauge ...... 104 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 119 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 105 Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 119 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

94 Instruments and Controls Controls Do not adjust the steering wheel Radio while driving. To select preset or favorite radio stations: Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls Adjustment Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous radio station stored as a preset or favorite. CD To select tracks on a CD: Press and release w or c / x to go to the next or previous track. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or USB Device 1. Press and hold w or c / x If equipped, some audio controls while listening to a song until For vehicles with a tilt steering can be adjusted at the steering the contents of the current wheel, the lever is located on the wheel. folder appear on the left side of the steering column. w : Press to go to the next favorite infotainment display. To adjust the steering wheel: radio station, track on a CD, 2. Press and release or / or folder on an iPod or USB device. w c 1. Pull the lever to move the x to scroll up or down the list, steering wheel up or down into c / x : Press to go to the then press and hold w , a comfortable position. previous favorite radio station, track or press to play the 2. Release the lever to lock the on a CD, or folder on an iPod or ¨ highlighted track. steering wheel in place. USB device. Also press to reject an incoming call or end a current call. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 95 Navigating Folders on an iPod or with those systems. Horn USB Device See Bluetooth 0 151 and OnStar Overview 0 349, if equipped. Press the horn symbol on the 1. Press and hold w or c / x steering wheel to sound the horn. while listening to a song until SRCE : Press to switch between the contents of the current the radio and CD, and for equipped Windshield Wiper/Washer folder appear on the vehicles, the front auxiliary. infotainment display. ¨ : Press to go to the next radio station while in AM, FM, 2. Press and hold / to go c x or SiriusXM, if equipped. back to the previous folder list. If equipped with a CD player or 3. Press and release w or c / USB port: x to scroll up or down the list. Press ¨ to go to the next track or . To select a folder, press chapter while sourced to the CD. The lever is on the left side of the and hold w , or press ¨ steering column. Press to select a track or a folder when the folder is ¨ Turn the band with N on it to select highlighted. when navigating folders on an iPod or USB device. the wiper speed. . To go back further in the 8 : Use for a single wipe. Hold the folder list, press and hold While listening to a CD, press and z c / x. hold ¨ to quickly move forward band on , then release. For several wipes, hold the band on z b / g : Press to silence the vehicle through the tracks. Release to stop speakers only. Press again to turn on the desired track. longer. 6 the sound on. + e : Press to increase volume. : Use to adjust the delay time between wipes. Turn the band up For vehicles with Bluetooth or e OnStar systems, press and hold for − : Press to decrease volume. for more frequent wipes or down for longer than two seconds to interact less frequent wipes. d : Fast wipes. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

96 Instruments and Controls a : Slow wipes. where you live, the compass may { Warning give false readings. The compass 9 : Use to turn the wipers off. must be set to the variance zone in In freezing weather, do not use When driving during the day and the which the vehicle is traveling. wipers are activated, the headlamps the washer until the windshield is warmed. Otherwise the washer To adjust for compass variance, use automatically turn on after the following procedure: completing eight wipe cycles. fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. Compass Variance (Zone) Clear ice and snow from the wiper Procedure blades before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or Compass 1. Do not set the compass zone thaw them. Damaged blades should when the vehicle is moving. be replaced. This vehicle may have a compass in Only set it when the vehicle is the Driver Information Center (DIC). in P (Park). Windshield Washer Compass Zone Press T until PRESS V TO The windshield wiper paddle is on Your dealer will set the correct zone CHANGE COMPASS ZONE top of the turn signal lever. for your location. displays. L : Push the paddle to spray Under certain circumstances, such washer fluid on the windshield. The as during a long distance wipers will clear the window and cross-country trip or moving to a then either stop or return to the new state or province, it will be preset speed. necessary to compensate for compass variance by resetting the zone through the DIC if the zone is not set correctly. Compass variance is the difference between the earth's magnetic north and true geographic north. If the compass is not set to the zone Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 97 Compass Calibration To calibrate the compass, use the The compass can be manually following procedure: calibrated. Only calibrate the Compass Calibration Procedure compass in a magnetically clean and safe location, such as an open 1. Before calibrating the compass, parking lot, where driving the make sure the compass zone vehicle in circles is not a danger. is set to the variance zone in It is suggested to calibrate away which the vehicle is located. from tall buildings, utility wires, See “Compass Variance (Zone) manhole covers, or other industrial Procedure” earlier in this structures, if possible. section. If CAL should ever appear in the Do not operate any switches 2. Find the vehicle's current DIC display, the compass should be such as window, climate location and variance zone calibrated. controls, seats, etc. during the number on the map. calibration procedure. If the DIC display does not show a Zones 1 through 15 are heading, for example, N for North, 2. Press T until PRESS V TO available. or the heading does not change CALIBRATE COMPASS displays. 3. Press V to scroll through and after making turns, there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with select the appropriate 3. Press V to start the compass the compass. Such interference variance zone. may be caused by a magnetic CB or calibration. 4. Press 3 until the vehicle cell phone antenna mount, a 4. The DIC will display heading, for example, N for magnetic emergency light, magnetic CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN North, is displayed in the DIC. note pad holder, or any other CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, tight circles at less than 8 km/h 5. If calibration is necessary, move the magnetic item, then turn (5 mph) to complete the calibrate the compass. See on the vehicle and calibrate the calibration. The DIC will display “Compass Calibration compass. CALIBRATION COMPLETE for Procedure” following. a few seconds when the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

98 Instruments and Controls calibration is complete. The Changing the Time or Date Default The vehicle may have two DIC display will then return to Settings accessory power outlets on the V instrument panel. PRESS TO CALIBRATE 1. With the radio on, press H and COMPASS. then the softkey under the Remove the cover to access and forward arrow that is currently replace when not in use. Clock displayed on the infotainment Certain power accessory plugs may Setting the Time or Date display until the time 12H not be compatible to the accessory (hour) and 24H (hour), and the power outlet and could overload 1. With the radio on, press H and date MM/DD (month and day) vehicle or adapter fuses. If a the HR, MIN, MM, DD, and and DD/MM (day and month) problem is experienced, see your YYYY (hour, minute, month, are displayed. dealer. day, and year) display. 2. Press the softkey under the 2. Press the softkey under any desired option. { Warning one of the tabs to be changed. 3. Press H again to apply the Every time the softkey is Power is always supplied to the selected default, or let the pressed again, the time or the outlets. Do not leave electrical screen time out. date if selected, increases equipment plugged in when the by one. vehicle is not in use because the Power Outlets vehicle could catch fire and cause Another way to increase the injury or death. time or date is to press ¨ Power Outlets 12 Volt Direct Current SEEK or \ FWD (forward). The accessory power outlets can be 3. To decrease, press © SEEK or used to plug in electrical equipment, s REV. Turn the f knob, on such as a cell phone or an MP3 the upper right side of the player. radio, to adjust the selected setting. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 99 Power Outlet 110/120 Volt The power outlet is not designed for Caution Alternating Current the following, and may not work properly if they are plugged in: Leaving electrical equipment This power outlet can be used to plugged in for an extended period plug in electrical equipment that . Equipment with high initial peak of time while the vehicle is off will uses a maximum limit of 150 watts. wattage, such as drain the battery. Always unplug compressor-driven refrigerators The 110/120 volt power outlet is on and electric power tools electrical equipment when not in the instrument panel. use and do not plug in equipment . Other equipment requiring an that exceeds the maximum An indicator light on the outlet turns extremely stable power supply, on to show it is in use. The light 20 amp rating. such as comes on when the ignition is on, microcomputer-controlled equipment requiring less than 150 electric blankets and touch When adding electrical equipment, watts is plugged into the outlet, and sensor lamps be sure to follow the proper no system fault is detected. installation instructions included with . Medical equipment The indicator light does not come on the equipment. See Add-On when the ignition is off, or if the Electrical Equipment 0 227. equipment is not fully seated into Cigarette Lighter the outlet. If equipped with a cigarette lighter, Caution If equipment is connected using to heat, push it in all the way and let more than 150 watts or a system go. When it is ready for use, it will Hanging heavy equipment from pop back out by itself. the power outlet can cause fault is detected, a protection circuit damage not covered by the shuts off the power supply and the Do not use the lighter to plug in vehicle warranty. The power indicator light turns off. To reset the accessory devices. Use the power outlets are designed for circuit, unplug the item and plug it outlets provided. back in or turn the Retained accessory power plugs only, such Accessory Power (RAP) off and as cell phone charge cords. then back on. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

100 Instruments and Controls

Caution Warning Lights, Gauges, and Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating does not let the Indicators lighter back away from the Warning lights and gauges can heating element when it is hot. signal that something is wrong Damage from overheating can before it becomes serious enough occur to the lighter or heating to cause an expensive repair or element, or a fuse could be replacement. Paying attention to the blown. Do not hold a cigarette warning lights and gauges could lighter in while it is heating. prevent injury. Some warning lights come on briefly Ashtrays when the engine is started to indicate they are working. When If equipped with a removable one of the warning lights comes on ashtray, it can be placed into the and stays on while driving, or when front floor console cupholder. Open one of the gauges shows there may the cover to use. be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do Caution repairs can be costly and even dangerous. If papers, pins, or other flammable items are put in the ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage the vehicle. Never put flammable items in the ashtray. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 101 Instrument Cluster

English Shown, Metric Similar Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

102 Instruments and Controls If the vehicle has a diesel engine, Fuel Gauge see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Speedometer The speedometer shows the vehicle speed in kilometers per hour (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). Odometer The odometer shows how far the vehicle has been driven, in either English kilometers or miles. Metric The fuel gauge, when the ignition is on, indicates how much fuel is left in Trip Odometer the vehicle fuel tank. The trip odometer shows how far An arrow on the fuel gauge the vehicle has been driven since indicates the side of the vehicle the the trip odometer was last reset. fuel door is on. The trip odometer is accessed and The gauge first indicates empty reset through the Driver Information before the vehicle is out of fuel, and Center (DIC). See Driver the fuel tank should be 0 Information Center (DIC) 114. refueled soon. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 103 Listed are four situations customers Engine Oil Pressure might experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a Gauge problem with the fuel gauge: . At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full. . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than the fuel gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank was half full, but it actually English took a little more or less than half the tank's capacity to fill The oil pressure gauge shows the the tank. engine oil pressure in psi (pounds Metric per square inch) or kPa (kilopascals) . The gauge moves a little while when the engine is running. turning a corner or speeding up. Oil pressure may vary with engine . The gauge does not go back to speed, outside temperature and oil empty when the ignition is viscosity, but readings above the turned off. low pressure zone indicate the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, normal operating range. see the Duramax diesel A reading in the low pressure zone supplement. may be caused by a dangerously low oil level or other problem causing low oil pressure. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

104 Instruments and Controls Engine Coolant Caution Temperature Gauge Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, English have the vehicle serviced. Always follow the maintenance schedule This gauge shows the engine coolant temperature. for changing engine oil. Metric It also provides an indicator of how hard the vehicle is working. During a majority of the operation, the gauge will read 100 °C (210 °F) or less. If the vehicle is pulling a load or going up hills, it is normal for the temperature to fluctuate and approach the 122 °C (250 °F) mark. If the gauge reaches the 125 °C (260 °F) mark, it indicates that the cooling system is working beyond its capacity. See Engine Overheating 0 248. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 105 Voltmeter Gauge This condition is normal since the charging system is not able to provide full power at engine idle. As engine speeds are increased, this condition should correct itself as higher engine speeds allow the charging system to create maximum When the vehicle is started, this power. light flashes and a chime may come The vehicle can be only driven for a on to remind the driver to fasten short time with the reading in either their seat belt. Then the light stays warning zone. If it must be driven, on solid until the belt is buckled. turn off all unnecessary This cycle may continue several accessories. times if the driver remains or becomes unbuckled while the Readings in either warning zone vehicle is moving. When the engine is not running, but indicate a possible problem in the the ignition is on, this gauge shows electrical system. Have the vehicle If the driver seat belt is buckled, the battery's state of charge in serviced as soon as possible. neither the light nor the chime DC volts. comes on. Seat Belt Reminders When the engine is running, the Airbag Readiness Light gauge shows the condition of the Seat Belt Reminder Light charging system. Readings between This light shows if there is an the low and high warning zones There is a seat belt reminder light electrical problem with the airbag indicate the normal operating range. on the instrument cluster. system. The system check includes Readings in the low warning zone the airbag sensor(s), the may occur when a large number of pretensioners (if equipped), the electrical accessories are operating airbag modules, the wiring, and the in the vehicle and the engine is left crash sensing and diagnostic at an idle for an extended period. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

106 Instruments and Controls module. For more information on the If there is a problem with the airbag airbag system, see Airbag System system, a Driver Information Center 0 60. (DIC) message may also display. Airbag On-Off Light When the front outboard passenger airbag is manually turned off using the airbag on-off switch on the instrument panel, if equipped, the indicator light OFF or the off symbol The airbag readiness light comes on will come on and stay on as a for several seconds when the reminder that the airbag has been vehicle is started. If the light does turned off. This light will go off when United States not come on then, have it fixed the airbag has been turned on. See immediately. Airbag On-Off Switch 0 67 for more information, including important { Warning safety information.

If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes on while driving, it means the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, have the vehicle serviced right away. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 107 If the word ON or the on symbol is Warning (Continued) lit, it means that the front outboard passenger frontal airbag is enabled, the person sitting there is in a risk and may inflate. See Airbag On-Off group identified by the national Switch 0 67 for more information, government. See Airbag On-Off including important safety Switch 0 67 for more information, information. including important safety information. Charging System Light

{ Warning Canada and Mexico If the airbag readiness light ever { Warning comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong If the front outboard passenger with the airbag system. For This light comes on briefly when the frontal airbag is turned off for a example, the front outboard ignition key is turned to START, but person who is not in a risk group passenger frontal airbag could the engine is not running, as a identified by the national inflate even though the airbag check to show it is working. government, that person will not on-off switch is turned off. If it does not, have the vehicle have the extra protection of an To help avoid injury to yourself or serviced by your dealer. airbag. In a crash, the airbag will others, have the vehicle serviced not be able to inflate and help The light should go out once the right away. See Airbag Readiness protect the person sitting there. engine starts. If it stays on, Light 0 105 for more information, or comes on while driving, there Do not turn off the front outboard including important safety could be a problem with the passenger frontal airbag unless information. charging system. A charging system (Continued) message in the Driver Information Center (DIC) can also appear. This Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

108 Instruments and Controls light could indicate that there are Malfunctions are often indicated by problems with a generator drive belt, the system before any problem is Caution (Continued) or that there is an electrical noticeable. Being aware of the light problem. Have it checked right and seeking service promptly when costly repairs not covered by the away. If the vehicle must be driven a it comes on may prevent damage. vehicle warranty. This could also short distance with the light on, turn affect the vehicle’s ability to pass off accessories, such as the radio Caution an Emissions Inspection/ and air conditioner. Maintenance test. See If the vehicle is driven continually Accessories and Modifications Malfunction with this light on, the emission 0 230. Indicator Lamp control system may not work as well, the fuel economy may be If the light is flashing : A This light is part of the vehicle’s lower, and the vehicle may not malfunction has been detected that emission control on-board run smoothly. This could lead to could damage the emission control diagnostic system. If this light is on costly repairs that might not be system and increase vehicle while the engine is running, a covered by the vehicle warranty. emissions. Diagnosis and service malfunction has been detected and may be required. the vehicle may require service. The light should come on to show that it To help prevent damage, reduce is working when the ignition is on Caution vehicle speed and avoid hard and the engine is not running. See accelerations and uphill grades. Ignition Positions 0 176. Modifications to the engine, If towing a trailer, reduce the transmission, exhaust, intake, amount of cargo being hauled as or fuel system, or the use of soon as possible. replacement tires that do not If the light continues to flash, find a meet the original tire safe place to park. Turn the vehicle specifications, can cause this light off and wait at least 10 seconds to come on. This could lead to before restarting the engine. If the (Continued) light is still flashing, follow the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 109 previous guidelines and see your Emissions Inspection and . The light does not come on dealer for service as soon as Maintenance Programs when the ignition is on while the possible. engine is off. If the vehicle requires an Emissions If the light is on steady : A Inspection/Maintenance test, the . Critical emission control systems malfunction has been detected. test equipment will likely connect to have not been completely Diagnosis and service may be the vehicle's Data Link diagnosed. If this happens, the required. Connector (DLC). vehicle would not be ready for Check the following: inspection and might require several days of routine driving . A loose or missing fuel cap may before the system is ready for cause the light to come on. See inspection. This can happen if Filling the Tank 0 208. A few the 12-volt battery has recently driving trips with the cap been replaced or run down, or if properly installed may turn the the vehicle has been recently light off. serviced. The DLC is under the instrument . Poor fuel quality can cause See your dealer if the vehicle will inefficient engine operation and panel to the left of the steering wheel. Connecting devices that are not pass or cannot be made ready poor driveability, which may go for the test. away once the engine is warmed not used to perform an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to up. If this occurs, change the Brake System Warning fuel brand. It may require at service the vehicle may affect least one full tank of the proper vehicle operation. See Add-On Light Electrical Equipment 0 227. See fuel to turn the light off. See The vehicle brake system consists your dealer if assistance is needed. Recommended Fuel 0 206. of two hydraulic circuits. If one If the light remains on, see your The vehicle may not pass circuit is not working, the remaining dealer. inspection if: circuit can still work to stop the . The light is on when the engine vehicle. For normal braking is running. performance, both circuits need to be working. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

110 Instruments and Controls If the warning light comes on, there floor. It could take longer to stop. This light comes on briefly when the could be a brake problem. Have the If the light is still on, have the engine is started. brake system inspected right away. vehicle towed for service. See 0 If the light does not come on, have it Towing the Vehicle 306. fixed so it will be ready to warn if there is a problem. { Warning If the light comes on while driving, The brake system might not be stop as soon as it is safely possible working properly if the brake and turn off the vehicle. Then start Metric English system warning light is on. the engine again to reset the Driving with the brake system system. If the ABS light stays on, This light should come on briefly warning light on can lead to a or comes on again while driving, the when the engine is started. If it does vehicle needs service. crash. If the light is still on after not come on then, have it fixed so it the vehicle has been pulled off If the ABS light is the only light on, will be ready to warn you if there is the vehicle has regular , but a problem. the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for the antilock brakes are not When the ignition is on, the brake service. functioning. system warning light also comes on If both the ABS and the brake when the parking brake is set. See 0 system warning light are on, the Parking Brake 191 for more Antilock Brake System vehicle's antilock brakes are not information. The light stays on if the (ABS) Warning Light functioning and there is a problem parking brake does not fully release. with the regular brakes. See your If it stays on after the parking brake dealer for service. is fully released, it means the vehicle has a brake problem. See Brake System Warning Light 0 109. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. The pedal might be harder to push, or the pedal might go closer to the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 111 Tow/Haul Mode Light This light is green if LDW is on and StabiliTrak OFF Light ready to operate. This light changes to amber and flashes to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed without using a turn signal in that direction. See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 204. For vehicles with the Tow/Haul This light comes on briefly while Mode feature, this light comes on Vehicle Ahead Indicator starting the engine. If it does not, when the Tow/Haul Mode has been have the vehicle serviced by your activated. dealer. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 189. This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Lane Departure Warning Control (ESC) system is turned off. (LDW) Light If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. If equipped, this indicator will If the StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are display green when a vehicle is off, the system does not assist in detected ahead and amber when controlling the vehicle. Turn on the you are following a vehicle ahead TCS and the StabiliTrak/ESC much too closely. systems and the warning light See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) turns off. If equipped, this light comes on System 0 201. See Traction Control/Electronic briefly while starting the vehicle. If it Stability Control 0 192. does not come on, have the vehicle serviced. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

112 Instruments and Controls Traction Control System See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and 0 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light Stability Control 192. Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a problem with the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 280. This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. Engine Oil Pressure Light For vehicles with the Tire Pressure If the light does not come on, have Monitor System (TPMS), this light Caution the vehicle serviced by your dealer. comes on briefly when the engine is If the system is working normally, started. It provides information Lack of proper engine oil the indicator light turns off. about tire pressures and the TPMS. maintenance can damage the If the light is on and not flashing, the When the Light Is On Steady engine. Driving with the engine oil TCS and potentially the StabiliTrak/ low can also damage the engine. ESC system have been disabled. This indicates that one or more of The repairs would not be covered A Driver Information Center (DIC) the tires are significantly by the vehicle warranty. Check underinflated. message may display. Check the the oil level as soon as possible. DIC messages to determine which A Driver Information Center (DIC) Add oil if required, but if the oil feature(s) is no longer functioning tire pressure message may also level is within the operating range and whether the vehicle requires display. Stop as soon as possible, and the oil pressure is still low, service. and inflate the tires to the pressure have the vehicle serviced. Always If the light is on and flashing, the value shown on the Tire and follow the maintenance schedule TCS and/or the StabiliTrak/ESC Loading Information label. See Tire for changing engine oil. 0 system is actively working. Pressure 278. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 113 Low Fuel Warning Light Security Light

This light should come on briefly as the engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced The security light should come on by your dealer. briefly as the engine is started. If it If the light comes on and stays on, it does not come on, have the vehicle means that oil is not flowing through serviced by your dealer. If the the engine properly. The vehicle system is working normally, the could be low on oil and might have English Shown, Metric Similar indicator light turns off. some other system problem. See If the light stays on and the engine your dealer. This light comes on for a few seconds when the ignition is turned does not start, there could be a on as a check to indicate it is problem with the theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer Operation working. If it does not come on, 0 have it fixed. 37. The low fuel warning light comes on High-Beam On Light and a chime sounds when the vehicle is low on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added to the fuel tank. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 114. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

114 Instruments and Controls This light comes on when the Information Displays If there is a problem with the system high-beam headlamps are in use. that controls the temperature See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Driver Information display, the numbers will be Changer 0 126. replaced with dashes. If this occurs, Center (DIC) have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Cruise Control Light This vehicle has a DIC. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, All messages will appear in the DIC see the Duramax diesel display at the bottom of the supplement. instrument cluster. The DIC comes on when the ignition DIC Operation and Displays is on. After a short delay, the DIC The DIC has different displays will display the information that was which can be accessed by pressing last displayed before the engine the DIC buttons on the instrument This light comes on when the cruise was turned off. panel, next to the instrument cluster. control is set. The DIC displays trip, fuel, and This light goes out when the cruise vehicle system information, and control is canceled. See Cruise warning messages if a system 0 Control 194. problem is detected. If the vehicle has these features, the DIC also displays the compass direction and the outside air temperature when viewing the trip and fuel information. The compass direction appears on the top right corner of the DIC display. The outside air temperature automatically appears in the bottom right corner of the DIC display. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 115 DIC Buttons programming for vehicles with the Trip TPMS and without a Remote 3 Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, and Press until A or B displays. compass zone and compass This display shows the current calibration on vehicles with this distance traveled in either feature. kilometers (km) or miles (mi) since U the last reset for each trip odometer. : Press this button to customize Both trip odometers can be used at the feature settings on the vehicle. the same time. See Vehicle Personalization 0 120 for more information. Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing V while V : Press this button to set or reset certain functions and to turn off or the desired trip odometer is acknowledge messages on the DIC. displayed. The trip odometer has a feature The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle Trip/Fuel Menu Items called the retro-active reset. This information, customization, and set/ 3 can be used to set the trip odometer reset buttons. The button functions : Press this button to scroll to the number of kilometers (miles) are detailed in the following pages. through the following menu items: driven since the ignition was last 3 : Press this button to display Odometer turned on. This can be used if the the odometer, trip odometers, fuel Press 3 until XX km (mi) trip odometer is not reset at the range, average economy, fuel used, displays. This display shows the beginning of the trip. timer, average speed, and digital distance the vehicle has been To use the retro-active reset feature, . driven in either kilometers (km) or V T press and hold for at least : Press this button to display the miles (mi). four seconds. The trip odometer oil life, rear park assist, units, tire will display the number of pressure readings for vehicles with kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven the Tire Pressure Monitor since the ignition was last turned on System (TPMS), engine hours, Tire and the vehicle was moving. Once Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

116 Instruments and Controls the vehicle begins moving, the trip amount of fuel remaining in the fuel To reset AVG ECONOMY, press and odometer will accumulate mileage. tank. This estimate will change if hold V. The display will return For example, if the vehicle was driving conditions change. For to zero. driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is example, if driving in traffic and started again, and then the making frequent stops, this display Fuel Used retro-active reset feature is may read one number, but if the Press 3 until FUEL USED activated, the display will show 8 km vehicle is driven on a freeway, the (5 miles). As the vehicle begins number may change even though displays. This display shows the moving, the display will then the same amount of fuel is in the number of liters (L) or gallons (gal) increase to 8.1 km (5.1 miles), fuel tank. This is because different of fuel used since the last reset of 8.2 km (5.2 miles), etc. driving conditions produce different this menu item. To reset the fuel used information, press and hold V If the retro-active reset feature is fuel economies. Generally, freeway while FUEL USED is displayed. activated after the vehicle is started, driving produces better fuel economy than city driving. but before it begins moving, the Timer display will show the number of If the vehicle is low on fuel, the kilometers (km) or miles (mi) that FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be Press 3 until TIMER displays. were driven during the last ignition displayed. This display can be used as a timer. cycle. Average Economy To start the timer, press V while Fuel Range TIMER is displayed. The display will Press 3 until AVG ECONOMY show the amount of time that has Press 3 until FUEL RANGE displays. This display shows the passed since the timer was last displays. This display shows the approximate average liters per reset, not including time the ignition approximate number of remaining 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles is off. Time will continue to be kilometers (km) or miles (mi) the per gallon (mpg). This number is counted as long as the ignition is vehicle can be driven without calculated based on the number of on, even if another display is being refueling. L/100 km (mpg) recorded since the shown on the DIC. The timer will The fuel range estimate is based on last time this menu item was reset. record up to 99 hours, 59 minutes an average of the fuel economy and 59 seconds (99:59:59) after over recent driving history and the which the display will return to zero. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 117 To stop the timer, press V briefly Vehicle Information Menu Remember, you must reset the OIL while TIMER is displayed. Items LIFE yourself after each oil change. T It will not reset itself. Also, be To reset the timer to zero, press and : Press this button to scroll careful not to reset the OIL LIFE hold V while TIMER is displayed. through the following menu items: accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed. Average Speed Oil Life T It cannot be reset accurately until Press 3 until AVERAGE SPEED Press until OIL LIFE the next oil change. To reset the displays. This display shows the REMAINING displays. This display engine oil life system, see Engine 0 average speed of the vehicle in shows an estimate of the oil's Oil Life System 237. remaining useful life. If you see kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles Side Blind Zone Alert per hour (mph). This average is 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the calculated based on the various display, that means 99% of the If the vehicle has Side Blind Zone vehicle speeds recorded since the current oil life remains. The engine Alert (SBZA), this display allows the last reset of this value. To reset the oil life system will alert you to system to be turned on or off. Press V change the oil on a schedule T until SBZA displays. Once in value, press and hold . The consistent with your driving V display will return to zero. this display, press to select conditions. between ON or OFF. When the Digital Tachometer When the remaining oil life is low, SBZA system is turned off, a DIC the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will display. See Side Press 3 until message will appear on the display. Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 202. Tachometer ##00 RPM displays. You should change the oil as soon Park Assist This display shows the engine as possible. See Engine Oil 0 235. speed in revolutions per In addition to the engine oil life If the vehicle has the Rear Park minute (RPM). system monitoring the oil life, Assist (RPA) system, press T until Blank Display additional maintenance is PARK ASSIST displays. This recommended. See Maintenance This display shows no information. display allows the system to be Schedule 0 319. turned on or off. Once in this display, press to select between ON Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

118 Instruments and Controls or OFF. The RPA system RIGHT ##. Press T again until the tire positions. To re-learn the tire automatically turns back on after DIC displays REAR TIRES positions, see Tire Pressure Monitor 0 each vehicle start. When the RPA PSI (kPa) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. System 279. system is turned off and the vehicle See Tire Inspection 0 283 and Tire is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC If a low tire pressure condition is Rotation 0 283. will display the PARK ASSIST OFF detected by the system while message as a reminder that the driving, a message advising you to Change Compass Zone system has been turned off. See check the pressure in a specific tire The vehicle may have this feature. Park Assist 0 199. will appear in the display. See Tire To change the compass zone Pressure 0 278. through the DIC, see Compass Units If the tire pressure display shows 0 96. T Press until UNITS displays. This dashes instead of a value, there Calibrate Compass display allows you to select between may be a problem with the vehicle. metric or English units of If this consistently occurs, see your The vehicle may have this feature. measurement. Once in this display, dealer for service. The compass can be manually calibrated. To calibrate the compass press V to select between METRIC Engine Hours through the DIC, see Compass or ENGLISH units. 0 Press T until ENGINE HOURS 96. Tire Pressure displays. This display shows the Blank Display total number of hours the engine If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure This display shows no information. Monitor System (TPMS), the has run. pressure for each tire can be viewed Relearn Tire Positions in the DIC. The tire pressure will be shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or The vehicle may have this display. pounds per square inch (psi). Press To access this display, the vehicle T until the DIC displays FRONT must be in P (Park). If the vehicle TIRES PSI (kPa) LEFT ## has the Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor, the system must re-learn the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 119 Vehicle Messages . Brakes be reduced the next time the vehicle . Steering is driven. The vehicle may be driven Messages displayed on the DIC while this message is on, but indicate the status of the vehicle or . Ride Control Systems maximum acceleration and speed some action that may be needed to . Driver Assistance Systems may be reduced. Anytime this correct a condition. Multiple message stays on, or displays messages may appear one after . Cruise Control repeatedly, the vehicle should be another. . Lighting and Bulb Replacement taken to your dealer for service as soon as possible. The messages that do not require . Wiper/Washer Systems immediate action can be acknowledged and cleared by . Doors and Windows Vehicle Speed Messages pressing V. The messages that . Seat Belts SPEED LIMITED TO require immediate action cannot be . Airbag Systems XXX KM/H (MPH) cleared until that action is performed. . Engine and Transmission This message shows that the . Tire Pressure vehicle speed has been limited to All messages should be taken the speed displayed. The limited seriously; clearing the message . Battery speed is a protection for various does not correct the problem. propulsion and vehicle systems, If a SERVICE message appears, Engine Power Messages such as lubrication, thermal, suspension, or tires. see your dealer. ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Follow the instructions given in the This message displays when the messages. The system displays vehicle's propulsion power is messages regarding the following reduced. Reduced propulsion power topics: can affect the vehicle's ability to . Service Messages accelerate. If this message is on, . Fluid Levels but there is no observed reduction in performance, proceed to your . Vehicle Security destination. The performance may Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

120 Instruments and Controls Vehicle Entering the Feature Press U until the PRESS V TO Personalization Settings Menu DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen 1. Turn the ignition on and place appears on the DIC display. Press This vehicle may have the vehicle in P (Park). the set/reset button once to display customization capabilities that allow all DIC messages in English. To avoid excessive drain on you to program certain features to LANGUAGE one preferred setting. Customization the battery, it is recommended features can only be programmed to that the headlamps are This feature allows you to select the one setting on the vehicle and turned off. language in which the DIC cannot be programmed to a 2. Press U to enter the feature messages will appear. preferred setting for two different settings menu. Press U until the LANGUAGE drivers. If the menu is not available, screen appears on the DIC display. All of the customization options may FEATURE SETTINGS Press V once to access the settings not be available on your vehicle. AVAILABLE IN PARK will U Only the options available will be for this feature. Then press to display. Before entering the scroll through the following settings: displayed on the DIC. menu, make sure the vehicle is The default settings for the in P (Park). ENGLISH (default) : All messages will appear in English. customization features were set Feature Settings Menu Items when the vehicle left the factory, but FRANCAIS : All messages will may have been changed from their The following are customization appear in French. default state since then. features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle: ESPANOL : All messages will The customization preferences are appear in Spanish. automatically recalled. DISPLAY IN ENGLISH NO CHANGE : No change will be To change customization This feature will only display if a made to this feature. The current preferences, use the following language other than English has setting will remain. procedure. been set. This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 121 To select a setting, press V while To select a setting, press V while ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors the desired setting is displayed on the desired setting is displayed on will unlock when the key is taken the DIC. A beep will sound once a the DIC. out of the ignition. language has been selected. AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the AUTO DOOR LOCK doors will unlock when the vehicle is This feature allows you to select shifted into P (Park). This feature allows you to select whether or not to turn off the when the doors will automatic door unlocking feature. NO CHANGE : No change will be automatically lock. It also allows you to select which made to this feature. The current doors and when the doors will setting will remain. Press U until AUTO DOOR LOCK automatically unlock. To select a setting, press V while appears on the DIC display. Press V once to access the settings for Press U until AUTO DOOR the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. this feature. Then press U to scroll UNLOCK appears on the DIC through the following settings: display. Press V once to access the REMOTE DOOR LOCK settings for this feature. Then press SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) : U This feature allows you to select the The doors will automatically lock to scroll through the following type of feedback you will receive when the vehicle is shifted out of settings: when locking the vehicle with the P (Park). OFF : None of the doors will Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) automatically unlock. transmitter. You will not receive AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors feedback when locking the vehicle will automatically lock when the DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the with the RKE transmitter if the doors vehicle speed is above 13 km/h driver door will unlock when the key are open. See Remote Keyless (8 mph) for three seconds. is taken out of the ignition. Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 27. NO CHANGE : No change will be DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver made to this feature. The current door will unlock when the vehicle is setting will remain. shifted into P (Park). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

122 Instruments and Controls Press U until REMOTE DOOR To select a setting, press V while NO CHANGE : No change will be LOCK appears on the DIC display. the desired setting is displayed on made to this feature. The current setting will remain. Press V once to access the settings the DIC. for this feature. Then press U to REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK To select a setting, press V while scroll through the following settings: the desired setting is displayed on This feature allows you to select the the DIC. OFF : There will be no feedback type of feedback you will receive when you press Q on the RKE when unlocking the vehicle with the DELAY DOOR LOCK transmitter. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This feature allows you to select transmitter. You will not receive LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps whether or not the locking of the feedback when unlocking the doors will be delayed. When locking will flash when you press Q on the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors with the power door lock RKE transmitter. the doors are open. See Remote switch and a door is open, this Keyless Entry (RKE) System HORN ONLY : The horn will sound feature will delay locking the doors Operation 0 27. on the second press of Q on the until five seconds after the last door RKE transmitter. Press U until REMOTE DOOR is closed. You will hear three chimes UNLOCK appears on the DIC to signal that the delayed locking HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The feature is in use. The key must be display. Press V once to access the exterior lamps will flash when you out of the ignition for this feature to settings for this feature. Then press press Q on the RKE transmitter, and U work. You can temporarily override to scroll through the following delayed locking by pressing the the horn will sound when Q is settings: pressed again within five seconds of power door lock switch twice or Q the previous command. LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps on the RKE transmitter twice. See will not flash when you press K on Delayed Locking 0 32. NO CHANGE : No change will be the RKE transmitter. made to this feature. The current setting will remain. LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior lamps will flash when you press K on the RKE transmitter. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Instruments and Controls 123 Press U until DELAY DOOR LOCK Press U until EXIT LIGHTING Press U until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display. Press appears on the DIC display. Press appears on the DIC display. Press V once to access the settings for V once to access the settings for V once to access the settings for this feature. Then press U to scroll this feature. Then press U to scroll this feature. Then press U to scroll through the following settings: through the following settings: through the following settings: OFF : There will be no delayed OFF : The exterior lamps will not NORMAL : The chime volume will locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. be set to a normal level. ON (default) : The doors will not 10 SECONDS (default) : The LOUD : The chime volume will be lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for set to a loud level. door is closed. 10 seconds. NO CHANGE : No change will be NO CHANGE : No change will be 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will made to this feature. The current made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. setting will remain. setting will remain. 2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will There is no default for chime To select a setting, press V while stay on for two minutes. volume. The volume will stay at the the desired setting is displayed on NO CHANGE : No change will be last known setting. the DIC. made to this feature. The current To select a setting, press V while EXIT LIGHTING setting will remain. the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press V while amount of time you want the the desired setting is displayed on FACTORY SETTINGS the DIC. exterior lamps to remain on when it This feature allows you to set all of is dark enough outside. This CHIME VOLUME the customization features back to happens after the key is turned from their factory default settings. on to off. This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

124 Instruments and Controls Press U until FACTORY SETTINGS Exiting the Feature appears on the DIC display. Press Settings Menu V once to access the settings for The feature settings menu will be this feature. Then press U to scroll exited when any of the following through the following settings: occurs: RESTORE ALL (default) : The . The vehicle is no longer on. customization features will be set to T their factory default settings. . The 3 or DIC buttons are pressed. DO NOT RESTORE : The customization features will not be . The end of the feature settings set to their factory default settings. menu is reached and exited. . A 40 second time period has To select a setting, press V while – elapsed with no selection made. the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the feature settings menu. Press U until FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. Press V once to exit the menu. If you do not exit, pressing U will return you to the beginning of the feature settings menu. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Lighting 125 Exterior Lighting Battery Exterior Lighting Lighting Saver ...... 131 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 125 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 126 Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ...... 126 Flash-to-Pass ...... 126 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 127 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 127 The exterior lamp control is on the Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 128 instrument panel to the left of the Turn and Lane-Change steering wheel. Signals ...... 128 There are four positions: Interior Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination O : Briefly turn the control to this Control ...... 129 position to turn the automatic Dome Lamps ...... 129 headlamps and Daytime Running Reading Lamps ...... 130 Lamps (DRL) off or back on. Lighting Features For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off position only works for Entry Lighting ...... 130 vehicles that are shifted into the Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 130 Exit Lighting ...... 130 P (Park) position. Battery Load Management . . . 130 Battery Power Protection . . . . . 131 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

126 Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns the Exterior Lamps Off exterior lamps on and off, depending on outside lighting. Reminder ; : Turns on the parking lamps If a door is open, a reminder chime including all lamps, except the sounds when the headlamps or headlamps. parking lamps are manually turned on and the key is out of the ignition. This instrument cluster light comes 2 : Turns on the headlamps To turn off the chime, turn the on when the high-beam headlamps together with the parking lamps and headlamp switch to O or AUTO and are on. instrument panel lights. then back on, or close and re-open If the headlamps are turned on the door. In the auto mode, the Flash-to-Pass while the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off once the ignition headlamps turn off automatically is off or may remain on until the This feature is used to signal to the 10 minutes after the ignition is headlamp delay ends, if enabled in vehicle ahead that you want turned off. If the headlamps are the Driver Information Center (DIC). to pass. turned on while the vehicle is off, See “Exit Lighting” under Vehicle If the headlamps are off or in the the headlamps will continue to stay Personalization 0 120. low‐beam position, pull the turn on. To prevent the battery from signal lever toward you to being drained, turn the control to the Headlamp High/ momentarily switch to high beams. O position. Low-Beam Changer Release the lever to turn the A warning chime sounds if the driver 2 3 high-beam headlamps off. door is opened while the ignition : Pull the turn signal lever all switch is off and the headlamps the way toward you to change the are on. headlamps from low to high beam. Then release it. To change the headlamps from low beam to high beam, pull the turn Pull the turn signal lever all the way signal lever all the way toward you. toward you again and release it to Then release it. change the headlamps back to low beam. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Lighting 127 Daytime Running To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior Lamps (DRL) lamp control to O and then release it. For vehicles first sold in Canada, DRL can make it easier for others to the DRL can only be turned off see the front of the vehicle during when the vehicle is parked. the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Automatic Headlamp Canada. System The DRL system comes on in daylight when the following When it is dark enough outside and The vehicle has a light sensor on conditions are met: the headlamp switch is in AUTO, the top of the instrument panel. Do the automatic headlamp system not cover the sensor; otherwise the . The ignition is on. turns on the headlamps, along with system will come on whenever the . The exterior lamp control is in the taillamps, sidemarker lamps, ignition is on. the AUTO position. parking lamps, and the instrument The system may also turn on the panel lights. The radio lights will . The shift lever is not in P (Park). headlamps when driving through a also be dim. parking garage or tunnel. . The light sensor determines it is To turn off the automatic headlamp daytime. There is a delay in the transition system, turn the exterior lamp between the daytime and nighttime When the DRL are on, the taillamps, control to the off position and then operation of the Daytime Running sidemarker, instrument panel lights, release. For vehicles first sold in Lamps (DRL) and the automatic and other lamps will not be on. Canada, the transmission must be headlamp system so that driving The automatic headlamp system in the P (Park) position, before the under bridges or bright overhead automatically switches from DRL to automatic headlamp system can be street lights does not affect the the headlamps depending on the turned off. system. The DRL and automatic darkness of the surroundings. headlamp system are only affected when the light sensor sees a change in lighting lasting longer than the delay. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

128 Lighting If the vehicle is started in a dark Lights On with Wipers | : Press this button to make the garage, the automatic headlamp If the windshield wipers are front and rear turn signal lamps system comes on immediately. activated in daylight with the engine flash on and off. This warns others Once the vehicle leaves the garage, on, and the exterior lamp control is that you are having trouble. Press it takes approximately 30 seconds in AUTO, the headlamps, parking again to turn the flashers off. for the automatic headlamp system lamps, and other exterior lamps to change to DRL if it is light When the hazard warning flashers come on. The transition time for the outside. During that delay, the are on, the vehicle's turn signals will lamps coming on varies based on instrument cluster may not be as not work. wiper speed. When the wipers are bright as usual. Make sure the not operating, these lamps turn off. instrument panel brightness control Turn and Lane-Change is in the full bright position. See Move the exterior lamp control to P Signals Instrument Panel Illumination or ; to disable this feature. Control 0 129. To idle the vehicle with the Hazard Warning Flashers automatic headlamp system off, turn the control off. The headlamps will also stay on after exiting the vehicle. This feature may be programmable. See Vehicle Personalization 0 120. G : An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the If the feature is not programmable, turn or lane change. exit lighting is automatic. When it is dark enough outside, the exterior To signal a turn, move the lever all lamps remain on for 30 seconds the way up or down. after the ignition is turned off. To signal a lane change, raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to flash. The turn signal automatically flashes three times Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Lighting 129 and if the Tow/Haul Mode is active it Interior Lighting Dome Lamps flashes six times. Holding the turn signal lever for more than The dome lamps come on when any one second causes the turn signals Instrument Panel door is opened. They turn off after to flash continually until the lever is Illumination Control all the doors are closed. released. The knob for this feature is to the The instrument panel brightness The lever returns to its starting left of the steering column. knob extends when D is pressed. position when released. To manually turn on the dome If after signaling a turn or lane lamps, press D then turn the knob change the arrow flashes rapidly or clockwise to the farthest position. In does not come on, a signal bulb this position, the dome lamps may be burned out. remain on whether a door is opened or closed. Have any burned out bulbs replaced. If a bulb is not burned out, Dome Lamp Override check the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 263. Turn Signal On Chime If the turn signal is left on for more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each flash of the turn D : Push the knob to extend and signal and the message TURN then turn clockwise or SIGNAL ON also appears in the counterclockwise to brighten or dim Driver Information Center (DIC). To the instrument panel lights and the turn off the chime and message, radio display. This only works if the move the turn signal lever to the off headlamps or parking lamps are on. position. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

130 Lighting The dome lamp override sets the Lighting Features Battery Load dome lamps to remain off or come on automatically when a door is Management opened. Entry Lighting The vehicle may have Electric E DOME OFF : Press this button If it is dark enough outside, the Power Management (EPM) that in and the dome lamps remain off exterior lamps will turn on briefly estimates the battery's temperature when a door is opened. Press the when unlocking the vehicle with the and state of charge. It then adjusts button again to return it to the RKE transmitter. the voltage for best performance extended position so that the dome and extended life of the battery. lamps come on when a door is Entry/Exit Lighting When the battery's state of charge opened. The vehicle has an illuminated is low, the voltage is raised slightly entry/exit feature. to quickly bring the charge back up. Reading Lamps When the state of charge is high, The dome lamps come on if the E the voltage is lowered slightly to If equipped with reading lamps, DOME OFF button is in the prevent overcharging. If the vehicle press the button next to each lamp extended position, when a door is has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage to turn it on or off. opened, or the key is removed from display on the Driver Information The vehicle may also have reading the ignition. Center (DIC), you may see the lamps in other locations. The lamps voltage move up or down. This is cannot be adjusted. Exit Lighting normal. If there is a problem, an alert will be displayed. If it is dark enough outside, the exterior lamps will turn on when the The battery can be discharged at ignition is turned off. This feature idle if the electrical loads are very may be programmable. See Vehicle high. This is true for all vehicles. Personalization 0 120. This is because the generator (alternator) may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Lighting 131 A high electrical load occurs when recommended that the driver reduce several of the following are on, such the electrical loads as much as as: headlamps, high beams, fog possible. lamps, rear window defogger, climate control fan at high speed, Battery Power Protection heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads plugged into This feature shuts off the dome accessory power outlets. lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is EPM works to prevent excessive off. This helps to prevent the battery discharge of the battery. It does this from running down. by balancing the generator's output and the vehicle's electrical needs. Exterior Lighting Battery It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power, whenever Saver needed. It can temporarily reduce The exterior lamps turn off about the power demands of some 10 minutes after the ignition is accessories. turned off, if the parking lamps or Normally, these actions occur in headlamps have been manually left steps or levels, without being on. This protects against draining noticeable. In rare cases at the the battery. To restart the 10-minute highest levels of corrective action, timer, turn the exterior lamp control this action may be noticeable to the to the O position and then back to driver. If so, a Driver Information the ; or 2 position. Center (DIC) message might be displayed, such as SERVICE To keep the lamps on for more than BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM. 10 minutes, the ignition must be on If this messages displays, it is or in ACC/ACCESSORY. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

132 Infotainment System Introduction functions when driving. These Infotainment functions may gray out when they System are unavailable. Many infotainment Infotainment features are also available through Base radio information is included in the instrument cluster and steering Introduction this manual. See the infotainment wheel controls. Infotainment ...... 132 manual for information on other Before driving: Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 133 available infotainment systems. Overview (AM-FM Radio) . . . . . 133 . Become familiar with the Read the following pages to operation, center stack controls, Overview (Radio with become familiar with the features. CD/MP3) ...... 135 and infotainment display Operation ...... 136 controls. { Warning . Set up the audio by presetting Radio Taking your eyes off the road for favorite stations, setting the AM-FM Radio ...... 138 tone, and adjusting the too long or too often while using Satellite Radio ...... 139 speakers. Radio Reception ...... 140 any infotainment feature can Multi-Band Antenna ...... 141 cause a crash. You or others . Set up phone numbers in could be injured or killed. Do not advance so they can be called Audio Players give extended attention to easily by pressing a single Avoiding Untrusted Media infotainment tasks while driving. control or by using a single voice Devices ...... 141 Limit your glances at the vehicle command if equipped with CD Player ...... 141 Bluetooth phone capability. Auxiliary Devices ...... 146 displays and focus your attention on driving. Use voice commands See Defensive Driving 0 166. OnStar System whenever possible. To play the infotainment system with OnStar System ...... 151 the ignition off, see Retained Phone The infotainment system has built-in Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. Bluetooth ...... 151 features intended to help avoid distraction by disabling some Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 133 Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) Overview (AM-FM Radio) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. Theft-Deterrent Feature The theft-deterrent feature works by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) to the infotainment system. The infotainment system does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle. AM-FM Radio

1. 4 3. MENU . Press to show information . Press to set the number of on the current station or favorite pages. track. . Press to select the Speed 2. FAV Compensation Volume setting. . Press to scroll through the favorite pages. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

134 Infotainment System . Press to turn Auto Page 9. SRCE 15. H Text Information on or off. . Press to scroll through . Press to set the clock 4. Buttons 1 - 6 auxiliary devices, AM, FM, and date. . Press to save and select or SXM if equipped. favorite stations. 10. \ FWD 5. EQ . Press and hold to fast . Press to adjust the forward through a track. equalizer. 11. s REV f 6. . Press and hold to go . Press to set the bass, backward fast through a midrange, treble, fade, and track. balance. 12. P . Turn to manually select radio stations. . Press to turn the infotainment system on 7. CAT or off. . Press to display a list of . Turn to adjust the volume. SXM categories, if equipped. 13. ¨ SEEK 8. Auxiliary Input Jack (If . Seeks or scans to the next Equipped) station. . Use to connect external 14. © SEEK audio devices. . Seeks or scans to the previous station. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 135 Overview (Radio with CD/MP3) . Press to turn Auto Page Text Information on or off. 4. Buttons 1 - 6 . Saves and selects favorite stations. 5. EQ . Press to adjust the equalizer. 6. f . Press to set the bass, midrange, treble, fade, and balance. . Turn to manually select radio stations. 7. CAT . Press to display a list of Radio with CD/MP3 SXM categories, if equipped. 1. 4 3. MENU 8. Z EJECT . Press to show information . Press to set the number of on the current station or favorite pages. . Press to eject the track. . Press to select the Speed loaded CD. 2. FAV Compensation Volume setting. . Press to scroll through the favorite pages. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

136 Infotainment System 9. Auxiliary Input Jack (If 15. © SEEK such as Channel, Song, Artist, and Equipped) CAT (category) can display. . Seeks or scans to the Continue pressing to highlight the . Use to connect external previous station. audio devices. desired tab, or press the softkey 16. BAND under any one of the tabs and the 10. CD/AUX information about that tab displays. . Press to scroll through the . Press to scroll through available bands FM1, FM2, Speed Compensated Volume selecting the CD or an AM, or SXM if equipped. (SCV) : SCV automatically adjusts auxiliary device. the radio volume to compensate for 17. H road and wind noise as the vehicle 11. \ FWD . Press to set the clock speed changes while driving, so that . Press and hold to fast and date. the volume level stays consistent. forward through a track. To activate SCV: 12. s REV Operation 1. Set the radio volume to the . Press and hold to go Using the Radio desired level. backward fast through a O : Press to turn the system on 2. Press the MENU button to track. and off. display the radio setup menu. 13. P Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 3. Press the softkey under the to increase or decrease the volume. AUTO VOLUM (automatic . Press to turn the volume) tab on the infotainment infotainment system on 4 : Press to switch the display display. or off. between the radio station frequency 4. Press the softkey under the . Turn to adjust the volume. and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the desired SCV setting (OFF, Low, 14. ¨ SEEK time. Press to display additional text Med, or High) to select the information related to the current level of radio volume . Seeks or scans to the next compensation. The display station. FM-RDS station or MP3 song. A choice of additional information times out after approximately Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 137 10 seconds. Each higher Adjusting the Speakers If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is setting allows for more radio (Balance/Fade) turned on, the radio disables FADE volume compensation at faster and mutes the rear speakers. vehicle speeds. BAL/FADE : To adjust the balance or fade: Radio Messages Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) 1. Press the f knob until the Calibration Error : The audio To adjust the bass or treble: speaker control tabs display. system has been calibrated for the f vehicle from the factory. 1. Press the knob until Bass or 2. Highlight the desired speaker If Calibration Error displays, it Treble displays. control tab by doing one of the means that the radio has not been following: 2. To adjust the setting, do one of configured properly for the vehicle the following: . Press the f knob. and it must be returned to your dealer for service. . Turn the f knob. . Press the softkey under the desired tab. VIN or NO VIN : One of these . Press ¨ SEEK, or © SEEK. messages will display when the 3. Adjust the setting by doing one TheftLock system has locked up the EQ : Press this button to choose of the following: radio. Take the vehicle to your bass and treble equalization dealer for service. settings designed for different types . Turn the f knob clockwise of music. Selecting MANUAL, or counterclockwise. If any error occurs repeatedly or if or changing bass or treble, returns an error cannot be corrected, the EQ to the manual bass and . Press ¨ SEEK or © SEEK. contact your dealer. treble settings. . Press \ FWD or s REV. Unique EQ settings can be saved To quickly adjust all speaker and for each source. tone controls to the middle position, press the f knob for more than two seconds. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

138 Infotainment System Radio © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © Storing a Radio Station as a SEEK to go to the previous or ¨ Favorite AM-FM Radio SEEK to go to the next station and You are encouraged to set up radio stay there. station favorites while the vehicle is Radio Data System (RDS) To scan stations, press and hold parked. Tune to favorite stations The radio may have an RDS. The either button for two seconds until a using the presets, favorites button, RDS feature is available for use beep sounds. The radio goes to a and steering wheel controls, only on FM stations that broadcast station, plays for a few seconds, if equipped. See Defensive Driving 0 RDS information. This system relies then goes to the next station. For 166. upon receiving specific information AM-FM Radio and Radio with CD, FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, from these stations and only works the station frequency flashes while a maximum of 36 stations can be when the information is available. the radio is in the scan mode. Press programmed as favorites by using While the radio is tuned to an either button again to stop scanning. the six softkeys below the radio FM-RDS station, the station name The radio seeks and scans stations station frequency tabs and by using or call letters display. In rare cases, the radio favorites page button (FAV a radio station could broadcast only with a strong signal that are in the selected band. button). Press FAV to go through up incorrect information that causes the to six pages of favorites, each radio features to work improperly. Scan presets within the current having six favorite stations available If this happens, contact the radio selected band by pressing and per page. Each page of favorites station. holding either SEEK button for can contain any combination of AM four seconds until a double beep and FM stations. Finding a Station sounds. The radio goes to a stored BAND or SRCE : Press to switch preset, plays for a few seconds if a The balance/fade and tone settings between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if strong signal is present, then goes that were previously adjusted are equipped. The selection displays. to the next stored preset. The stored with the favorite stations. station frequency flashes while the f : Turn clockwise or To store a station as a favorite: radio is in the scan mode. counterclockwise to increase or 1. Tune to the desired radio decrease the station frequency. station. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 139 2. Press FAV to display the page and to begin the process of To scan stations, press and hold where the station is to be programming favorites for the either button for two seconds until a stored. chosen number of numbered beep sounds. The radio goes to a 3. Press and hold one of the pages. station, plays for a few seconds, six softkeys until a beep then goes to the next station. The sounds. When that softkey is Satellite Radio station frequency flashes while the pressed and released, the radio is in the scan mode. Press SiriusXM, if equipped, is a satellite either button again to stop scanning. station that was set returns. radio service based in the United 4. Repeat the steps for each States and Canada only. The radio seeks and scans stations only with a strong signal that are in softkey radio station to be Finding a Category (CAT) stored as a favorite. the selected band. Station The number of favorites pages can To scan presets within the current be set up using the MENU button. CAT : The CAT button is used to selected band, press and hold either To set up the number of favorites find SXM channels (if equipped) SEEK button for four seconds until a pages: while the radio is in the SXM mode. double beep sounds. The radio goes to a stored preset, plays for a 1. Press MENU to display the Finding a Channel few seconds if a strong signal is radio setup menu. BAND or SRCE : Press to switch present, then goes to the next 2. Press the softkey below the between FM1, FM2, AM, and SXM if stored preset. The station frequency FAV 1-6 tab. equipped. The selection displays. flashes while the radio is in the scan mode. 3. Select the desired number of f : Turn clockwise or favorites pages by pressing the counterclockwise to increase or Storing a Radio Station as a softkey below the displayed decrease the station frequency. Favorite page numbers. © SEEK or ¨ SEEK : Press © You are encouraged to set up radio 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time SEEK to go to the previous or ¨ station favorites while the vehicle is out, to return to the original SEEK to go to the next station and parked. Tune to favorite stations main radio screen showing the stay there. using the presets, favorites button, radio station frequency tabs Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

140 Infotainment System and steering wheel controls, 3. Press and hold one of the programming favorites for the if equipped. See Defensive Driving six softkeys until a beep chosen number of numbered 0 166. sounds. When that softkey is pages. FAV : If equipped with a FAV button, pressed and released, the a maximum of 36 stations can be station that was set returns. Radio Reception programmed as favorites using the 4. Repeat the steps for each Frequency interference and static six softkeys below the radio station softkey radio station to be can occur during normal radio frequency tabs and by using the stored as a favorite. reception if items such as cell phone radio favorites page button (FAV The number of favorites pages can chargers, vehicle convenience button). Press FAV to go through up be set up using the MENU button. accessories, and external electronic to six pages of favorites, each To set up the number of favorites devices are plugged into the having six favorite stations available pages: accessory power outlet. If there is per page. Each page of favorites interference or static, unplug the can contain any combination of AM, 1. Press MENU to display the item from the accessory power FM, or SXM stations. radio setup menu. outlet. 2. Press the softkey below the The balance/fade and tone settings AM that were previously adjusted are FAV 1-6 tab. stored with the favorite stations. 3. Select the desired number of The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM, especially at To store a station as a favorite: favorites pages by pressing the softkey below the displayed night. The longer range can cause 1. Tune to the desired radio page numbers. station frequencies to interfere with station. each other. For better radio 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time 2. Press FAV to display the page reception, most AM radio stations out, to return to the original boost the power levels during the where the station is to be main radio screen showing the stored. day, and then reduce these levels radio station frequency tabs during the night. Static can also and to begin the process of occur when things like storms and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 141 power lines interfere with radio Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players reception. When this happens, try reducing the treble on the radio. The multi-band antenna is on the roof of the vehicle. The antenna is Avoiding Untrusted Media FM Stereo used for the Navigation System, Devices OnStar and the SiriusXM Satellite FM stereo gives the best sound, but When using media devices such as FM signals reach only about 16 to Radio Service System if the vehicle has these features. Tall buildings, CDs, DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, SD 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Tall buildings or cards, USB devices, and mobile hills can interfere with FM signals, hills, trees, heavy foliage, tunnels, bridges, and garages will affect devices, consider the source. causing the sound to fade in Untrusted media devices could and out. reception. Keep the antenna clear of obstructions for clear reception. contain files that affect system Cellular Phone Usage Make sure there is sufficient operation or performance. Avoid use clearance when entering garages or if the content or origin cannot be Cellular phone usage may cause parking structures. trusted. interference with the radio. This interference may occur when CD Player making or receiving phone calls, charging the phone's battery, Care of the CD Player or simply having the phone on. This interference causes an increased Do not add any label to a CD. level of static while listening to the It could get caught in the CD player. radio. If static is received while If a CD is recorded on a personal listening to the radio, unplug the computer and a description label is cellular phone and turn it off. needed, try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen. The use of CD lens cleaners is not advised, due to the risk of contaminating the lens of the CD optics with lubricants internal to the CD player mechanism. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

142 Infotainment System cases and away from direct sunlight disc is not removed, after several Caution and dust. The CD player scans the seconds the disc is automatically bottom surface of the disc. If the pulled back into the player. If a label is added to a CD, more surface of a CD is damaged, such than one CD is inserted into the as cracked, broken, or scratched, Playing a CD slot at a time, or an attempt is the CD does not play properly or not If the ignition or radio is turned off made to play scratched or at all. Do not touch the bottom side with a CD in the player, it stays in damaged CDs, the CD player of a CD while handling it; this could the player. When the ignition or could be damaged. While using damage the surface. Pick up CDs radio is turned on, the CD starts the CD player, use only CDs in by the outer edges or the edge of playing where it stopped, if it was good condition without any label, the hole and the outer edge. the last selected audio source. load one CD at a time, and keep If the surface of a CD is soiled, When a CD is inserted, the CD the CD player and the loading slot clean it with a soft, lint-free cloth or symbol displays on the left side of free of foreign materials, liquids, dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, the radio display. As each new track and debris. neutral detergent solution mixed starts to play, the track number with water. Make sure the wiping displays. process starts from the center to If an error displays, see “CD Player The CD player can play the smaller the edge. Messages” later in this section. 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Care of CDs Inserting a CD adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the smaller CDs are loaded in the same If playing a CD-R, the sound quality Insert a CD partway into the slot, manner. can be reduced due to CD-R or label side up. The player pulls it in CD-RW quality, the method of and the CD should begin playing. CD/AUX : Press to cycle between CD or Auxiliary when listening to the recording, the quality of the music Ejecting a CD that has been recorded, and the radio. The CD icon and a message way the CD-R or CD-RW has been Z EJECT : Press and release to showing the disc and/or track handled. Handle them carefully. eject the disc. Remove the CD number will display when a CD is in Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their when Remove Disc displays. If the the player. Press again and the original cases or other protective system automatically searches for Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 143 an auxiliary input device; see Press and hold, or press multiple CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can Auxiliary Devices 0 146. If a times, to continue moving forward be recorded with the following fixed portable audio player is not through the tracks on the CD. bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, connected, “No Input Device Found” s REV : Press and hold to reverse 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, displays. playback quickly within a track. 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, 4 : Press to display additional text 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps or \ FWD : Press and hold to a variable bit rate. information related to the current advance playback quickly within a song. If information is available, the track. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode song title information displays on Discs the top line of the display and artist RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. information displays on the bottom Press to listen to tracks in , The radio can play discs that contain both uncompressed CD line. When information is not rather than sequential order. audio and MP3 files. If both formats available, NO INFO displays. To use random: f are on the disc, the radio reads all : Turn to select tracks on the CD 1. Press the softkey under the MP3 files first, then the that is currently playing. RDM tab until Random Current uncompressed CD audio files. © SEEK : Press to go to the start of Disc displays. CD-R- or CD-RW-Supported File the current track if more than 2. Press the softkey again to turn and Folder Structure 10 seconds on the CD have played. off random play. The radio supports: Press to go to the previous track if MP3-Supported Files less than 10 seconds on the CD . Up to 50 folders. have played. Radios with CD/MP3 have the . Up to eight folders in depth. capability of playing an MP3 CD-R Press and hold, or press multiple or CD-RW disc. . Up to 50 playlists. times, to continue moving backward . Up to 255 files. through the tracks on the CD. Format . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl SEEK : Press to go to the next ¨ Radios that have the capability of extension. track. playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma files that were recorded onto a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

144 Infotainment System . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda Tracks are played in the following show parts of words on the last file extension. order: page of text, and the extension of the file name is not displayed. Root Directory . Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues Preprogrammed Playlists The root directory is treated as a sequentially through all tracks in folder. Files are stored in the root each playlist. When the last CDs that have preprogrammed directory when the disc or storage playlists created using WinAmp®, track of the last playlist has ® ® device does not contain folders. played, play continues from the MusicMatch , or RealPlayer Files accessed from the root first track of the first playlist. software can be accessed; however, directory of a CD display as there is no playlist-editing capability F1 ROOT. . Play begins from the first track in using the radio. These playlists are the first folder and continues treated as special folders containing Empty Folder sequentially through all tracks in compressed audio song files. Folders that do not contain files are each folder. When the last track of the last folder has played, Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls skipped, and the player advances to file extension and are stored on a the next folder that contains files. play continues from the first track of the first folder. USB device may be supported by Order of Play the radio with a USB port. File System and Naming Compressed audio files are Playlists can be changed by using accessed in the following order: The song name that displays is the the softkeys below the S c and song name contained in the ID3 tag. Playlists (Px). c T tabs, the f knob, the © SEEK . If the song name is not present in button, or the SEEK button. An . Files stored in the root directory. the ID3 tag, then the radio displays ¨ MP3 CD-R or CD-RW that has been . Files stored in folders in the root the file name without the extension (such as .mp3) as the track name. recorded without using file folders directory. can be played. If a CD-R or CD-RW Track names longer than 32 contains more than the maximum of characters or four pages are 50 folders, 15 playlists, and shortened. The display does not 512 folders and files, the player Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 145 allows access and navigates up to s REV : Press and hold to reverse 2. Press the softkey again to turn the maximum, but all items over the playback quickly. Sound is heard at off random play. maximum are not accessible. a reduced volume and the elapsed h : Press the softkey below the Playing an MP3 time of the file displays. Release s h tab to play the files in order by REV to resume playing. artist or . 4 : Press to display additional text information related to the current \ FWD : Press and hold to The player scans the disc to sort the song. If information is available, the advance playback quickly. Sound is files by artist and album ID3 tag song title information displays on heard at a reduced volume and the information. It can take several the top line of the display and artist elapsed time of the file displays. minutes to scan the disc depending information displays on the bottom Release \ FWD to resume on the number of files on the disc. line. When information is not playing. The elapsed time of the file The radio may begin playing while it available, NO INFO displays. displays. is scanning in the background. f : Turn to select MP3s on the CD S c : Press the softkey below the When the scan is finished, the disc currently playing. S c tab to go to the first track in begins playing files in order by the previous folder. artist. The current artist playing is © SEEK : Press to go to the start of shown on the second line of the the track, if more than 10 seconds c T : Press the softkey below the display. Once all songs by that artist have played. Press and hold or c T tab to go to the first track in are played, the player moves to the press multiple times to continue the next folder. next artist in alphabetical order and moving backward through tracks. RDM : For Radios with CD/MP3. begins playing files by that artist. ¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next Press to listen to tracks in random, To listen to files by another artist, track. Press and hold or press rather than sequential order. press the softkey below either arrow multiple times to continue moving To use random: tab. The disc goes to the next or forward through tracks. previous artist in alphabetical order. 1. Press the softkey under the Continue pressing either softkey RDM tab until Random Current below the arrow tab until the desired Disc displays. artist displays. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

146 Infotainment System To change from playback by artist to CD Player Messages displays an error message, write it playback by album: down and provide it to your dealer CHECK DISC : If this message when reporting the problem. 1. Press the softkey below the displays and/or the CD ejects, it Sort By tab. could be for one of the following Auxiliary Devices 2. Press one of the softkeys reasons: below the Album tab from the . It is very hot. When the Using the Auxiliary Input Jack sort screen. temperature returns to normal, Radios with an auxiliary input jack 3. Press the softkey below the the CD should play. on the lower right side can connect Back tab to return to the main . The road is very rough. When to an external audio device such as music navigator screen. the road becomes smoother, the an iPod, MP3 player, or CD player The album name displays on the CD should play. for use as another source for audio listening. This input jack is not an second line between the arrows, . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, audio output; do not plug and songs from the current album or upside down. begin to play. Once all songs from headphones into the front auxiliary . The air is very humid. If so, wait that album have played, the player input jack. about an hour and try again. moves to the next album in Drivers are encouraged to set up alphabetical order on the CD and . There was a problem while any auxiliary device while the begins playing MP3s from that burning the CD. vehicle is in P (Park). See 0 album. . The label is caught in the CD Defensive Driving 166 for more To exit music navigator mode, press player. information on driver distraction. the softkey below the Back tab to If the CD is not playing correctly, for To use a portable audio player, return to normal MP3 playback. any other reason, try a known connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to good CD. the radio's front auxiliary input jack. When a device is connected, press If any error occurs repeatedly or if the radio CD/AUX button to begin an error cannot be corrected, playing audio from the device over contact your dealer. If the radio the vehicle speakers. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 147 For optimal sound quality, increase SRCE : If equipped, press to listen USB Support the portable audio device's volume to the radio when a portable audio to the loudest level. device is playing. The portable It is always best to power the audio device continues playing. portable audio device through its Press to play a CD when a portable own battery while playing. audio device is playing. Press again O : Turn clockwise or and the system begins playing counterclockwise to increase or audio from the connected portable decrease the volume of the portable audio player. If a portable audio player. Additional volume player is not connected, “No Input adjustments might have to be made Device Found” displays. from the portable device if the Using the USB Port volume is not loud or soft enough. Radios with a USB port can control BAND : If equipped, press to listen a USB storage device or an iPod If equipped, the USB port is on the to the radio when a portable audio using the radio buttons and knobs. instrument panel and uses the device is playing. The portable See “Playing an MP3” in CD Player USB 2.0 standard. audio device continues playing. 0 141 for information about how to USB-Supported Devices CD/AUX : If equipped, press to play connect and control a USB storage a CD when a portable audio device device or an iPod. . USB flash drive is playing. Press again and the . Portable USB hard drive system begins playing audio from . Fifth generation or later iPod the connected portable audio player. If a portable audio player is not . iPod nano connected, “No Input Device Found” . iPod touch displays. . iPod classic Not all iPods and USB drives are compatible with the USB port. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

148 Infotainment System Make sure the iPod has the latest . FAT32. powers off and will not charge or firmware from Apple for proper draw power from the vehicle's operation. iPod firmware can be Connecting a USB Storage battery. Device or iPod updated using the latest iTunes If you have an older iPod model that application. See www.apple.com/ The USB port can be used to is not supported, it can still be used itunes. control an iPod or a USB storage by connecting it to the auxiliary For help with identifying the iPod, go device. input jack using a standard 3.5 mm to www.apple.com/support. To connect a USB storage device, (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the Radios that have a USB port can connect the device to the USB port Auxiliary Input Jack” previously in play.mp3 and .wma files that are on the instrument panel. this section. stored on a USB storage device as To connect an iPod, connect one Using the Radio to Control a well as AAC files that are stored on end of the USB cable that came USB Storage Device or iPod an iPod. with the iPod to the iPod’s dock connector and connect the other The radio can control a USB USB-Supported File and Folder storage device or an iPod using the Structure end to the USB port on the instrument panel. If the vehicle is on radio buttons and knobs, and can display song information on the The radio supports: and the USB connection works, “OK infotainment display. . Up to 700 folders. to disconnect” and a GM logo may appear on the iPod, and iPod f : Turn to select files. . Up to eight folders in depth. appears on the infotainment display. © SEEK : Press to go to the start of . Up to 65,535 files. The iPod music appears on the the track, if more than 10 seconds infotainment display and begins . Folder and file names up to have played. Press and hold or playing. 64 bytes. press multiple times to continue The iPod charges while it is moving backward through tracks. . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file connected to the vehicle if the extension. ¨ SEEK : Press to go to the next ignition is on or in ACC/ track. Press and hold or press . AAC files stored on an iPod. ACCESSORY. When the vehicle is multiple times to continue moving . FAT16. turned off, the iPod automatically forward through tracks. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 149 s REV : Press and hold to reverse 2. Press the softkey below the tab 4. Turn f to scroll through the playback quickly. Sound is heard at with the function on it to use files in the selected folder. a reduced volume. Release s REV that function. 5. Press f to select the desired to resume playing. The elapsed time j : Press the softkey below j to file to be played. of the file displays. pause the track. The tab appears raised when pause is being used. To skip through large lists, the five \ FWD : Press and hold to softkeys can be used to navigate in advance playback quickly. Sound is Press the softkey below j again to the following order: heard at a reduced volume. Release resume playback. \ FWD to resume playing. The Back : Press the softkey below the . First softkey, first item in the list. elapsed time of the file displays. Back tab to go back to the main . Second softkey, 1% through the 4 : Press to display additional display screen on an iPod, or the list each time the softkey is information about the selected track. root directory on a USB storage pressed. device. Using Softkeys to Control a . Third softkey, 5% through the list c : Press the softkey below c to each time the softkey is pressed. USB Storage Device or iPod view the contents of the current The five softkeys below the folder on the USB drive. To browse . Fourth softkey, 10% through the infotainment display are used to and select files: list each time the softkey is control the functions listed below. pressed. 1. Press the softkey below c. To use the softkeys: . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list h h 1. Press the first or fifth softkey : Press the softkey below below the infotainment display of folders. to view and select a file on an iPod, to display the functions listed f using the iPod's menu system. Files 3. Press to select the desired are sorted by: below, or press the softkey folder. If there is more then one below the function if it is folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 . Playlists currently displayed. until the desired folder is . Artists reached. . Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

150 Infotainment System . Genres . Third softkey, 5% through the list Shuffle Functionality . Songs each time the softkey is pressed. To use Shuffle: . Composers . Fourth softkey, 10% through the list each time the softkey is Press the softkey below >, 2, To select files: pressed. C , or = to select between Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ 1. Press the softkey below h. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, or Shuffle Folder. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list Repeat Functionality of menus. To use Repeat: > : Press the softkey below 2 to turn shuffle off. This is the default 3. Press f to select the Press the softkey below " or ' mode when a USB storage device desired menu. to select between Repeat All and or iPod is first connected. Repeat Track. 4. Turn f to scroll through the 2 : Press the softkey below folders or files in the " : Press the softkey below " to = or C to shuffle all songs on selected menu. repeat all tracks. The tab appears the USB storage device or iPod. lowered when Repeat All is being C 5. Press f to select the desired : Press the softkey below > used. This is the default mode when to shuffle all songs in the current file to be played. a USB storage device or iPod is first album on an iPod. To skip through large lists, the five connected. : Press the softkey below softkeys can be used to navigate in = > ' : Press the softkey below ' to shuffle all songs in the current the following order: to repeat one track. The tab folder on a USB storage device. . First softkey, first item in the list. appears raised when Repeat Track is being used. . Second softkey, 1% through the list each time the softkey is pressed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 151 OnStar System averages and vehicle systems Phone design. Some services require a OnStar with 4G LTE data plan. Bluetooth For vehicles equipped with Bluetooth capability, the system can interact with many cell phones, allowing: . Placement and receipt of calls in a hands-free mode. If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up . Sharing of the cell phone’s to seven devices, such as address book or contact list with smartphones, tablets, and laptops, the vehicle. can be connected to high-speed To minimize driver distraction, Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi hotspot. before driving, and with the vehicle parked: Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an . Become familiar with the OnStar Advisor for assistance. See features of the cell phone. www..com for a detailed Organize the phone book and instruction guide, vehicle availability, contact lists clearly and delete details, and system limitations. duplicate or rarely used entries. Services and apps vary by make, If possible, program speed dial model, year, carrier, availability, and or other shortcuts. conditions. 4G LTE service is . Review the controls and available in select markets. 4G LTE operation of the infotainment performance is based on industry system. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

152 Infotainment System . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. receive phone calls. The system How to Speak : Speak clearly in a The system may not work with can be used while the ignition is calm and natural voice. all cell phones. See “Pairing” in on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The this section for more information. range of the Bluetooth system can Audio System . If the cell phone has voice be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth dialing capability, learn to use phones support all functions, and system, sound comes through the that feature to access the not all phones work with the vehicle's front audio system address book or contact list. See in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See speakers and overrides the audio www.gm.com/bluetooth for more “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section system. Use the audio system for more information. information on compatible phones in volume knob, during a call, to U.S. and Canada only. change the volume level. The . See “Storing and Deleting Phone adjusted volume level remains in Numbers” in this section for Voice Recognition memory for later calls. To prevent more information. The Bluetooth system uses voice missed calls, a minimum volume recognition to interpret voice level is used if the volume is turned { Warning commands to dial phone numbers down too low. and name tags. When using a cell phone, it can Bluetooth Controls For additional information, say be distracting to look too long or Help while you are in a voice Use the buttons on the steering too often at the screen of the “ ” recognition menu. wheel to operate the in-vehicle phone or the infotainment system. Bluetooth system. See Steering Taking your eyes off the road too Noise : Keep interior noise levels to Wheel Controls 0 94. a minimum. The system may not long or too often could cause a b / g : Press to answer incoming crash resulting in injury or death. recognize voice commands if there is too much background noise. calls, confirm system information, Focus your attention on driving. and start speech recognition. When to Speak : A short tone sounds after the system responds c / x : Press to end a call, reject A Bluetooth system can use a a call, or cancel an operation. Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a indicating when it is waiting for a Hands-Free Profile to make and voice command. Wait until the tone and then speak. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 153 Pairing . Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named “Your be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle in the list on the cell A Bluetooth-enabled cell phone ” system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions must be paired to the Bluetooth on the cell phone to enter the system and then connected to the . If multiple paired cell phones are PIN provided in Step 3. After vehicle before it can be used. See within range of the system, the the PIN is successfully entered, the cell phone manufacturer's user system connects to the first the system prompts you to guide for Bluetooth functions before available paired cell phone in the provide a name for the paired pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth order that they were first paired cell phone. This name will be phone is not connected, calls will be to the system. To connect to a used to indicate which phones made using OnStar Hands-Free different paired phone, see are paired and connected to Calling, if equipped. See OnStar “Connecting to a Different the vehicle. The system Overview 0 349. Phone” later in this section. responds with “ Pairing Information Pairing a Phone has been successfully paired” after the pairing process is . A Bluetooth phone with MP3 1. Press and hold b / g for complete. capability cannot be paired to two seconds. the vehicle as a phone and an 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 to pair MP3 player at the same time. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command additional phones. can be skipped. . Up to five cell phones can be Listing All Paired and Connected paired to the Bluetooth system. 3. Say “Pair.” The system Phones responds with instructions and . The pairing process is disabled a four-digit Personal The system can list all cell phones when the vehicle is moving. Identification Number (PIN). paired to it. If a paired cell phone is . Pairing only needs to be The PIN is used in Step 5. also connected to the vehicle, the completed once, unless the system responds with “is connected” 4. Start the pairing process on the after that phone name. pairing information on the cell cell phone that you want to phone changes or the cell phone pair. For help with this process, 1. Press and hold b / g for is deleted from the system. see the cell phone two seconds. manufacturer's user guide. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

154 Infotainment System 2. Say “Bluetooth.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Delete : This command is used to delete individual name tags. 3. Say “List.” 3. Say “Change phone.” Delete All Name Tags : This Deleting a Paired Phone . If another cell phone is found, the response will be command deletes all stored name If the phone name you want to tags in the Hands-Free Calling “ is now delete is unknown, see Listing All Directory and the OnStar “ connected.” Paired and Connected Phones.” Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, . If another cell phone is not if equipped. 1. Press and hold b / g for found, the original phone two seconds. remains connected. Using the “Store” Command 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Storing and Deleting Phone 1. Press and hold b / g for 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks Numbers two seconds. which phone to delete. The system can store up to 30 2. Say “Store.” 4. Say the name of the phone you phone numbers as name tags in the 3. Say the phone number or want to delete. Hands-Free Directory that is shared group of numbers you want to between the Bluetooth and OnStar Connecting to a Different Phone store all at once with no systems, if equipped. pauses, then follow the To connect to a different cell phone, The following commands are used directions given by the system the Bluetooth system looks for the to delete and store phone numbers. to save a name tag for this next available cell phone in the number. order in which all the available cell Store : This command will store a phones were paired. Depending on phone number, or a group of Using the “Digit Store” Command which cell phone you want to numbers as a name tag. If an unwanted number is connect to, you may have to use Digit Store : This command allows recognized by the system, say this command several times. a phone number to be stored as a “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. 1. Press and hold b / g for name tag by entering the digits one two seconds. at a time. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 155 To hear all of the numbers Using the “Delete All Name Tags” Dial or Call : The dial or call recognized by the system, say Command command can be used “Verify” at any time. This command deletes all stored interchangeably to dial a phone number or a stored name tag. 1. Press and hold b / g for name tags in the Hands-Free two seconds. Calling Directory and the OnStar Digit Dial : This command allows a Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, phone number to be dialed by 2. Say “Digit Store.” if equipped. entering the digits one at a time. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, To delete all name tags: Re-dial : This command is used to that you want to store. After dial the last number used on the cell each digit is entered, the 1. Press and hold b / g for phone. system repeats back the digit it two seconds. heard followed by a tone. After Using the “Dial” or “Call” 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” the last digit has been entered, Command say Store, and then follow the “ ” Listing Stored Numbers 1. Press and hold / for directions given by the system b g The list command will list all stored two seconds. to save a name tag for this numbers and name tags. number. 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” Using the “List” Command Using the “Delete” Command 3. Say the entire number without 1. Press and hold / for pausing, or say the name tag. 1. Press and hold b / g for b g two seconds. Once connected, the person called two seconds. will be heard through the audio 2. Say “Directory.” 2. Say “Delete.” speakers. 3. Say “Hands-Free Calling.” 3. Say the name tag you want to Calling Emergency delete. 4. Say “List.” 1. Press and hold b / g for Making a Call two seconds. The system Calls can be made using the responds “Ready,” followed by following commands. a tone. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

156 Infotainment System 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say each digit, one at a time, Call Waiting that you want to dial. After 3. Say [emergency number]. Call waiting must be supported on each digit is entered, the the cell phone and enabled by the 4. Say “Dial” or “Call.” system repeats back the digit it wireless service carrier. Once connected, the person called heard followed by a tone. After will be heard through the audio the last digit has been entered, . Press b / g to answer an speakers. say “Dial.” incoming call when another call is active. The original call is Using the Digit Dial Command Once connected, the person called “ ” will be heard through the audio placed on hold. The digit dial command allows a speakers. phone number to be dialed by . Press b / g again to return to entering the digits one at a time. Using the “Re-dial” Command the original call. After each digit is entered, the 1. Press and hold b / g for . To ignore the incoming call, no system repeats back the digit it two seconds. action is required. heard followed by a tone. 2. After the tone, say “Re-dial.” . Press c / x to disconnect the If an unwanted number is Once connected, the person called current call and switch to the call recognized by the system, say on hold. “Clear” at any time to clear the last will be heard through the audio number. speakers. Three-Way Calling To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call Three-way calling must be recognized by the system, say When an incoming call is received, supported on the cell phone and Verify at any time. “ ” the audio system mutes and a ring enabled by the wireless service carrier. 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. two seconds. . Press b / g to answer the call. 1. While on a call, press b / g. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 2. Say “Three-way call.” . Press c / x to ignore a call. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Infotainment System 157 3. Use the dial or call command transferred. The connection process Voice Pass-Thru to dial the number of the third can take up to two minutes after the Voice pass-thru allows access to the party to be called. ignition is turned to on. voice recognition commands on the 4. Once the call is connected, Transferring Audio from the cell phone. See your cell phone press b / g to link all callers Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone manufacturer's user guide to see if together. During a call with the audio in the the cell phone supports this feature. Ending a Call vehicle: To access contacts stored in the cell phone: Press c / x to end a call. 1. Press b / g. 1. Press and hold b / g for 2. Say “Transfer Call.” Muting a Call two seconds. Transferring Audio to the During a call, all sounds from inside 2. Say “Bluetooth.” This command Bluetooth System from a Cell the vehicle can be muted so that the can be skipped. Phone person on the other end of the call 3. Say “Voice.” The system During a call with the audio on the cannot hear them. responds “OK, accessing cell phone, press / . The audio . To mute a call, press / , and b g .” b g transfers to the vehicle. If the audio then say “Mute call.” does not transfer to the vehicle, use The cell phone's normal prompt the audio transfer feature on the cell messages will go through their cycle . To cancel mute, press b / g , according to the phone's operating and then say “Un-mute call.” phone. See your cell phone manufacturer's user guide for more instructions. Transferring a Call information. Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Audio can be transferred between (DTMF) Tones the Bluetooth system and the cell The Bluetooth system can send phone. numbers and the numbers stored as The cell phone must be paired and name tags during a call. You can connected with the Bluetooth use this feature when calling a system before a call can be Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

158 Infotainment System menu-driven phone system. Other Information Account numbers can also be The Bluetooth word mark and logos stored for use. are owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Sending a Number or Name Tag Inc. and any use of such marks by During a Call General Motors is under license. Other trademarks and trade names 1. Press b / g. The system are those of their respective owners. responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 345. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say the number or name tag to send. Clearing the System Unless information is deleted out of the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it will be retained indefinitely. This includes all saved name tags in the phone book and phone pairing information. For information on how to delete this information, see the previous section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the previous sections on deleting name tags. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Climate Controls 159 Climate Controls Climate Control Systems The heating, cooling, and ventilation for the vehicle can be controlled with Climate Control Systems this system. Climate Control Systems . . . . . 159 Rear Heating System ...... 161 Rear Climate Control System ...... 161 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 164 Maintenance Service ...... 164

Vehicles without Air Conditioning

1. Fan Control Temperature Control : Turn the 2. Temperature Control knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the 3. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature inside the vehicle. 9 : Turn the knob clockwise or Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn counterclockwise to increase or the knob clockwise or decrease the fan speed. counterclockwise to change the 9 : Turns the system off. current airflow mode. H : Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

160 Climate Controls ) : Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets, with some air directed toward the windshield. 6 : Air is directed to the floor outlets with some air directed to the windshield and side windows. - : This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Outside air is directed to the floor and defroster outlets. Adjust the temperature knob for warmer or cooler air. The air Vehicles with Air Conditioning conditioning compressor might turn on in this setting to dehumidify 1. Fan Control V : Cools the air inside the vehicle the air. 2. Temperature Control faster, by recirculating the inside air. 1 : This mode clears the windshield of fog or frost more 3. Air Delivery Mode Control Rear Window Defogger quickly. Air is directed to the 4. Rear Window Defogger (If If equipped with a rear window windshield, with some to the floor Equipped) defogger, a warming grid is used to outlets and front side windows. The remove fog or frost from the rear air conditioning compressor might On hot days, open the windows to window. turn on in this setting to dehumidify let hot inside air escape; then close 1 the air. them. This helps to reduce the time : Press to turn the rear window needed for the vehicle to cool down defogger on or off. An indicator light Do not drive the vehicle until all the and the system operates more on the button comes on to show that windows are clear. efficiently. the rear window defogger is on. # : Cools and dehumidifies the air inside of the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Climate Controls 161 The defogger only works when the from the front seating area. This c : This position supplies half the ignition is on. The defogger turns off feature works with the main climate amount of heat to the rear if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ control system in the vehicle. seating area. ACCESSORY. R : This position supplies the least Heated Mirrors: If equipped with amount of heat to the rear heated outside mirrors, the mirrors seating area. heat to help clear fog or frost from 1 9 : This turns the rear heating the surface of the mirror when is system off. pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 39. Do not drive the vehicle until all the Rear Climate Control windows are clear. System Caution If equipped with a rear heating and air conditioning system, it controls Do not use a razor blade or sharp the temperature, fan speed, and air object to clear the inside rear delivery for the rear seat window. Do not adhere anything AUX : The thumbwheel for this passengers only. The front climate to the defogger grid lines in the system is on the instrument panel control panel is in the overhead rear glass. These actions may below the audio system. console between the driver and front passenger. damage the rear defogger. 9 : Turn the thumbwheel up or Repairs would not be covered by down to increase or decrease the the vehicle warranty. amount of heated air sent to the rear seating area. Rear Heating System Q : This position supplies the most amount of heat to the rear If equipped, the rear heating system seating area. lets you adjust the amount of air flowing into the rear of the vehicle, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

162 Climate Controls

Front Climate Control Panel

1. Fan Control When the fan knob is in the AUX 2. Air Delivery Mode Control position, the rear climate control panel can be used to adjust the 3. Temperature Control climate settings in the rear Use this control panel to maintain a seating area. separate temperature setting. Adjust the direction of the airflow or adjust the fan speed for the rear seat passenger(s). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Climate Controls 163 Temperature Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the temperature in the rear seating area. The air conditioning system on the main climate control panel must be turned on to direct cooled air to the rear of the vehicle. If it is not on, then the temperature in the rear of the vehicle remains at cabin temperature. Rear Climate Control Panel Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 1. Fan Control AUX : Turn the fan knob on the change the direction of the airflow in 2. Air Delivery Mode Control front climate control panel to AUX to the rear seating area. let rear seat passengers use the 3. Temperature Control control panel in the rear seating To change the current mode, select one of the following: For vehicles with a rear climate area. This disables the front control control panel, it is located overhead panel. To return control to the front H : Air is directed to the upper behind the driver and front panel, move the fan knob out outlets, with some directed to the passenger, centered in front of the of AUX. floor outlets. second row. To adjust the rear 9 : Turns the system off. 2 : Air is directed to the floor climate control panel settings by a outlets. rear seat passenger, the front 9 : Turn clockwise or climate control panel fan knob must counterclockwise to increase or Be sure to keep the area under the be in the AUX position. The fan decrease the fan speed in the rear front seats clear of any objects so speed, air delivery mode, and seating area. that the air inside of the vehicle can temperature can then be adjusted. circulate effectively. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

164 Climate Controls For information on how to use the Air Vents Maintenance main climate control system, see Climate Control Systems 0 159. For Use the outlets located near the information on ventilation, see Air center and on the sides of the Service Vents 0 164. instrument panel to change the All vehicles have a label underhood direction of airflow. that identifies the refrigerant used in Operation Tips the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained . Clear away any ice, snow or and certified technicians. The air leaves from the air inlets at the conditioning evaporator should base of the windshield that may never be repaired or replaced by block the flow of air into the one from a salvage vehicle. vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new . Use of non-GM approved hood evaporator to ensure proper and deflectors may adversely affect safe operation. the performance of the system. During service, all refrigerants . Clear snow off the hood to should be reclaimed with proper improve visibility and help equipment. Venting refrigerants decrease moisture drawn into directly to the atmosphere is harmful the vehicle. to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on . Keep the path under the front inhalation, combustion, frostbite, seats clear of objects to help or other health-based concerns. circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 319. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 165 Parking over Things Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Driving and That Burn ...... 184 System ...... 201 Operating Side Blind Zone Engine Exhaust Alert (SBZA) ...... 202 Engine Exhaust ...... 184 Lane Departure Running the Vehicle While Warning (LDW) ...... 204 Driving Information Parked ...... 185 Distracted Driving ...... 166 Fuel Defensive Driving ...... 166 Automatic Transmission Top Tier Fuel ...... 206 Drunk Driving ...... 167 Automatic Transmission ...... 185 Recommended Fuel ...... 206 Control of a Vehicle ...... 167 Manual Mode ...... 188 Prohibited Fuels ...... 206 Braking ...... 167 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 189 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 207 Steering ...... 167 Fuel Additives ...... 207 Off-Road Recovery ...... 168 Brakes Antilock Brake E85 or FlexFuel ...... 207 Loss of Control ...... 168 Filling the Tank ...... 208 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 169 System (ABS) ...... 190 Parking Brake ...... 191 Filling a Portable Fuel Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 170 Container ...... 209 Winter Driving ...... 170 Brake Assist ...... 191 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 172 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 192 Trailer Towing Vehicle Load Limits ...... 172 Ride Control Systems General Towing Traction Control/Electronic Information ...... 210 Starting and Operating Driving Characteristics and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 176 Stability Control ...... 192 Locking Rear Axle ...... 194 Towing Tips ...... 210 Ignition Positions ...... 176 Trailer Towing ...... 215 Starting the Engine ...... 178 Cruise Control Towing Equipment ...... 222 Fast Idle System ...... 180 Cruise Control ...... 194 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 225 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 180 Driver Assistance Systems Conversions and Add-Ons Engine Coolant Heater ...... 180 Driver Assistance Systems . . . 197 Add-On Electrical Shifting Into Park ...... 182 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 198 Equipment ...... 227 Shifting out of Park ...... 183 Park Assist ...... 199 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

166 Driving and Operating Driving Information . Designate a front seat passenger to handle potential { Warning distractions. Distracted Driving Taking your eyes off the road too . Become familiar with vehicle long or too often could cause a Distraction comes in many forms features before driving, such as and can take your focus from the crash resulting in injury or death. programming favorite radio Focus your attention on driving. task of driving. Exercise good stations and adjusting climate judgment and do not let other control and seat settings. activities divert your attention away Program all trip information into Refer to the infotainment section for from the road. Many local any navigation device prior to more information on using that governments have enacted laws driving. system and the navigation system, regarding driver distraction. Become if equipped, including pairing and familiar with the local laws in . Wait until the vehicle is parked using a cell phone. your area. to retrieve items that have fallen to the floor. To avoid distracted driving, keep Defensive Driving your eyes on the road, keep your . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to children. Defensive driving means “always hands on the steering wheel, and expect the unexpected.” The first focus your attention on driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate step in driving defensively is to wear . Do not use a phone in carrier or restraint. the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 50. demanding driving situations. . Avoid stressful conversations . Assume that other road users Use a hands-free method to while driving, whether with a (pedestrians, bicyclists, and place or receive necessary passenger or on a cell phone. other drivers) are going to be phone calls. careless and make mistakes. . Watch the road. Do not read, Anticipate what they might do take notes, or look up and be ready. information on phones or other . Allow enough following distance electronic devices. between you and the driver in front of you. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 167 . Focus on the task of driving. Braking Once the power assist is used up, it can take longer to stop and the Drunk Driving Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push. time and reaction time. Deciding to Death and injury associated with push the brake pedal is perception Steering drinking and driving is a global time. Actually doing it is tragedy. reaction time. Hydraulic Average driver reaction time is Your vehicle has hydraulic power { Warning about three-quarters of a second. In steering. It may require that time, a vehicle moving at Drinking and then driving is very maintenance. See Power Steering 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m Fluid 0 250. dangerous. Your reflexes, (66 ft), which could be a lot of perceptions, attentiveness, and distance in an emergency. If power steering assist is lost judgment can be affected by even because the engine stops or a small amount of alcohol. You Helpful braking tips to keep in mind because of a system malfunction, include: can have a serious — or even the vehicle can be steered but may fatal — collision if you drive after . Keep enough distance between require increased effort. See your drinking. you and the vehicle in front dealer if there is a problem. of you. Do not drink and drive or ride with Caution a driver who has been drinking. . Avoid needless heavy braking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are . Keep pace with traffic. If the steering wheel is turned with a group, designate a driver If the engine ever stops while the until it reaches the end of its who will not drink. vehicle is being driven, brake travel, and is held in that position normally but do not pump the for more than 15 seconds, Control of a Vehicle brakes. Doing so could make the damage may occur to the power pedal harder to push down. If the steering system and there may be Braking, steering, and accelerating engine stops, there will be some loss of power steering assist. are important factors in helping to power brake assist but it will be control a vehicle while driving. used when the brake is applied. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

168 Driving and Operating Curve Tips Off-Road Recovery 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight down the roadway. . Take curves at a reasonable speed. Loss of Control . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Skidding . Maintain a reasonable steady There are three types of skids that speed through the curve. correspond to the vehicle's three control systems: . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve before accelerating . Braking Skid — wheels are not gently into the straightaway. rolling. Steering in Emergencies . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a . There are some situations when curve causes tires to slip and steering around a problem may The vehicle's right wheels can drop lose cornering force. be more effective than braking. off the edge of a road onto the . Acceleration Skid — too much . Holding both sides of the shoulder while driving. Follow these tips: causes the driving steering wheel allows you to turn wheels to spin. 180 degrees without removing 1. Ease off the accelerator and a hand. then, if there is nothing in the Defensive drivers avoid most skids way, steer the vehicle so that it by taking reasonable care suited to . Antilock Brake System (ABS) existing conditions, and by not allows steering while braking. straddles the edge of the pavement. overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. 2. Turn the steering wheel about one-eighth of a turn, until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 169 If the vehicle starts to slide, follow Remember: Antilock brakes help these suggestions: avoid only the braking skid. Warning (Continued) . Ease your foot off the Driving on Wet Roads Flowing or rushing water creates accelerator pedal and steer the strong forces. Driving through way you want the vehicle to go. Rain and wet roads can reduce flowing water could cause the The vehicle may straighten out. vehicle traction and affect your vehicle to be carried away. If this Be ready for a second skid if it ability to stop and accelerate. happens, you and other vehicle occurs. Always drive slower in these types occupants could drown. Do not . Slow down and adjust your of driving conditions and avoid ignore police warnings and be driving according to weather driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive conditions. Stopping distance deep-standing or flowing water. through flowing water. can be longer and vehicle control can be affected when { Warning traction is reduced by water, Hydroplaning snow, ice, gravel, or other Wet brakes can cause crashes. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water material on the road. Learn to They might not work as well in a can build up under the vehicle's recognize warning clues — such quick stop and could cause tires so they actually ride on the as enough water, ice, or packed pulling to one side. You could water. This can happen if the road is snow on the road to make a lose control of the vehicle. wet enough and you are going fast mirrored surface — and slow enough. When the vehicle is down when you have any doubt. After driving through a large puddle of water or a car/vehicle hydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road. . Try to avoid sudden steering, wash, lightly apply the brake acceleration, or braking, pedal until the brakes work There is no hard and fast rule about including reducing vehicle speed normally. hydroplaning. The best advice is to by shifting to a lower gear. Any slow down when the road is wet. sudden changes could cause (Continued) the tires to slide. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

170 Driving and Operating Other Rainy Weather Tips . Be alert on top of hills; { Warning something could be in your lane Besides slowing down, other wet (e.g., stalled car, crash). weather driving tips include: Using the brakes to slow the . Pay attention to special road . Allow extra following distance. vehicle on a long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can signs (e.g., falling rocks area, . Pass with caution. reduce brake performance, and winding roads, long grades, . Keep windshield wiping could result in a loss of braking. passing or no-passing zones) equipment in good shape. Shift the transmission to a lower and take appropriate action. . Keep the windshield washer fluid gear to let the engine assist the Winter Driving reservoir filled. brakes on a steep downhill slope. . Have good tires with proper Driving on Snow or Ice tread depth. See Tires 0 270. Snow or ice between the tires and . Turn off cruise control. { Warning the road creates less traction or grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when Hill and Mountain Roads or with the ignition off is freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid Driving on steep hills or through dangerous. This can cause driving on wet ice or in freezing rain mountains is different than driving overheating of the brakes and until roads can be treated. on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: loss of steering assist. Always For slippery road driving: . Keep the vehicle serviced and in have the engine running and the good shape. vehicle in gear. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly causes the wheels to . Check all fluid levels and brakes, spin and makes the surface tires, cooling system, and . Drive at speeds that keep the under the tires slick. transmission. vehicle in its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross the . Turn on Traction Control. See . Shift to a lower gear when going center line. Traction Control/Electronic down steep or long hills. Stability Control 0 192. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 171 . Antilock Brake System (ABS) . Turn on the hazard warning improves vehicle stability during flashers. Warning (Continued) hard stops, but the brakes . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control should be applied sooner than mirror. when on dry pavement. See system to circulate the air Antilock Brake System (ABS) inside the vehicle and set 0 190. { Warning the fan speed to the highest setting. See “Climate . Allow greater following distance Snow can trap engine exhaust Control Systems.” and watch for slippery spots. Icy under the vehicle. This may For more information about CO, patches can occur on otherwise cause exhaust gases to get see Engine Exhaust 0 184. clear roads in shaded areas. inside. Engine exhaust contains The surface of a curve or an carbon monoxide (CO), which overpass can remain icy when cannot be seen or smelled. It can To save fuel, run the engine for the surrounding roads are clear. cause unconsciousness and even short periods to warm the vehicle Avoid sudden steering death. and then shut the engine off and maneuvers and braking while partially close the window. Moving on ice. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: about to keep warm also helps. . Turn off cruise control. . Clear snow from the base of If it takes time for help to arrive, the vehicle, especially any Blizzard Conditions when running the engine, push the blocking the exhaust pipe. accelerator pedal slightly so the Stop the vehicle in a safe place and . Open a window about 5 cm engine runs faster than the idle signal for help. Stay with the vehicle (2 in) on the vehicle side speed. This keeps the battery unless there is help nearby. that is away from the wind, charged to restart the vehicle and to If possible, use Roadside to bring in fresh air. signal for help with the headlamps. Assistance. See Roadside Do this as little as possible, to Assistance Program 0 339. To get . Fully open the air outlets on save fuel. help and keep everyone in the or under the instrument vehicle safe: panel. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

172 Driving and Operating If the Vehicle Is Stuck system. Shift back and forth show how much weight it was between R (Reverse) and a low designed to carry, the Tire and Slowly and cautiously spin the forward gear, spinning the wheels wheels to free the vehicle when Loading Information label and as little as possible. To prevent the Certification/Tire label. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting If stuck too severely for the traction { Warning system to free the vehicle, turn the gears. Release the accelerator traction system off and use the pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal Do not load the vehicle any rocking method. See Traction heavier than the Gross Control/Electronic Stability Control when the transmission is in gear. 0 192. Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross { Warning causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not get Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). If the vehicle's tires spin at high the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to speed, they can explode, and you might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the or others could be injured. The vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could 0 vehicle can overheat, causing an see Towing the Vehicle 306. cause loss of control and a engine compartment fire or other crash. Overloading can also damage. Spin the wheels as little Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance, as possible and avoid going It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten above 56 km/h (35 mph). much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle. carry. This weight is called the Rocking the Vehicle to Get vehicle capacity weight and it Out includes the weight of all occupants, cargo, and all Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear the area around the nonfactory-installed options. front wheels. Turn off any traction Two labels on the vehicle may Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 173 Tire and Loading Information tires (3) and the recommended 3. Subtract the combined Label cold tire inflation pressures (4). weight of the driver and For more information on tires passengers from XXX kg or and inflation see Tires 0 270 XXX lbs. 0 and Tire Pressure 278. 4. The resulting figure equals There is also important loading the available amount of information on the vehicle cargo and luggage load Certification/Tire label. It may capacity. For example, if the show the Gross Vehicle Weight "XXX" amount equals Rating (GVWR) and the Gross 1400 lbs. and there will be Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for five 150 lb passengers in the front and rear axle. See your vehicle, the amount of “Certification/Tire Label” later in available cargo and luggage Label Example this section. load capacity is 650 lbs. A vehicle specific Tire and Steps for Determining Correct (1400-750 (5 x 150) = “ 650 lbs.) Loading Information label is Load Limit– attached to the center pillar 1. Locate the statement "The 5. Determine the combined (B-pillar). The tire and loading combined weight of weight of luggage and cargo information label shows the occupants and cargo should being loaded on the vehicle. number of occupant seating never exceed XXX kg or That weight may not safely positions (1), and the maximum XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s exceed the available cargo vehicle capacity weight (2) in placard. and luggage load capacity kilograms and pounds. calculated in Step 4. 2. Determine the combined The Tire and Loading weight of the driver and 6. If your vehicle will be towing Information label also shows the passengers that will be a trailer, load from your size of the original equipment riding in your vehicle. trailer will be transferred to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

174 Driving and Operating your vehicle. Consult this 2. Subtract Occupant Weight manual to determine how @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = this reduces the available 136 kg (300 lbs) cargo and luggage load 3. Available Occupant and capacity of your vehicle.” Cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) See Trailer Towing 0 215 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules and trailering tips.

Example 3

1. Maximum Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = Example 2 453 kg (1,000 lbs) A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for 3. Available Cargo Weight = Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 0 kg (0 lbs) Example 1 B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ Refer to the vehicle tire and 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg loading information label for 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for (750 lbs) Example 1 = 453 kg specific information about the (1,000 lbs) C. Available Cargo Weight = vehicle's capacity weight and 113 kg (250 lbs) seating positions. The combined Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 175 weight of the driver, passengers, (GVWR). The GVWR includes and cargo should never exceed the weight of the vehicle, all Warning (Continued) the vehicle capacity weight. occupants, fuel, and cargo. . Never stack heavier Certification/Tire Label The Certification/Tire label also things, like suitcases, may show the maximum weights inside the vehicle so that for the front and rear axles, some of them are above called Gross Axle Weight Rating the tops of the seats. (GAWR). To find out the actual . Do not leave an loads on the front and rear unsecured child restraint axles, you need to go to a weigh in the vehicle. station and weigh the vehicle. Your dealer can help you with . When you carry this. Be sure to spread out the something inside the load equally on both sides of the vehicle, secure it centerline. whenever you can. . Do not leave a seat A vehicle specific Certification/ { Warning folded down unless you Tire label is attached to the rear need to. edge of the driver door. The Things you put inside the vehicle can strike and injure label may show the size of the Add-On Equipment vehicle's original tires and the people in a sudden stop or inflation pressures needed to turn, or in a crash. When carrying removable items, obtain the gross weight capacity . Put things in the cargo a limit on how many people of the vehicle. This is called area of the vehicle. Try to carried inside the vehicle may Gross Vehicle Weight Rating spread the weight evenly. be necessary. Be sure to weigh the vehicle before buying and (Continued) installing the new equipment. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

176 Driving and Operating Ignition Positions Starting and Caution (Continued) Operating premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this New Vehicle Break-In breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake Caution linings. The vehicle does not need an . Do not tow a trailer during elaborate break-in. But it will break-in. See Trailer Towing 0 215 for the trailer towing perform better in the long run if capabilities of the vehicle you follow these guidelines: and more information. . Keep the vehicle speed at Following break-in, engine speed 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). and load can be gradually 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF increased. . Do not drive at any one 1. ACC/ACCESSORY constant speed, fast or slow, 2. ON/RUN for the first 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle 3. START starts. Avoid downshifting to The ignition switch has four brake or slow the vehicle. positions. . Avoid making hard stops for To shift out of P (Park), the ignition the first 322 km (200 mi) or must be in ON/RUN and the brake so. During this time the new pedal must be applied. brake linings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 177 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/ 4. Push the key all the way in the OFF) : This position turns off the steering column (1), then turn { Warning vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the the key to LOCK/OFF (2). Turning off the vehicle while transmission, and the steering 5. Remove the key. column, if equipped with a locking moving may cause loss of power steering column. 6. Release the brake pedal. assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. See your dealer if the key can be While driving, turn off the vehicle removed in any other position. only in an emergency. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 180. In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be pulled over and must be A warning chime will sound when turned off while driving: the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. 1. Push the key all the way in toward the steering column, If equipped with a locking steering then turn the key to ACC/ column, the steering can bind with ACCESSORY. the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key rotation out 2. Brake using firm and steady To turn off the vehicle: of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move pressure. Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This may 1. Make sure that the vehicle is the steering wheel from right to left deplete power assist, requiring stopped. while turning the key to ACC/ ACCESSORY. If this does not work, increased brake pedal force. 2. Shift to P (Park). then the vehicle needs service. 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). 3. Continue to hold the brake This can be done while the pedal, then set the parking vehicle is moving. Continue brake. See Parking Brake braking and steer the vehicle to 0 191. a safe location. 4. Come to a complete stop. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

178 Driving and Operating 5. Shift to P (Park) with an while the vehicle is off. It also The switch stays in this position automatic transmission, unlocks the steering column, when the engine is running. The or Neutral with a manual if equipped with a locking steering transmission is also unlocked in this transmission. column. Use this position if the position. 6. Continue to hold the brake vehicle must be pushed or towed. If the key is left in ON/RUN with the See Retained Accessory Power pedal, then set the parking 0 engine off, the battery could drain brake. See Parking Brake (RAP) 180. and the vehicle may not start. 0 191. From ON/RUN, push the key all the 3 (START) : This is the position that 7. Push the key all the way in way in toward the steering column, starts the engine. When the engine toward the steering column, then turn the key to ACC/ starts, release the key. The ignition then turn the ignition to ACCESSORY. returns to ON/RUN for driving. LOCK/OFF. If the key is left in ACC/ 8. Remove the key. ACCESSORY with the engine off, Starting the Engine the battery could drain and the 9. Release the brake pedal. vehicle may not start. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel A warning chime will sound when supplement. Caution the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. To place the transmission in the Use the correct key, make sure it proper gear: is all the way in — or pushed all 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to operate the electrical Move the shift lever to P (Park) or the way in toward the steering N (Neutral). The engine will not start column when turning off the accessories and to display some instrument cluster warning and in any other position. To restart the vehicle — and turn it only with engine when the vehicle is already your hand. indicator lights. This position can also be used for service and moving, use N (Neutral) only. diagnostics, and to verify the proper 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This operation of the malfunction position allows features such as the indicator lamp as may be required infotainment system to operate for emission inspection purposes. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 179 happens, hold the ignition Caution Caution (Continued) switch in the START position to continue engine cranking. If you add electrical parts or may occur to the hydraulic power accessories, you could change steering system and there may be the way the engine operates. Any loss of power steering assist. Caution resulting damage would not be Cranking the engine for long covered by the vehicle warranty. Starting Procedure periods of time, by returning the See Add-On Electrical Equipment ignition to the START position 0 227. 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn the immediately after cranking has ignition key to START. When ended, can overheat and damage the engine starts, let go of the the cranking motor, and drain the Caution key. The idle speed will go battery. Wait at least 15 seconds down as your engine gets between each try, to let the Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the warm. Do not race the engine cranking motor cool down. vehicle is moving. If you do, you immediately after starting it. could damage the transmission. Operate the engine and 2. If the engine does not start Shift to P (Park) only when the transmission gently to allow the after five to 10 seconds, vehicle is stopped. oil to warm up and lubricate all especially in very cold weather moving parts. (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could When the low fuel warning light be flooded with too much Caution is on and the FUEL LEVEL gasoline. Try pushing the LOW message is displayed in accelerator pedal all the way to If the steering wheel is turned the Driver Information Center the floor and holding it there as until it reaches the end of its (DIC), the Computer-Controlled you hold the key in START for travel, and is held in that position Cranking System is disabled to up to 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds between each try, while starting the vehicle, damage prevent possible vehicle component damage. When this to allow the cranking motor to (Continued) cool down. When the engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

180 Driving and Operating starts, let go of the key and To control the fast idle: . Pressing the cruise control SET- accelerator. If the vehicle starts . To enable the Fast Idle System, button a second time. briefly but then stops again, do press and release the cruise . Pressing the accelerator more the same thing. This clears the control on/off button and ensure than one-quarter of the extra gasoline from the engine. that the switch indicator light way down. Do not race the engine is lit. immediately after starting it. . Turning the ignition off. Operate the engine and . Press and release the cruise transmission gently until the oil control SET- button. Engine Retained Accessory warms up and lubricates all speed will be held at Power (RAP) moving parts. approximately 1200 rpm. These vehicle accessories can be When the fast idle is active, the used for up to 10 minutes after the Fast Idle System Driver Information Center (DIC) will engine is turned off: If equipped, this feature is available display FAST IDLE ON. Audio System only with cruise control. The manual One of the following actions will turn . fast idle switch is operated using the off the fast idle: . Power Windows (if equipped) cruise control buttons on the left . Pressing the brake. These features will work when the side of the steering wheel. ignition is on or in ACC/ . Selecting the cruise control This system can be used to ACCESSORY. Once the ignition is cancel button. increase engine idle speed turned from on to off, power to the whenever the following conditions . Releasing the parking brake. radio and power windows will are met: . Moving the transmission shift continue to work for 10 minutes or . The parking brake is set. lever out of P (Park) or until the driver door is opened. N (Neutral). . The brake pedal is not pressed. Engine Coolant Heater . Selecting the cruise control on/ . The vehicle must not be moving off button when it was If the vehicle has a diesel engine, and the accelerator must not be previously on. see the Duramax diesel pressed. supplement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 181 For V6 engines, the cord for { Warning the engine coolant heater is on the driver side of the engine Do not plug in the engine block compartment. heater while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. For V8 engines, the cord for Property damage or personal the engine coolant heater is injury may result. Always park the behind the engine air cleaner/ vehicle in a clear open area away filter. from buildings or structures. Check the heater cord for damage. If it is damaged, do not use it. See your dealer for The engine coolant heater can a replacement. Inspect the 4.3L V6 Engine provide easier starting and better cord for damage yearly. fuel economy during engine warm-up in cold weather conditions 5. Plug it into a normal, grounded at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles 110-volt AC outlet. with an engine coolant heater should be plugged in at least four { Warning hours before starting. An internal thermostat in the plug end of the Improper use of the heater cord cord may exist which will prevent or an extension cord can damage engine coolant heater operation at the cord and may result in temperatures above −18 °C (0 °F). overheating and fire. To Use the Engine Coolant . Plug the cord into a Heater three-prong electrical utility 6.0L V8 Engine receptacle that is protected 1. Turn off the engine. by a ground fault detection 4. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

182 Driving and Operating Shifting Into Park Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) 1. Hold the brake pedal down, function. An ungrounded vehicle. Possible heater then set the parking brake. outlet could cause an cord and thermostat electric shock. damage could occur. 2. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position by pulling the . Use a weatherproof, . While in use, do not let the shift lever toward you and heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated heater cord touch vehicle moving it up as far as it will go. extension cord if needed. parts or sharp edges. Never Failure to use the close the hood on the 3. Push the ignition key in, recommended extension heater cord. towards the steering column and then turn the ignition off. cord in good operating . Before starting the vehicle, condition, or using a unplug the cord, reattach 4. Remove the key and take it damaged heater or the cover to the plug, and with you. If you can leave the extension cord, could make securely fasten the cord. vehicle with the ignition key in it overheat and cause a fire, Keep the cord away from your hand, the vehicle is property damage, electric any moving parts. in P (Park). shock, and injury. Leaving the Vehicle with the . Do not operate the vehicle 6. Before starting the engine, be Engine Running with the heater cord sure to unplug and store the permanently attached to the cord as it was before to keep it { Warning (Continued) away from moving engine parts and prevent damage. It can be dangerous to leave the The length of time the heater should vehicle with the engine running. remain plugged in depends on It could overheat and catch fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the (Continued) area where you will be parking the vehicle for the best advice on this. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 183 first pulling it toward you. If you can, Shifting out of Park Warning (Continued) it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). The vehicle has an automatic It is dangerous to get out of the transmission shift lock control vehicle if the shift lever is not fully Torque Lock system. You have to fully apply the in P (Park) with the parking brake If you are parking on a hill and you brakes before you can shift from firmly set. The vehicle can roll. do not shift the transmission into P (Park) when the ignition is on. See Automatic Transmission 0 185. Do not leave the vehicle when the P (Park) properly, the weight of the engine is running. If you have left vehicle can put too much force on The shift lock control system is the engine running, the vehicle the parking pawl in the designed to: transmission. It might be difficult to can move suddenly. You or others . Prevent the ignition key from pull the shift lever out of P (Park). could be injured. To be sure the being removed unless the shift This is called torque lock. To vehicle will not move, even when lever is in P (Park). you are on fairly level ground, prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and then shift into P (Park) . Prevent movement of the shift always set the parking brake and properly before you leave the driver lever out of P (Park), unless the move the shift lever to P (Park). ignition is on and the regular 0 seat. To find out how, see Shifting See Shifting Into Park 182. Into Park 0 182. brake pedal is applied. If you are towing a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and When you are ready to drive, move The shift lock control system is Towing Tips 0 210. the shift lever out of P (Park) before always functional except in the case releasing the parking brake. of a dead battery or low voltage (less than 9 V) battery. If you have to leave the vehicle with If torque lock does occur, you might If the vehicle has an uncharged the engine running, be sure the need to have another vehicle push battery or a battery with low voltage, vehicle is in P (Park) and the yours a little uphill to take some of try charging or jump starting the parking brake is firmly set. After the the pressure from the parking pawl battery. See Jump Starting - North shift lever is moved into P (Park), in the transmission. Then you America 0 302. hold the regular brake pedal down. should be able to pull the shift lever Then, see if you can move the shift out of P (Park). lever away from P (Park) without Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

184 Driving and Operating To shift out of P (Park): Parking over Things Engine Exhaust 1. Apply the brake pedal. That Burn 2. Turn the ignition on. { Warning { Warning 3. Move the shift lever to the Engine exhaust contains carbon desired position. Things that can burn could touch monoxide (CO), which cannot be If you still are unable to shift out of hot exhaust parts under the seen or smelled. Exposure to CO P (Park): vehicle and ignite. Do not park can cause unconsciousness and 1. Ease the pressure on the shift over papers, leaves, dry grass, even death. lever. or other things that can burn. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: 2. While holding down the brake . The vehicle idles in areas pedal, push the shift lever all with poor ventilation the way into P (Park). (parking garages, tunnels, 3. Move the shift lever to the deep snow that may block desired position. underbody airflow or tail pipes). If you are still having a problem shifting, have the vehicle serviced. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange or different. . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. . The vehicle exhaust system has been modified, damaged, or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 185 Running the Vehicle Warning (Continued) Automatic While Parked Transmission . There are holes or openings It is better not to park with the in the vehicle body from A shift position indicator is in the engine running. damage or aftermarket instrument cluster. modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine There are several different positions completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to for the shift lever. be sure the vehicle will not move. If unusual fumes are detected or See Shifting Into Park 0 182 and if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 184. coming into the vehicle: If parking on a hill and pulling a . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 210. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. See “Range Selection Mode” under Never park the vehicle with the Manual Mode 0 188. engine running in an enclosed P: This position locks the rear area such as a garage or a wheels. It is the best position to use building that has no fresh air when starting the engine because ventilation. the vehicle cannot move easily. When parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle has a heavy load, you might notice an increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park 0 182. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

186 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued)

It is dangerous to get out of the repairs would not be covered by people or objects. Do not shift vehicle if the shift lever is not fully the vehicle warranty. Shift to into a drive gear while the engine in P (Park) with the parking brake R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is running at high speed. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. is stopped. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine is running. If you have left To rock the vehicle back and forth to Caution the engine running, the vehicle get out of snow, ice, or sand without can move suddenly. You or others damaging the transmission, see If Shifting out of P (Park) or could be injured. To be sure the the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 172. N (Neutral) with the engine vehicle will not move, even when N: In this position, the engine does running at high speed may you are on fairly level ground, not connect with the wheels. damage the transmission. The always set the parking brake and To restart when you are already repairs would not be covered by move the shift lever to P (Park). moving, use N (Neutral) only. Also, the vehicle warranty. Be sure the See Shifting Into Park 0 182 and use N (Neutral) when the vehicle is engine is not running at high Driving Characteristics and being towed. speed when shifting the vehicle. Towing Tips 0 210. { Warning R: Use this gear to back up. Shifting into a drive gear while the Caution engine is running at high speed is Caution A transmission hot message may dangerous. Unless your foot is display if the automatic Shifting to R (Reverse) while the firmly on the brake pedal, the transmission fluid is too hot. vehicle is moving forward could vehicle could move very rapidly. Driving under this condition can damage the transmission. The You could lose control and hit damage the vehicle. Stop and idle (Continued) (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 187 Downshifting the transmission in transmission constantly makes Caution (Continued) slippery road conditions could result adjustments to improve vehicle in skidding. See “Skidding” under performance according to how the the engine to cool the automatic Loss of Control 0 168. vehicle is being used, such as with transmission fluid. This message The vehicle has a shift stabilization a heavy load or when the clears when the transmission fluid temperature changes. During this has cooled sufficiently. feature that adjusts the transmission shifting to the current driving adaptive shift control process, conditions in order to reduce rapid shifting might feel different as the D: This position is for normal upshifts and downshifts. This shift transmission determines the best driving. It provides the best fuel stabilization feature is designed to settings. economy. If you need more power determine, before making an The shift quality of a new vehicle for passing, and you are: upshift, if the engine is able to may not be ideal because the . Going less than about 55 km/h maintain vehicle speed by analyzing adaptive shift control process may (35 mph), push the accelerator things such as vehicle speed, not have determined the best pedal about halfway down. throttle position, and vehicle load. settings for a particular shift or If the shift stabilization feature condition. Shift quality will improve . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or determines that a current vehicle with continued driving. more, push the accelerator all speed cannot be maintained, the the way down. When temperatures are very cold, transmission does not upshift and the transmission's gear shifting By doing this, the vehicle shifts instead holds the current gear. could be delayed, providing more down to the next gear and has In some cases, this could appear to stable shifts until the engine warms more power. be a delayed shift, however the up. Shifts could be more noticeable transmission is operating normally. D (Drive) can be used when towing with a cold transmission. This a trailer, carrying a heavy load, The transmission uses adaptive difference in shifting is normal. or driving on steep hills. You might shift controls. Adaptive shift controls M: This position lets drivers select want to shift the transmission to a continually compare key shift the range of gears appropriate for lower gear selection if the parameters to pre-programmed current driving conditions. If the transmission shifts too often. ideal shifts stored in the transmission’s computer. The Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

188 Driving and Operating vehicle has this feature, see “Range Manual Mode Selection Mode” under Manual Caution (Continued) Mode 0 188. Range Selection Mode is stuck, do not spin the tires. 1 : This position reduces vehicle When stopping on a hill, use the speed without using the brakes. brakes to hold the vehicle in You can use it for major/severe place. downgrades where the vehicle would otherwise accelerate due to steepness of grade. When you shift Normal Mode Grade Braking to 1 (First) it provides the lowest This mode is enabled when the gear appropriate to current road vehicle is started, but is not enabled If equipped, Range Selection Mode speed and continues to downshift in Range Selection Mode. It assists helps control the vehicle's as the vehicle slows, eventually in maintaining desired vehicle transmission and vehicle speed downshifting to 1 (First) gear. The speeds when driving on downhill while driving downhill or towing a transmission can be held in 1 (First) grades by using the engine and trailer by letting you select a desired gear using Range Selection Mode transmission to slow the vehicle. range of gears. or the shift lever. See “Range The first time the system activates To use this feature: Selection Mode” under Manual for each ignition key cycle. Mode 0 188. 1. Move the shift lever to To disable or enable Normal Mode M (Manual Mode). Caution Grade Braking within the current ignition key cycle, press and hold 2. Press the +/− buttons on the shift lever to select the desired Spinning the tires or holding the the Tow/Haul button for three seconds. range of gears for current vehicle in one place on a hill driving conditions. using only the accelerator pedal For other forms of grade braking, may damage the transmission. see Tow/Haul Mode 0 189 and When M (Manual Mode) is selected, The repair will not be covered by Cruise Control 0 194. the transmission will downshift and the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle a number displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC) next to (Continued) the M indicating the current gear. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 189 This number is the highest gear that Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off can be used. However, the vehicle Caution (Continued) by pressing the button on the can automatically shift to lower instrument panel. When Tow/Haul is gears as it adjusts to driving is stuck, do not spin the tires. on, a light on the instrument cluster conditions. This means that all When stopping on a hill, use the will come on. brakes to hold the vehicle in gears below that number are See Tow/Haul Mode Light 0 111. available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, place. 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under 0 automatically shifted by the vehicle, Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment 222. but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking the +/− button on the shift lever is used to change to the gear. Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only enabled while the Tow/Haul Grade Braking is not available when Mode is selected and the vehicle is Range Selection Mode is active. not in the Range Selection Mode. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 189. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed While using Range Selection Mode, previously and Manual Mode 0 188. cruise control and the Tow/Haul Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking Mode can be used. assists in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when driving on Caution downhill grades by using the engine and transmission to slow the Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle. vehicle in one place on a hill If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts To disable or enable Tow/Haul Mode using only the accelerator pedal the transmission shift pattern to Grade Braking within the current may damage the transmission. reduce shift cycling, providing ignition key cycle, press and hold The repair will not be covered by increased performance, vehicle the Tow/Haul button for the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle control, and transmission cooling three seconds. when towing or hauling heavy loads. (Continued) See Towing Equipment 0 222. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

190 Driving and Operating For other forms of grade braking, Brakes If driving safely on a wet road and it see Automatic Transmission 0 185 becomes necessary to slam on the and Cruise Control 0 194. brakes and continue braking to Antilock Brake avoid a sudden obstacle, a System (ABS) computer senses the wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels This vehicle has an Antilock Brake is about to stop rolling, the computer System (ABS), an advanced will separately work the brakes at electronic braking system that helps each wheel. prevent a braking skid. ABS can change the brake pressure When the vehicle begins to drive to each wheel, as required, faster away, ABS checks itself. than any driver could. This can help A momentary motor or clicking noise you steer around the obstacle while may be heard while this test is going braking hard. on, and it may even be noticed that the brake pedal moves a little. This As the brakes are applied, the is normal. computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly. Remember: ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance. If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you, If there is a problem with ABS, this there will not be enough time to warning light stays on. See Antilock apply the brakes if that vehicle Brake System (ABS) Warning Light suddenly slows or stops. Always 0 110. leave enough room up ahead to stop, even with ABS. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 191 Using ABS To set the parking brake, hold the If you are towing a trailer and are regular brake pedal, then push parking on a hill, see Driving Do not pump the brakes. Just hold down the parking brake pedal. Characteristics and Towing Tips the brake pedal down firmly and let 0 210. ABS work. You may hear the ABS If the ignition is on, the brake system warning light will come on. pump or motor operating and feel Brake Assist the brake pedal pulsate. This is To release the parking brake, hold normal. the regular brake pedal down. Pull The Brake Assist feature is Braking in Emergencies the handle, located just above the designed to assist the driver in parking brake pedal, with the stopping or decreasing vehicle ABS allows you to steer and brake parking brake symbol, to release the speed in emergency driving at the same time. In many parking brake. conditions. This feature uses the emergencies, steering can help stability system hydraulic brake more than even the very best If the ignition is on when the parking control module to supplement the braking. brake is released, the brake system power brake system under warning light will go off. conditions where the driver has Parking Brake quickly and forcefully applied the Caution brake pedal in an attempt to quickly stop or slow down the vehicle. The Driving with the parking brake on stability system hydraulic brake can overheat the brake system control module increases brake and cause premature wear or pressure at each corner of the damage to brake system parts. vehicle until the ABS activates. Make sure that the parking brake Minor brake pedal pulsation or is fully released and the brake pedal movement during this time is warning light is off before driving. normal and the driver should continue to apply the brake pedal as the driving situation dictates. The Brake Assist feature will automatically disengage when the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

192 Driving and Operating brake pedal is released or brake Ride Control Systems driver in keeping the vehicle on the pedal pressure is quickly intended path. Trailer Sway Control decreased. (TSC) is also on automatically when Traction Control/ the vehicle is started. See Trailer Hill Start Assist (HSA) Electronic Stability Sway Control (TSC) 0 225. If equipped, this feature will prevent Control If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC the vehicle from rolling when it System Operation attempts to move on a moderate to begins to limit wheel spin, cruise steep hill. During the transition when The vehicle has a Traction Control control will disengage. Cruise the brake pedal is released and the System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/ control may be turned back on when accelerator pedal is pressed, HSA Electronic Stability Control (ESC), road conditions allow. uses braking pressure to hold the an electronic stability control Both systems come on vehicle stationary for a few seconds system. These systems help limit automatically when the vehicle is depending on the steepness of the wheel spin and assist the driver in started and begins to move. The hill. After this transition or after the maintaining control, especially on systems may be heard or felt while accelerator pedal is pressed, the slippery road conditions. they are operating or while brake will automatically release. TCS activates if it senses any of the performing diagnostic checks. This HSA only activates when the driver drive wheels are spinning or is normal and does not mean there door is closed. HSA will not activate beginning to lose traction. When this is a problem with the vehicle. in a forward drive gear when facing happens, TCS applies the brakes to downhill, or in R (Reverse) when It is recommended to leave both the spinning wheels and reduces systems on for normal driving facing uphill. If the brake pedal is engine power to limit wheel spin. released and then reapplied while conditions, but it may be necessary HSA is activated, the brake pedal StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets may feel firmer with less pedal vehicle senses a difference between stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. 0 travel. the intended path and the direction See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 172 the vehicle is actually traveling. and “Turning the Systems Off and StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies On” later in this section. braking pressure to any one of the vehicle wheel brakes to assist the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 193 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. Caution 3. Start the engine. Do not repeatedly brake or Drive the vehicle. If d comes on accelerate heavily when TCS is and stays on, the vehicle may need off. The vehicle driveline could be damaged. The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem. is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your light will: dealer. To turn off only TCS, press and . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off release g. The appropriate wheel spin. and On message will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, press and . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. release g. . Turn on and stay on when either If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g system is not working. is pressed, the system will not turn off until the wheels stop spinning. If either system fails to turn on or to activate, a message displays in the To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ Driver Information Center (DIC), and ESC, press and hold g until the d comes on and stays on to StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light comes indicate that the system is inactive g and is not assisting the driver in on and stays on in the instrument maintaining control. The vehicle is cluster, then release. The safe to drive, but driving should be appropriate message will display in adjusted accordingly. the DIC. If d comes on and stays on: 1. Stop the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

194 Driving and Operating To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on Locking Rear Axle Cruise Control again, press and release . The g Vehicles with a locking rear axle can StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the give more traction on snow, mud, { Warning instrument cluster turns off. ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically standard axle most of the time, but Cruise control can be dangerous turn back on if the vehicle exceeds when traction is low, this feature will where you cannot drive safely at 32 km/h (20 mph). TCS will remain allow the rear wheel with the most a steady speed. Do not use traction to move the vehicle. cruise control on winding roads or off until is pressed or the ignition g in heavy traffic. is cycled off then on. Cruise control can be dangerous The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature and a Hill on slippery roads. On such roads, Start Assist (HSA) feature. fast changes in tire traction can See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) cause excessive wheel slip, and 0 225 or Hill Start Assist (HSA) you could lose control. Do not use 0 192. cruise control on slippery roads. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle performance. See If equipped with cruise control, a Accessories and Modifications speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or 0 230. more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). If the Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system begins to limit wheel spin while using cruise control, the cruise control Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 195 automatically disengages. See accelerate. If cruise control is The cruise control indicator on the Traction Control/Electronic Stability already active, use to increase instrument cluster turns green after Control 0 192. When road vehicle speed. cruise control has been set to the conditions allow you to safely use it desired speed. See Instrument SET− : Press briefly to set the 0 again, cruise control can be turned speed and activate cruise control. Cluster 101. back on. If cruise control is already active, Resuming a Set Speed If the brakes are applied, cruise use to decrease vehicle speed. control disengages. If the cruise control is set at a [ : Press to disengage cruise desired speed and then the brakes control without erasing the set are applied or [ is pressed, the speed from memory. cruise control is disengaged without Setting Cruise Control erasing the set speed from memory. If I is on when not in use, the Once the vehicle speed reaches SET− or +RES button could get about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, pressed and go into cruise when not briefly press +RES. The vehicle returns to the previous set speed. desired. Keep I off when cruise is not being used. Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control To set a speed: If the cruise control system is 1. Press I to turn the cruise already activated: system on. . Press and hold +RES until the I : Press to turn cruise control on 2. Get up to the desired speed. desired speed is reached, then or off. The white indicator comes on release it. in the instrument cluster when 3. Press and release SET−. cruise control is turned on. 4. Remove your foot from the . To increase vehicle speed in accelerator. small increments, briefly press +RES : If there is a set speed in +RES. For each press, the memory, press briefly to resume that speed or press and hold to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

196 Driving and Operating vehicle goes about Passing Another Vehicle While when driving on downhill grades by 1 km/h (Metric display) or Using Cruise Control using the engine and transmission 1 mph (English display) faster. Use the accelerator pedal to to slow the vehicle. The speedometer reading can be increase the vehicle speed. When If the brake pedal is applied, cruise displayed in either English or metric you take your foot off the pedal, the control will disengage. units. See Driver Information Center vehicle will slow down to the (DIC) 0 114. The increment value previous set cruise speed. While Ending Cruise Control used depends on the units pressing the accelerator pedal or There are four ways to end cruise displayed. shortly following the release to control: override cruise control, briefly Reducing Speed While Using . Step lightly on the brake pedal. pressing SET– will result in cruise Cruise Control set to the current vehicle speed. . Press [. If the cruise control system is already activated: Using Cruise Control on Hills . Shift the transmission to How well the cruise control works N (Neutral). . Press and hold SET– until the desired lower speed is reached, on hills depends on the vehicle . To turn off cruise control, then release it. speed, load, and the steepness of press I. the hills. When going up steep hills, . To slow down in small pressing the accelerator pedal may Erasing Speed Memory increments, briefly press SET–. be necessary to maintain vehicle The cruise control set speed is For each press, the vehicle goes speed. When going downhill, Cruise erased from memory if is about 1 km/h (Metric display) or Grade Braking helps maintain the I 1 mph (English display) slower. driver selected speed. pressed or if the vehicle is turned off. The speedometer reading can be Cruise Grade Braking is enabled displayed in either English or metric when the vehicle is started and units. See Driver Information Center cruise control is active. It assists in (DIC) 0 114. The increment value maintaining driver selected speed used depends on the units displayed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 197

Driver Assistance Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Systems . Detect children, Complete attention is always This vehicle may have features that pedestrians, bicyclists, required while driving, and you work together to help avoid crashes or animals. should be ready to take action or reduce crash damage while . Detect vehicles or objects and apply the brakes and/or steer driving, backing, and parking. Read outside the area monitored the vehicle to avoid crashes. this entire section before using by the system. these systems. . Work at all driving speeds. Audible Alert { Warning . Warn you or provide you Some driver assistance features with enough time to avoid a alert the driver of obstacles by Do not rely on the Driver crash. beeping. To change the volume of Assistance Systems. These the warning chime, see Vehicle Work under poor visibility or systems do not replace the need . Personalization 0 120. bad weather conditions. for paying attention and driving Cleaning safely. You may not hear or see . Work if the detection sensor alerts or warnings provided by is not cleaned or is covered Depending on vehicle options, keep these systems. Failure to use by ice, snow, mud, or dirt. these areas of the vehicle clean to proper care when driving may . Work if the detection sensor ensure the best driver assistance result in injury, death, or vehicle is covered up, such as with feature performance. Driver damage. See Defensive Driving a sticker, magnet, or metal Information Center (DIC) messages 0 166. plate. may display when the systems are unavailable or blocked. Under many conditions, these . Work if the area surrounding systems will not: the detection sensor is (Continued) damaged or not properly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

198 Driving and Operating . Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem Warning (Continued) . Front side and rear side panels bumper, or under the vehicle. . Outside of the windshield in front Shown distances may be different of the rearview mirrors from actual distances. Do not drive or park the vehicle using . Side camera lens on the bottom only these camera(s). Always of the outside mirrors check behind and around the . Rear side corner bumpers vehicle before driving. Failure to . Rear Vision Camera above the use proper care may result in license plate injury, death, or vehicle damage.

Rear Vision When the vehicle is on and shifted Camera (RVC) into R (Reverse), the video image appears on the inside rearview If equipped, the RVC system is mirror. The video image disappears designed to help the driver when after the vehicle is shifted out of backing up by displaying a view of R (Reverse). the area behind the vehicle.

{ Warning

The camera(s) do not display children, pedestrians, bicyclists, . Front and rear bumpers and the crossing traffic, animals, or any area below the bumpers other object outside of the . Front grille and headlamps cameras’ field of view, below the (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 199 RVC Location 1. View displayed by the . The sun or the beam of camera headlamps is shining directly into the camera lens. . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else builds up on the camera lens. Clean the lens, rinse it with water, and wipe it with a soft cloth. . The back of the vehicle is in an accident. The position and mounting angle of the camera can change or the camera can 1. View displayed by the be affected. Be sure to have the camera camera and its position and The camera is next to the license 2. Corners of the rear bumper mounting angle checked at your plate. Displayed images may be further or dealer. closer than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that Troubleshooting are close to either corner of the If the vehicle is in R (Reverse) and bumper or under the bumper do not a blue screen is displayed in the display. mirror and then the display shuts off, see your dealer for service. When the System Does Not Seem To Work Properly Park Assist The RVC system might not work If equipped, the Rear Park Assist properly or display a clear image if: (RPA) system uses sensors on the . It is dark. rear bumper to assist with parking and avoiding objects while in R (Reverse). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

200 Driving and Operating approaches the obstacle. Repeated PARK ASSIST OFF : This message { Warning beeps are heard when the distance occurs if the driver disables the is less than 30 cm (12 in). system or if the vehicle is driven The Park Assist system does not To be detected, objects must be at above 8 km/h (5 mph) in detect children, pedestrians, R (Reverse). bicyclists, animals, or objects least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground below the bumper or that are too and below rear door level. Objects PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE close or too far from the vehicle. must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from OWNERS MANUAL : This It is not available at speeds the rear bumper. This distance may message can occur under the be less during warmer or humid following conditions: greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To weather. prevent injury, death, or vehicle . The sensors are not clean. Keep damage, even with Park Assist, Turning the System On and Off the rear bumper free of mud, always check the area around the dirt, snow, ice, slush, and frost. The system can be disabled through The message may not clear until vehicle and check all mirrors the Driver Information Center (DIC). before backing. frost or ice has melted all around See “Park Assist” under Driver and inside the sensor. Information Center (DIC) 0 114. How the System Works . A trailer is attached to the RPA defaults to the on setting each vehicle, or a bicycle or an object RPA comes on automatically when time the vehicle is started. hanging out of the rear door the shift lever is moved into Turn RPA off when towing a trailer. during the current or last drive R (Reverse). A single beep sounds cycle. RPA will return to normal to indicate the system is working. When the System Does Not operation after it is determined Seem to Work Properly RPA operates only at speeds less the object is removed. This than 8 km/h (5 mph). The following messages may be could take a few drive cycles. displayed on the DIC: An obstacle detection is indicated . A tow bar is attached to the by beeps. The time between beeps SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this vehicle. gets shorter as the vehicle message occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer for repair. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 201 Other conditions may affect system FCA warnings will not occur unless performance, such as vibrations Warning (Continued) the FCA system detects a vehicle from a jackhammer or the ahead. When a vehicle is detected, compression of air brakes on a very stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, the vehicle ahead indicator will large truck. or when following a vehicle too display green. Vehicles may not be closely, FCA may not provide a detected on curves, highway exit Forward Collision Alert warning with enough time to help ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; (FCA) System avoid a crash. It also may not or if a vehicle ahead is partially provide any warning at all. FCA blocked by pedestrians or other If equipped, the FCA system may does not warn of pedestrians, objects. FCA will not detect another help to avoid or reduce the harm animals, signs, guardrails, vehicle ahead until it is completely caused by front-end crashes. When bridges, construction barrels, in the driving lane. approaching a vehicle ahead too or other objects. Be ready to take quickly, FCA provides a red flashing action and apply the brakes. See { Warning alert on the windshield and rapidly Defensive Driving 0 166. beeps. FCA also lights an amber FCA does not provide a warning visual alert if following another to help avoid a crash, unless it vehicle much too closely. FCA can be disabled with the [ detects a vehicle. FCA may not FCA detects vehicles within a button on the center stack. detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA distance of approximately 60 m Detecting the Vehicle Ahead sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, (197 ft) and operates at speeds or ice, or if the windshield is above 40 km/h (25 mph). damaged. It may also not detect a vehicle on winding or hilly roads, { Warning or in conditions that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, FCA is a warning system and or snow, or if the headlamps or does not apply the brakes. When windshield are not cleaned or in approaching a slower-moving or (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

202 Driving and Operating Tailgating Alert timing. The range of selectable alert Warning (Continued) timings may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. proper condition. Keep the windshield, headlamps, and FCA Unnecessary Alerts sensors clean and in good repair. FCA may provide unnecessary alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in Collision Alert other lanes, objects that are not The vehicle ahead indicator will vehicles, or shadows. These alerts display amber if following a detected are normal operation and the vehicle ahead much too closely. vehicle does not need service. Selecting the Alert Timing Cleaning the System The Collision Alert button is on the If the FCA system does not seem to center stack. Press [ to set the operate properly, cleaning the When your vehicle approaches alert timing to far, medium, near, outside of the windshield area in another detected vehicle too rapidly, or off. The first button press shows front of the camera sensor may the red FCA display will flash on the the current control setting on the correct the issue. windshield. Also, eight rapid DIC. Additional button presses will high-pitched beeps will sound from change this setting. The chosen Side Blind Zone the front. When this Collision Alert setting will remain until it is changed Alert (SBZA) occurs, the brake system may and will affect both the Collision prepare for driver braking to occur Alert and the Tailgating Alert If equipped, the SBZA system is a more rapidly which can cause a features. The timing of both alerts lane-changing aid that assists brief, mild deceleration. Continue to will vary based on vehicle speed. drivers with avoiding crashes that apply the brake pedal as needed. The faster the vehicle speed, the occur with moving vehicles in the Cruise control may be disengaged farther away the alert will occur. side blind zone (or spot) areas. The when the Collision Alert occurs. Consider traffic and weather SBZA warning display will light up in conditions when selecting the alert Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 203 the corresponding outside side SBZA Detection Zones unsafe to change lanes. Before mirror and will flash if the turn signal making a lane change, check the is on. SBZA display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn { Warning signals.

SBZA does not alert the driver to vehicles rapidly approaching outside of the side blind zones, pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may not provide alerts when changing lanes under Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror all driving conditions. Failure to Display Display use proper care when changing When the vehicle is started, both lanes may result in injury, death, The SBZA sensor covers a zone of outside mirror SBZA displays will or vehicle damage. Before approximately one lane over from both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m briefly come on to indicate the making a lane change, always system is operating. When the check mirrors, glance over your (11 ft). The height of the zone is approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) vehicle is in a forward gear, the left shoulder, and use the turn or right side mirror display will light signals. and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This zone starts at approximately the up if a moving vehicle is detected in middle of the vehicle and goes back that blind zone. If the turn signal is 8 m (26 ft). activated in the same direction of a detected vehicle, this display will How the System Works flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. The SBZA symbol lights up in the side mirrors when the system detects a moving vehicle in the next lane over that is in the side blind zone. This indicates it may be Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

204 Driving and Operating SBZA can be disabled through the shrubs, and other non-moving Lane Departure Driver Information Center (DIC). objects. This is normal system See Driver Information Center (DIC) operation; the vehicle does not need Warning (LDW) 0 114. If SBZA is disabled by the service. If equipped, LDW may help avoid driver, the SBZA mirror displays will SBZA may not operate when the crashes due to unintentional lane not light up. SBZA sensors in the left or right departures. It may provide an alert if corners of the rear bumper are the vehicle is crossing a lane When the System Does Not without using a turn signal in that Seem to Work Properly covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For direction. LDW uses a camera SBZA displays may not come on cleaning instructions, see "Washing sensor to detect the lane markings when passing a vehicle quickly, for the Vehicle" under Exterior Care at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or a stopped vehicle, or when towing a 0 308. If the DIC displays the greater. trailer. The SBZA detection zones system unavailable message after that extend back from the side of cleaning both sides of the vehicle { Warning the vehicle do not move further back toward the rear corners of the when a trailer is towed. Use caution vehicle, see your dealer. The LDW system does not steer while changing lanes when towing a the vehicle. The LDW system trailer. SBZA may alert to objects If the SBZA displays do not light up may not: attached to the vehicle, such as a when vehicles are in the blind zone . Provide enough time to trailer, bicycle, or object extending and the system is clean, the system avoid a crash. out to either side of the vehicle. This may need service. Take the vehicle is normal system operation; the to your dealer. . Detect lane markings under vehicle does not need service. Radio Frequency Information poor weather or visibility conditions. This can occur if SBZA may not always alert the See Radio Frequency Statement the windshield or driver to vehicles in the side blind 0 345. headlamps are blocked by zone, especially in wet conditions. dirt, snow, or ice; if they are The system does not need to be serviced. The system may light up (Continued) due to guardrails, signs, trees, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 205 How the System Works If the LDW system is not functioning Warning (Continued) properly when lane markings are The LDW camera sensor is on the clearly visible, cleaning the windshield ahead of the rearview not in proper condition; or if windshield may help. the sun shines directly into mirror. the camera. LDW alerts may occur due to tar To turn LDW on and off, press @ on marks, shadows, cracks in the . Detect road edges. the center stack. The control road, temporary or construction . Detect lanes on winding or indicator will light when LDW is on. lane markings, or other road hilly roads. imperfections. This is normal system When LDW is on, @ is green if operation; the vehicle does not need If LDW only detects lane LDW is available to warn of a lane service. Turn LDW off if these markings on one side of the road, departure. If the vehicle crosses a conditions continue. it will only warn you when detected lane marking without using departing the lane on the side the turn signal in that direction, @ where it has detected a lane changes to amber and flashes. marking. Always keep your Additionally, there will be three attention on the road and beeps on the right or left, depending maintain proper vehicle position on the lane departure direction. within the lane, or vehicle damage, injury, or death could When the System Does Not occur. Always keep the Seem to Work Properly windshield, headlamps, and The system may not detect lanes as camera sensors clean and in well when there are: good repair. Do not use LDW in . Close vehicles ahead. bad weather conditions. . Sudden lighting changes, such as when driving through tunnels. . Banked roads. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

206 Driving and Operating Fuel Recommended Fuel Prohibited Fuels For diesel engine vehicles, see Top Tier Fuel “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the Caution Duramax diesel supplement. GM recommends the use of TOP Do not use fuels with any of the TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap following conditions; doing so the engine clean, reduce engine or a yellow sticker on the fuel door, may damage the vehicle and void deposits, and maintain optimal E85 or FlexFuel can be used. If the its warranty: vehicle performance. Look for the vehicle does not have a yellow fuel TOP TIER Logo or see cap or yellow sticker, do not use . For vehicles that are not www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP gasoline with ethanol levels greater FlexFuel, fuel labeled TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers than 15% by volume. See E85 or greater than 15% ethanol by and applicable countries. FlexFuel 0 207. volume, such as mid-level ethanol blends (16–50% Use regular unleaded gasoline ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel. meeting ASTM specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 87 or . Fuel with any amount of higher. Do not use gasoline with a methanol, methylal, posted octane rating of less than 87, ferrocene, and aniline. as this may cause engine knock and These fuels can corrode will lower fuel economy. metal fuel system parts or damage plastic and rubber parts. . Fuel containing metals such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 207 System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM Caution (Continued) the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at Specification D 5798 or CAN/ every oil change or 15,000 km CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use (MMT), which can damage (9,000 mi), whichever occurs first. the fuel if the ethanol content is the emissions control TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that system and spark plugs. ACDelco Fuel System Treatment do not meet ASTM or CGSB . Fuel with a posted octane Plus−Gasoline will help keep your specifications can affect driveability rating of less than the vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and could cause the malfunction recommended fuel. Using and performing optimally. indicator lamp to come on. this fuel will lower fuel The starting characteristics of E85 economy and performance, E85 or FlexFuel or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for and may decrease the life of use when temperatures fall below the emissions catalyst. Vehicles with a yellow fuel cap can use either unleaded gasoline or fuel −18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel. Fuels in Foreign All other vehicles should use only Because E85 or FlexFuel has less Countries the unleaded gasoline as described energy per liter (gallon) than in Recommended Fuel 0 206. gasoline, the vehicle will need to be The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post The use of E85 or FlexFuel is refilled more often. See Filling the fuel octane ratings in anti-knock encouraged when the vehicle is Tank 0 208. index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel foreign country, see Prohibited The only GM approved aftermarket is made from renewable sources. Fuels 0 206. additive is ACDelco Fuel System To help locate fuel stations that Treatment Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the Fuel Additives carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S. instructions on the bottle for proper Department of Energy has an use. This product is available at TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is alternative fuel website. See your GM dealer. highly recommended for use with www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/ your vehicle. If your country does stations. not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

208 Driving and Operating Filling the Tank Caution Warning (Continued)

Some additives are not { Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fuel compatible with E85 or FlexFuel cap is opened too quickly. and can harm the vehicle's fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn This spray can happen if the system. Use only additives violently and can cause injury or tank is nearly full, and is approved by GM for E85 or death. more likely in hot weather. FlexFuel vehicles. Damage . To help avoid injuries to you Open the fuel cap slowly caused by unapproved additives and others, read and follow and wait for any hiss noise would not be covered by the all the instructions on the to stop, then unscrew the vehicle warranty. fuel pump island. cap all the way. . Turn off the engine when refueling. Caution . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking materials away Do not use fuel containing from fuel. methanol. It can corrode metal . Do not leave the fuel pump parts in the fuel system and also unattended. damage plastic and rubber parts. That damage would not be . Avoid using electronic covered under the vehicle devices while refueling. warranty. . Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. . Keep children away from the fuel pump and never let The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel children pump fuel. door on the driver side of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 209 If the vehicle has E85 fuel capability, When replacing the fuel cap, turn it the fuel cap will be yellow and state clockwise until it clicks. Make sure Caution (Continued) that E85 or gasoline can be used. the cap is fully installed. The See E85 or FlexFuel 0 207. diagnostic system can determine if indicator lamp to light, and could the fuel cap has been left off or damage the fuel tank and To remove the fuel cap, turn it emissions system. See slowly counterclockwise. improperly installed. This would allow fuel to evaporate into the Malfunction Indicator Lamp 0 108. While refueling, hang the tethered atmosphere. See Malfunction fuel cap from the hook on the Indicator Lamp 0 108. fuel door. Filling a Portable Fuel { Warning Container { Warning If a fire starts while you are { Warning Overfilling the fuel tank by more refueling, do not remove the than three clicks of a standard fill nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by Never fill a portable fuel container nozzle may cause: shutting off the pump or by while it is in the vehicle. Static . Vehicle performance issues, notifying the station attendant. electricity discharge from the including engine stalling and Leave the area immediately. container can ignite the fuel damage to the fuel system. vapor. You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this . Fuel spills. occurs. To help avoid injury to you . Potential fuel fires. Caution and others: If a new fuel cap is needed, be . Dispense fuel only into Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a sure to get the right type of cap approved containers. few seconds after you have finished from your dealer. The wrong type (Continued) pumping before removing the of fuel cap may not fit properly, nozzle. Clean fuel from painted may cause the malfunction surfaces as soon as possible. See Exterior Care 0 308. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

210 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing Warning (Continued) . Do not fill a container while General Towing trailer brakes are inadequate for it is inside a vehicle, in a Information the load, the vehicle may not stop vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, as expected. You and others or on any surface other than Only use towing equipment that has could be seriously injured. The the ground. been designed for the vehicle. vehicle may also be damaged, Contact your dealer or trailering . Bring the fill nozzle in and the repairs would not be dealer for assistance with preparing contact with the inside of covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the the fill opening before Pull a trailer only if all the steps in entire section before towing a trailer. operating the nozzle. this section have been followed. Contact should be To tow a disabled vehicle, see Ask your dealer for advice and maintained until the filling is Towing the Vehicle 0 306. To tow information about towing a trailer complete. the vehicle behind another vehicle with the vehicle. such as a motor home, see . Do not smoke while Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 306. pumping fuel. Driving with a Trailer . Avoid using electronic Driving Characteristics Trailering is different than just devices. and Towing Tips driving the vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, acceleration, braking, { Warning durability, and fuel economy. You can lose control when towing Successful, safe trailering takes a trailer if the correct equipment is correct equipment, and it has to be not used or the vehicle is not used properly. driven properly. For example, The following information has many if the trailer is too heavy or the time-tested, important trailering tips (Continued) and safety rules. Many of these are Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 211 important for your safety and that of . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) your passengers. Read this section Tow/Haul Mode is recommended If equipped with Lane Change Alert carefully before pulling a trailer. for heavier trailers. See Tow/ 0 (LCA), the LCA detection zones that When towing a trailer: Haul Mode 189. If the extend back from the side of the transmission downshifts too vehicle do not move further back . Become familiar with and follow often, a lower gear may be all state and local laws that when a trailer is towed. Use caution selected using Manual Mode. while changing lanes when towing a apply to trailer towing. These See Manual Mode 0 188. requirements vary from state to trailer. state. If equipped, the following driver If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic assistance features should be Alert (RCTA), use caution while . State laws may require the use turned off when towing a trailer: of extended side view mirrors. backing up when towing a trailer, as Even if not required, you should . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) the RCTA detection zones that install extended side view . Super Cruise Control extend out from the back of the vehicle do not move further back mirrors if your visibility is limited . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) or restricted while towing. when a trailer is towed. . Park Assist . Do not tow a trailer during the { Warning first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) use to prevent damage to the . Reverse Automatic To prevent serious injury or death engine, axle, or other parts. Braking (RAB) from carbon monoxide (CO), . It is recommended to perform If equipped, the following driver when towing a trailer: the first oil change before heavy assistance features should be . Do not drive with the towing. turned to alert or off when towing a liftgate, trunk/hatch, . During the first 800 km (500 mi) trailer: or rear-most window open. of trailer towing, do not drive . Forward Automatic Braking (Continued) over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do System (FAB) not make starts at full throttle. . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

212 Driving and Operating an unexpected or unsafe manner. Passing Warning (Continued) Before driving, inspect all trailer More passing distance is needed hitch parts and attachments, safety when towing a trailer. The . Fully open the air outlets on chains, electrical connectors, lamps, combination of the vehicle and or under the instrument tires, and mirrors. See Towing trailer will not accelerate as quickly panel. Equipment 0 222. If the trailer has and is much longer than the vehicle . Adjust the climate control electric brakes, start the alone. It is necessary to go much system to a setting that combination moving and then farther beyond the passed vehicle brings in only outside air. manually apply the trailer brake before returning to the lane. Pass See Climate Control controller to check the trailer brakes “ on level roadways. Avoid passing Systems in the Index. work. During the trip, occasionally ” on hills if possible. check that the cargo and trailer are For more information about secure and that the lamps and any carbon monoxide, see Engine Backing Up trailer brakes are working. Exhaust 0 184. Hold the bottom of the steering Towing with a Stability Control wheel with one hand. To move the Towing a trailer requires experience. System trailer to the left, move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the The combination of the vehicle and When towing, the stability control trailer is longer and not as right, move that hand to the right. system might be heard. The system Always back up slowly and, responsive as the vehicle itself. Get reacts to vehicle movement caused used to the handling and braking of if possible, have someone by the trailer, which mainly occurs guide you. the combination by driving on a during cornering. This is normal level road surface before driving on when towing heavier trailers. public roads. Following Distance The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must be all be rated to Stay at least twice as far behind the carry the intended cargo. vehicle ahead as you would when Inadequate trailer equipment can driving without a trailer. This can cause the combination to operate in help to avoid heavy braking and sudden turns. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 213 Making Turns The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). When parking your vehicle and your Shift the transmission to a lower trailer on a hill: Caution gear if the transmission shifts too 1. Press the brake pedal, but do often under heavy loads and/or hilly not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn Turn more slowly and make wider conditions. the wheels into the curb if arcs when towing a trailer to When towing at higher altitudes, facing downhill or into traffic if prevent damage to your vehicle. engine coolant will boil at a lower facing uphill. Making very sharp turns could temperature than at lower altitudes. 2. Have someone place chocks cause the trailer to contact the If the engine is turned off under the trailer wheels. vehicle. immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the 3. When the wheel chocks are in vehicle could show signs similar to place, gradually release the Make wider turns than normal when engine overheating. To avoid this, brake pedal to allow the chocks towing, so trailer will not go over soft let the engine run, preferably on to absorb the load of the trailer. shoulders, over curbs, or strike road level ground, with the transmission signs, trees, or other objects. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then in P (Park) for a few minutes before Always signal turns well in advance. apply the parking brake and turning the engine off. If the Do not steer or brake suddenly. shift into P (Park). overheat warning comes on, see Driving on Grades Engine Overheating 0 248. 5. Release the brake pedal. Reduce speed and shift to a lower Parking on Hills Leaving After Parking on a Hill gear before starting down a long or 1. Apply and hold the brake steep downhill grade. If the { Warning pedal. transmission is not shifted down, the . Start the engine. brakes may overheat and result in To prevent serious injury or death, reduced braking efficiency. always park your vehicle and . Shift into a gear. trailer on a level surface when . Release the parking brake. possible. 2. Let up on the brake pedal. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

214 Driving and Operating 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is leave the electrical trailer connector clear of the chocks. Warning (Continued) attached to maintain trailer brake functionality while on the boat ramp. 4. Stop and have someone pick can be especially slippery at up and store the chocks low tide when part of the To back the trailer into the water: Launching and Retrieving ramp was previously 1. Slowly back down the boat submerged at high tide. Do a Boat ramp until the boat is floating, not back onto the ramp to but no further than necessary. Backing the Trailer into the Water launch the boat if you are not sure the vehicle can 2. Press and hold the brake maintain traction. pedal, but do not shift into { Warning P (Park) yet. . Do not move the vehicle if . Have all passengers get out someone is in the path of 3. Have someone place chocks of the vehicle before the trailer. Some parts of the under the front wheels of the backing onto the sloped part trailer might be underwater vehicle. of the ramp. Lower the and not visible to people 4. Gradually release the brake driver and passenger side who are assisting in pedal to allow the chocks to windows before backing launching the boat. absorb the load of the trailer. onto the ramp. This will provide a means of escape 5. Reapply the brake pedal. Then in the unlikely event the Disconnect the wiring to the trailer apply the parking brake and vehicle slides into the water. before backing the trailer into the shift into P (Park). If equipped water to prevent damage to the with a manual transmission, . If the boat launch surface is electrical circuits on the trailer. turn off the engine and move slippery, have the driver Reconnect the wiring to the trailer the shift lever into 1 (First) gear. remain in the vehicle with after removing the trailer from the 6. Release the brake pedal. the brake pedal applied water. If the trailer has electric while the boat is being brakes that can function when the launched. The boat launch trailer is submerged, it might help to (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 215 Pulling the Trailer from the Water Maintenance when Trailer Caution To pull the trailer from the water: Towing 1. Press and hold the brake The vehicle needs service more Towing a trailer improperly can pedal. often when used to tow trailers. See damage the vehicle and result in Maintenance Schedule 0 319. It is costly repairs not covered by the 2. Start the engine and shift into especially important to check the vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer a gear. automatic transmission fluid, engine correctly, follow the directions in 3. Release the parking brake. oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling this section and see your dealer system, and brake system before 4. Let up on the brake pedal. for important information about and during each trip. towing a trailer with the vehicle. 5. Drive slowly until the tires are Check periodically that all nuts and clear of the chocks. bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. Trailering is different than just 6. Stop and have someone pick driving the vehicle by itself. up and store the chocks. Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing Trailering means changes in 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the handling, acceleration, braking, water. The cooling system may temporarily durability, and fuel economy. overheat during severe operating Successful, safe trailering takes Caution conditions. See Engine Overheating correct equipment, and it has to be 0 248. used properly. If the vehicle tires begin to spin The following information has many and the vehicle begins to slide Trailer Towing time-tested, important trailering tips toward the water, remove your If equipped with a diesel engine, and safety rules. Many of these are foot from the accelerator pedal see the Duramax diesel important for your safety and that of and apply the brake pedal. Seek supplement. your passengers. Read this section help to have the vehicle towed up carefully before pulling a trailer. the ramp. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

216 Driving and Operating Trailer Weight . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear Warning (Continued) { Warning . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight vehicle may be damaged, and the Rating repairs would not be covered by Never exceed the towing capacity the vehicle warranty. for your vehicle. See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” under Towing Only tow a trailer if all the steps in 0 Equipment 222 to determine if this section have been followed. Safe trailering requires monitoring equalizer bars are required to obtain Ask your dealer for advice and the weight, speed, altitude, road the maximum trailer weight rating. grades, outside temperature, information about towing a trailer. See Trailer Brakes under Towing dimensions of the front of the trailer, “ ” Equipment 0 222 to determine if and how frequently the vehicle is brakes are required based on your Gross Combined Weight used to tow a trailer. trailer's weight. Rating (GCWR) Trailering Weight Ratings The only way to be sure the weight GCWR is the total allowable weight When towing a trailer, the combined is not exceeding any of these of the completely loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle, vehicle ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer including any fuel, contents, trailer, and trailer contents and trailer combination, fully loaded passengers, cargo, equipment, and must be below all of the maximum for the trip, getting individual accessories. Do not exceed the weight ratings for the vehicle, weights for each of these items. GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR including: for the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart following. . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight { Warning Rating To check that the weight of the You and others could be seriously vehicle and trailer are within the . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight injured or killed if the trailer is too GCWR for the vehicle, follow these Rating heavy or the trailer brakes are steps: . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating inadequate for the load. The 1. Start with the curb weight from (Continued) the Tow Rating Chart. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 217 2. Add the weight of the trailer Maximum Trailer Weight loaded with cargo and ready The maximum trailer weight rating is for the trip. calculated assuming only the driver 3. Add the weight of all is in the tow vehicle and it has all passengers. the required trailering equipment. 4. Add the weight of all cargo in The weight of additional optional the vehicle. equipment, passengers, and cargo in the tow vehicle must be 5. Add the weight of hitch subtracted from the maximum trailer hardware such as a draw bar, weight. ball, load equalizer bars, or sway bars. Use the Tow Rating Chart to determine how much the trailer can 6. Add the weight of any Gross Vehicle Weight weigh, based on the vehicle model accessories or aftermarket Rating (GVWR) and options. equipment added to the For information about the vehicle's vehicle. maximum load capacity, see Vehicle The resulting weight cannot exceed Load Limits 0 172. When calculating the GCWR value shown on the Tow the GVWR with a trailer attached, Rating Chart. the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the The gross combined weight can vehicle is carrying. also be confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

218 Driving and Operating Tow Rating Chart Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G2500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 220 kg (7,100 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G2500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 357 kg (7,400 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Cargo Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 265 kg (7,200 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Short Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 219 Tow Rating Chart (cont'd) Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) G3500 Passenger Van 2WD Long Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42 2 858 kg (6,300 lb) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42 4 173 kg (9,200 lb) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) 3500 Series Cutaway – 353 cm (139 in) Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42/3.73 (b) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) 3500 Series Cutaway – 404 cm (159 in) Wheelbase 4.3LV6 3.42/3.73 (b) 5 897 kg (13,000 lb) 6.0LV8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) 6.0LV8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb) 6.0LV8 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb) 3500 Series Cutaway – 450 cm (177 in) Wheelbase 6.0LV8 3.42/3.73 (b) 7 258 kg (16,000 lb) 6.0LV8 4.10 (b) 8 618 kg (19,000 lb) 6.0LV8 4.10 (b) 9 072 kg (20,000 lb) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

220 Driving and Operating Tow Rating Chart (cont'd) Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) (a) The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversion. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. (b) Maximum Trailer Weight cannot be provided because total vehicle weight is unknown.

The bumper on this vehicle is not designed to tow a trailer. Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the vehicle can support using a conventional trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while still Do not exceed a maximum trailer maintaining the correct trailer load tongue weight of 454 kg (1,000 lb). balance. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 221

Vehicle Series Hitch Type Maximum Tongue Weight Weight - 2500/3500 181 kg (400 lb) Carrying Weight - 2500/3500 454 kg (1,000 lb) Distributing

The trailer tongue weight contributes for each trailer. Never exceed the to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). maximum loads for your vehicle, GVW includes the curb weight of hitch, and trailer. your vehicle, any passengers, After loading the trailer, separately cargo, equipment, and the trailer weigh the trailer and then the trailer tongue weight. Vehicle options, tongue and calculate the trailer load passengers, cargo, and equipment balance percentage to see if the reduce the maximum allowable weights and distribution are tongue weight the vehicle can carry, appropriate for your vehicle. If the which also reduces the maximum trailer weight is too high, it may be allowable trailer weight. possible to transfer some of the Trailer Load Balance cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer The trailer tongue weight (1) should tongue weight is too high or too low, The correct trailer load balance be 10–15% of the loaded trailer it may be possible to rearrange must be maintained to ensure trailer weight (2). Some specific trailer some of the cargo inside of the stability. Incorrect load balance is a types, such as boat trailers, fall trailer. leading cause of trailer sway. outside of this range. Always refer Do not exceed the maximum to the trailer owner’s manual for the allowable tongue weight for your recommended trailer tongue weight vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

222 Driving and Operating will help reduce the effect of the hook. Other trailers may require a trailer tongue weight on the trailer weight-distributing hitch that uses hitch and the rear axle. spring bars to distribute the trailer If a cargo carrier is used in the tongue weight between your vehicle trailer hitch receiver, choose a and trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating” under carrier that positions the load as 0 close to the vehicle as possible. Trailer Towing 215 for weight limits Make sure the total weight, with various hitch types. including the carrier, is no more than Never attach rental hitches or other half of the maximum allowable bumper-type hitches. Only use tongue weight for the vehicle or frame-mounted hitches that do not 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. attach to the bumper. Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Ask your dealer for trailering Consider using mechanical sway information or assistance. (GAWR-RR) controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional about sway The GAWR-RR is the total weight Towing Equipment controls or refer to the trailer that can be supported by the rear manufacturer's recommendations axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed Hitches and instructions. the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with Always use the correct hitch the tow vehicle and trailer fully equipment for your vehicle. Weight-Distributing Hitch loaded for the trip including the Crosswinds, large trucks going by, Adjustment weight of the trailer tongue. If using and rough roads can affect the A weight distributing hitch may be a weight-distributing hitch, do not trailer and the hitch. useful with some trailers. exceed the GAWR-RR before applying the weight distribution Proper hitch equipment for your spring bars. vehicle helps maintain combination control. Many trailers can be towed using a weight-carrying hitch which has a coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow eye latched to a pintle Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 223 Tires Trailer Brakes . Do not tow a trailer while using a Loaded trailers over 675 kg compact spare tire on the (1,500 lb) must be equipped with vehicle. brake systems and with brakes for . Tires must be properly inflated to each axle. Trailer braking equipment support loads while towing a conforming to Canadian Standards trailer. See Tires 0 270 for Association (CSA) requirement instructions on proper tire CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is inflation. recommended. State or local regulations may Safety Chains require trailers to have their own Always attach chains between the braking system if the loaded weight 1. Front of Vehicle vehicle and the trailer, and attach of the trailer exceeds certain 2. Body to Ground Distance the chains to the holes on the trailer minimums that can vary from state When using a weight-distributing hitch platform. Instructions about to state. Read and follow the hitch, measure the front fender safety chains may be provided by instructions for the trailer brakes so height distance (2) before the hitch manufacturer or by the they are installed, adjusted, and connecting the trailer. Adjust the trailer manufacturer. maintained properly. Never attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic spring bars until the front fender Cross the safety chains under the brake system. If you do, both the height distance (2) is the same tongue of the trailer to help prevent vehicle anti-lock brakes and the height before the trailer was the tongue from contacting the road trailer brakes may not function, connected. Do not reduce the front if it becomes separated from the which could result in a crash. fender height below the initial hitch. Always leave just enough distance (2). slack so the combination can turn. Never allow safety chains to drag on the ground. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

224 Driving and Operating

Trailer Wiring Harness Electric Trailer Dark Blue Basic Trailer Wiring Brake If the vehicle is not equipped with a trailer connector on the rear bumper, *If the vehicle is a cutaway with a seven-wire trailering harness is trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse tied to the vehicle’s frame. The will be shared for both left/stop harness requires the installation of a trailer turn and right/stop trailer trailer connector, which is available turn signals. However, the through your dealer. cutaway lighting connector will have a 10 amp fuse for each Use only a round, seven-wire signal. connector with flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 specifications **If the vehicle is a cutaway with 1. Left Turn/Brake for proper electrical connectivity. trailer provisions, a 15 amp fuse 2. Taillamps will be shared for trailer park The seven-wire harness contains lamps and cutaway rear lighting 3. Reverse Lamps the following trailer circuits: connector park lamps. Also, a 4. Battery Feed Stop/Turn 10 amp fuse will be shared for Yellow 5. Right Turn/Brake Signal Left* trailer back-up lamps and cutaway rear lighting connector back-up 6. Electric Brakes Stop/Turn Dark Green lamps. Signal Right* 7. Ground Tail/Parking Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness Electric Brake Control Wiring Brown Lamps** Package Provisions Reverse lf equipped, the trailer wiring If the vehicle is not equipped with Light Green Lamps** harness, with a seven-pin connector an integrated trailer brake controller, is mounted on the trailer hitch. Battery Feed Red/Black and the trailer has electric brakes, a trailer brake controller needs to be Ground White installed on the vehicle. The brake Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 225 controller should be installed by controller. The wire colors on the 75% of the vehicle's Gross your dealer or a qualified service brake controller may be different Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). center. from the vehicle. See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 215. If equipped, wiring provisions for an Trailer Lamps aftermarket electric trailer brake Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when controller are included with the Always check all trailer lamps are towing a heavy trailer or carrying a vehicle as part of the trailer wiring working at the beginning of each large or heavy load: trip, and periodically on longer trips. package. The harness contains the . through rolling terrain following circuits: Turn Signals When Towing a . in stop-and-go traffic Electric Trailer Trailer Dark Blue . in busy parking lots Brakes When properly connected, the trailer Battery Feed Red/White turn signals will illuminate to indicate Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul the vehicle is turning, changing Mode when lightly loaded or not Brake Apply Light Blue lanes, or stopping. When towing a towing will not cause damage; Signal trailer, the arrows on the instrument however, it is not recommended and Ground Black cluster will illuminate even if the may result in unpleasant engine and trailer is not properly connected or transmission driving characteristics There are four blunt cut wires under the bulbs are burned out. and reduced fuel economy. the floor carpeting in front of the Tow/Haul Mode brake pedal. It will be necessary to Trailer Sway have a technician connect the Tow/Haul assists when pulling a Control (TSC) 12-volt power to the engine heavy trailer or a large or heavy Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic compartment fuse block. load. For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul mode, see Tow/Haul Stability Control (ESC) have a Refer to the aftermarket electric Mode 0 189. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature. trailer brake controller owner's Trailer sway is unintended manual to determine wire color Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be side-to-side motion of a trailer while coding of the electric trailer brake most effective when the vehicle and towing. If the vehicle is towing a trailer combined weight is at least trailer and the TSC detects that Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

226 Driving and Operating sway is increasing, the vehicle can reduce engine torque to help Trailer Tires brakes are selectively applied at slow the vehicle. TSC will not Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from each wheel, to help reduce function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned vehicle tires. Trailer tires are excessive trailer sway. If equipped off. See Traction Control/Electronic designed with stiff sidewalls to help with the Integrated Trailer Brake Stability Control 0 192. prevent sway and to support heavy Control (ITBC) system, and the loads. These features can make it trailer has an electric brake system, { Warning difficult to determine if the trailer tire StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the pressures are low only based on a trailer brakes. Trailer sway can result in a crash visual inspection. and in serious injury or death, even if the vehicle is equipped Always check all trailer tire with TSC. pressures before each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer tire If the trailer begins to sway, pressure is a leading cause of trailer reduce vehicle speed by tire blow-outs. gradually removing your foot from Trailer tires deteriorate over time. the accelerator. Then pull over to The trailer tire sidewall will show the check the trailer and vehicle to week and year the tire was help correct possible causes, manufactured. Many trailer tire including an improperly or manufacturers recommend overloaded trailer, unrestrained replacing tires more than six cargo, improper trailer hitch years old. configuration, or improperly If TSC is enabled, the Traction inflated or incorrect vehicle or Overloading is another leading cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ trailer tires. See Towing load your trailer with more weight ESC warning light will flash on the Equipment 0 222 for trailer ratings instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle than the tires are designed to and hitch setup support. The load rating is located speed by gradually removing your recommendations. foot from the accelerator. If trailer on the trailer tire sidewall. sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Driving and Operating 227 Always know the maximum speed Conversions and rating for the trailer tires before Caution driving. This may be significantly Add-Ons lower than the vehicle tire speed Some electrical equipment can rating. The speed rating may be on Add-On Electrical damage the vehicle or cause the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed components to not work and rating is not shown, the default Equipment would not be covered by the trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h vehicle warranty. Always check (65 mph). { Warning with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for vehicle service and Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. Lamp 0 108. A device connected to the DLC — such as an The vehicle has an airbag system. aftermarket fleet or Before attempting to add anything driver-behavior tracking device — electrical to the vehicle, see may interfere with vehicle Servicing the Airbag-Equipped 0 systems. This could affect vehicle Vehicle 70 and Adding Equipment operation and cause a crash. to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 Such devices may also access 70. information stored in the vehicle’s systems. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

228 Vehicle Care Brakes ...... 251 Electrical System Vehicle Care Brake Fluid ...... 252 Electrical System Overload . . . 263 Battery - North America ...... 253 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263 General Information Rear Axle ...... 254 Engine Compartment Fuse Noise Control System ...... 255 Block ...... 263 General Information ...... 229 Starter Switch Check ...... 256 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 268 California Proposition Automatic Transmission Shift 65 Warning ...... 229 Lock Control Function Wheels and Tires California Check ...... 256 Tires ...... 270 Materials Requirements . . . . . 230 Ignition Transmission Lock All-Season Tires ...... 270 Accessories and Check ...... 257 Winter Tires ...... 271 Modifications ...... 230 Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 271 Vehicle Checks Mechanism Check ...... 257 Tire Designations ...... 274 Tire Terminology and Doing Your Own Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 257 Definitions ...... 275 Service Work ...... 230 Windshield Replacement . . . . . 258 Tire Pressure ...... 278 Hood ...... 231 Gas Strut(s) ...... 258 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Compartment Headlamp Aiming System ...... 279 Overview ...... 232 Headlamp Aiming ...... 259 Tire Pressure Monitor Engine Oil ...... 235 Operation ...... 280 Engine Oil Life System ...... 237 Bulb Replacement Tire Inspection ...... 283 Automatic Transmission Fluid Bulb Replacement ...... 260 Tire Rotation ...... 283 (6-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 238 Halogen Bulbs ...... 260 Dual Tire Rotation ...... 285 Automatic Transmission Fluid Front Turn Signal, Sidemarker, When It Is Time for New (8-Speed Transmission) . . . . . 241 and Parking Lamps ...... 260 Tires ...... 285 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 242 Taillamps ...... 260 Buying New Tires ...... 286 Cooling System ...... 243 Center High-Mounted Different Size Tires and Engine Overheating ...... 248 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 262 Wheels ...... 287 Engine Fan ...... 249 License Plate Lamp ...... 262 Uniform Tire Quality Power Steering Fluid ...... 250 Grading ...... 288 Washer Fluid ...... 250 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 229 Wheel Alignment and Tire General Information California Proposition Balance ...... 289 Wheel Replacement ...... 289 For service and parts needs, visit 65 Warning Tire Chains ...... 290 your dealer. You will receive If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 291 genuine GM parts and GM-trained { Warning Tire Changing ...... 292 and supported service people. Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 301 Most motor vehicles, including Genuine GM parts have one of this one, as well as many of its these marks: Jump Starting service parts and fluids, contain Jump Starting - North and/or emit chemicals known to America ...... 302 the State of California to cause Towing the Vehicle cancer and birth defects or other Towing the Vehicle ...... 306 reproductive harm. Engine Recreational Vehicle exhaust, many parts and Towing ...... 306 systems, many fluids, and some component wear by-products Appearance Care contain and/or emit these Exterior Care ...... 308 chemicals. For more information Interior Care ...... 313 go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Floor Mats ...... 316 passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 253 and Jump Starting - North America 0 302 and the back cover. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

230 Vehicle Care California Perchlorate Damage to suspension components Vehicle Checks caused by modifying vehicle height Materials Requirements outside of factory settings will not be Certain types of automotive covered by the vehicle warranty. Doing Your Own applications, such as airbag Damage to vehicle components Service Work initiators, seat belt pretensioners, resulting from modifications or the and lithium batteries contained in installation or use of non-GM { Warning Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, certified parts, including control may contain perchlorate materials. module or software modifications, is It can be dangerous to work on Special handling may be necessary. not covered under the terms of the your vehicle if you do not have For additional information, see vehicle warranty and may affect the proper knowledge, service www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ remaining warranty coverage for manual, tools, or parts. Always perchlorate. affected parts. follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other for your vehicle before doing any Modifications systems on the vehicle. See your service work. Adding non-dealer accessories or dealer to accessorize the vehicle making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories If doing some of your own service can affect vehicle performance and installed by a dealer technician. work, use the proper service safety, including such things as Also, see Adding Equipment to the manual. It tells you much more airbags, braking, stability, ride and Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70. about how to service the vehicle handling, emissions systems, than this manual can. To order the aerodynamics, durability, and proper service manual, see electronic systems like antilock Publication Ordering Information brakes, traction control, and stability 0 344. control. These accessories or This vehicle has an airbag system. modifications could even cause Before attempting to do your own malfunction or damage not covered service work, see Servicing the by the vehicle warranty. Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 231 If equipped with remote vehicle 1. Pull the handle with this symbol start, open the hood before on it. It is in front of the driver performing any service work to side door frame near the floor. prevent remote starting the vehicle accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 29. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 330.

Caution 3. Lift the hood, release the hood Even small amounts of prop from its retainer, and put contamination can cause damage the hood prop into the slot in to vehicle systems. Do not allow the hood. contaminants to contact the fluids, 2. Go to the front of the vehicle If the vehicle has an underhood reservoir caps, or dipsticks. and lift up the secondary hood lamp, it will automatically come on release, which is underneath and stay on until the hood is closed. the middle of the hood. Hood Before closing the hood, be sure all of the filler caps are on properly. To open the hood: Then lift the hood to relieve pressure on the hood prop. Remove the hood prop from the slot in the hood and return the prop to its retainer. Let the hood down and close it firmly. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

232 Vehicle Care Engine Compartment Overview

4.3L V6 Engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 233 1. Battery - North America 0 253. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Cooling System 0 243. Fluid” under Washer Fluid 0 250. 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See Cooling System 0 243. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 243. 5. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 242. 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 235. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 235. 8. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid 0 250. 9. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 263. 10. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 252. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

234 Vehicle Care

6.0L V8 Engine Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 235 1. Battery - North America 0 253. 10. Engine Compartment Fuse . Check the engine oil level 0 2. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Block 263. regularly and maintain the Cooling System 0 243. 11. Brake Master Cylinder proper oil level. See “Checking Reservoir. See Brake Fluid Engine Oil” and “When to Add 3. Coolant Recovery Tank. See 0 Engine Oil” in this section. Cooling System 0 243. 252. 12. Windshield Washer Fluid . Change the engine oil at the 4. Automatic Transmission Fluid appropriate time. See Engine Oil Reservoir. See “Adding Washer Dipstick. See “Checking the Life System 0 237. Fluid” under Washer Fluid Fluid Level” under Automatic 0 Transmission Fluid (6-Speed 250. . Always dispose of engine oil Transmission) 0 238 or properly. See “What to Do with Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Oil Used Oil” in this section. (8-Speed Transmission) 0 241. For diesel engine vehicles, see Checking Engine Oil Engine Oil in the Duramax diesel 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When “ ” Check the engine oil level regularly, supplement. to Add Engine Oil” under every 650 km (400 mi), especially Engine Oil 0 235. To ensure proper engine prior to a long trip. The engine oil 6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See performance and long life, careful dipstick handle is a loop. See “Checking Engine Oil” under attention must be paid to engine oil. Engine Compartment Overview Engine Oil 0 235. Following these simple, but 0 232 for the location. important steps will help protect 7. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of your investment: View). See Cooling System { Warning 0 243. . Use engine oil approved to the proper specification and of the The engine oil dipstick handle 0 8. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 242. proper viscosity grade. See may be hot; it could burn you. 9. Power Steering Fluid “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” Use a towel or glove to touch the Reservoir. See Power Steering in this section. dipstick handle. Fluid 0 250. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

236 Vehicle Care If a low oil Driver Information Center When to Add Engine Oil (DIC) message displays, check the Caution oil level. Do not add too much oil. Oil Follow these guidelines: levels above or below the . To get an accurate reading, park acceptable operating range the vehicle on level ground. shown on the dipstick are harmful Check the engine oil level after to the engine. If the oil level is the engine has been off for at 4.3L V6 Engine above the operating range (i.e., least two hours. Checking the the engine has so much oil that engine oil level on steep grades the oil level gets above the or too soon after engine shutoff cross-hatched area that shows can result in incorrect readings. the proper operating range), the Accuracy improves when engine could be damaged. Drain checking a cold engine prior to the excess oil or limit driving of starting. Remove the dipstick the vehicle, and seek a service 6.0L V8 Engine and check the level. professional to remove the . If unable to wait two hours, the If the oil is below the cross-hatched excess oil. engine must be off for at least area at the tip of the dipstick and 15 minutes if the engine is the engine has been off for at least See Engine Compartment Overview warm, or at least 30 minutes if 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the 0 232 for the location of the engine the engine is not warm. Pull out recommended oil and then recheck oil fill cap. the dipstick, wipe it with a clean the level. See “Selecting the Right paper towel or cloth, then push it Engine Oil” later in this section for Add enough oil to put the level back in all the way. Remove it an explanation of what kind of oil to somewhere in the proper operating again, keeping the tip down, and use. For engine oil crankcase range. Push the dipstick all the way check the level. capacity, see Capacities and back in when through. Specifications 0 332. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 237 Selecting the Right Engine Oil Viscosity Grade What to Do with Used Oil Selecting the right engine oil Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade Used engine oil contains certain depends on both the proper oil engine oil. elements that can be unhealthy for specification and viscosity grade. Cold Temperature Operation: In an your skin and could even cause See Recommended Fluids and area of extreme cold, where the cancer. Do not let used oil stay on 0 Lubricants 327. temperature falls below −29 °C your skin for very long. Clean your skin and nails with soap and water, Specification (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An oil of this viscosity grade or a good hand cleaner. Wash or Use full synthetic engine oils that will provide easier cold starting for properly dispose of clothing or rags meet the dexos1 specification. the engine at extremely low containing used engine oil. See the Engine oils that have been temperatures. When selecting an oil manufacturer's warnings about the approved by GM as meeting the of the appropriate viscosity grade, it use and disposal of oil products. dexos1 specification are marked is recommended to select an oil of Used oil can be a threat to the with the dexos1 approved logo. See the correct specification. See environment. If you change your www.gmdexos.com. “Specification” earlier in this section. own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal. Never Engine Oil Additives/Engine dispose of oil by putting it in the Oil Flushes trash or pouring it on the ground, Do not add anything to the oil. The into sewers, or into streams or recommended oils meeting the bodies of water. Recycle it by taking dexos1 specification are all that is it to a place that collects used oil. needed for good performance and engine protection. Engine Oil Life System Caution Engine oil system flushes are not When to Change Engine Oil Failure to use the recommended recommended and could cause engine oil or equivalent can result engine damage not covered by the This vehicle has a computer system in engine damage not covered by vehicle warranty. that indicates when to change the the vehicle warranty. engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of factors which Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

238 Vehicle Care include engine revolutions, engine If the system is ever reset 1. Display the OIL LIFE temperature, and miles driven. accidentally, the oil must be REMAINING on the DIC. See Based on driving conditions, the changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Driver Information Center (DIC) mileage at which an engine oil since the last oil change. 0 114. change is indicated can vary Remember to reset the oil life 2. Fully press and release the considerably. For the oil life system system whenever the oil is changed. accelerator pedal three times to work properly, the system must within five seconds. If the be reset every time the oil is How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System display shows 100%, the changed. system is reset. When the system has calculated Reset the system whenever the engine oil is changed so that the If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON that oil life has been diminished, it message comes back on when the indicates that an oil change is system can calculate the next engine oil change. vehicle is started, the engine oil life necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE system has not reset. Repeat the OIL SOON message comes on. To reset the Engine Oil Life System procedure. Change the oil as soon as possible on most models: within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is possible that, if driving under 1. Display the OIL LIFE Automatic Transmission the best conditions, the oil life REMAINING on the DIC. See Fluid (6-Speed Driver Information Center (DIC) system might indicate that an oil 0 Transmission) change is not necessary for up to a 114. year. The engine oil and filter must 2. Press and hold V on the DIC When to Check and Change be changed at least once a year while the Oil Life display is Automatic Transmission Fluid and, at this time, the system must active. The oil life will change It is usually not necessary to check be reset. Your dealer has trained to 100%. the transmission fluid level. The only service people who will perform this reason for fluid loss is a work and reset the system. It is also The oil life system can also be reset transmission leak or overheated important to check the oil regularly as follows: transmission. If a small leak is over the course of an oil drain suspected, use the following interval and keep it at the proper procedures to check the fluid level. level. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 239 However, if there is a large leak, it After driving under these conditions, may be necessary to have the Caution a hot check can be performed. The vehicle towed to a dealer and have fluid should be hot, which is 71 °C to it repaired before driving the vehicle Too much or too little fluid can 93 °C (160 °F to 200 °F). further. damage the transmission. Too much can mean that some of the A cold fluid level check can be Change the fluid and filter at the fluid could come out and fall on performed after the vehicle has intervals listed in Maintenance been sitting for eight hours or more 0 hot engine parts or exhaust Schedule 319, and be sure to use system parts, starting a fire. Too with the engine off, but this is used the transmission fluid listed in only as a reference. Let the engine little fluid could cause the Recommended Fluids and run at idle for five minutes if the transmission to overheat. Be sure Lubricants 0 327. outside temperature is between to get an accurate reading if 15 °C to 32 °C (60 °F to 90 °F). How to Check Automatic checking the transmission fluid. Should the fluid level be low during Transmission Fluid this cold check, the fluid must be Because this operation can be Wait at least 30 minutes with the checked warm or hot before adding difficult, it is recommended to have engine off, before checking the fluid. If the outside temperature is this check done at your dealer, transmission fluid level if the vehicle colder than 15 °C (60 °F) or hotter which can monitor the transmission has been driven: than 32 °C (90 °F), a cold check cannot be performed. temperature. The transmission fluid . In hot weather, when outside level increases with temperature. To temperatures are above 32 °C A warm fluid level check can be obtain a highly accurate fluid level (90 °F). performed by driving the vehicle check, the transmission temperature under lightly loaded conditions and The vehicle is heavily loaded. must be measured. . outside temperatures between 10 °C If it is decided to check the fluid . At high speed for quite a while in to 27 °C (50 °F to 80 °F). The level, be sure to follow all the hot weather. vehicle should be driven for at least instructions here, or a false reading . In heavy traffic and hot weather. 24 km (15 mi) before performing a on the dipstick may occur. warm check. Checking the fluid . While pulling a trailer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

240 Vehicle Care warm or hot will give a more Then, without shutting off the 1. Flip the handle up, pull out the accurate reading of the fluid level engine, use the steps that follow. dipstick, and wipe it with a than a cold check. clean rag or paper towel. Because the vehicle is equipped 2. Push it back in all the way, wait with a high-efficiency air-to-oil three seconds, and pull it back cooler, the transmission fluid out again. temperature may not reach the 3. Check both sides of the required hot fluid level checking dipstick, and read the lower temperature under normal lightly level. The fluid level must be in The transmission dipstick is near loaded driving vehicle conditions. the COLD (1) range for a cold the center of the engine check, transmission Checking the Fluid Level compartment and will be labeled temperature 27 °C to 32 °C with the graphic shown. Prepare the vehicle: (80 °F to 90 °F); between the 1. Park the vehicle on a level See Engine Compartment Overview COLD (1) and HOT (3) range place. Keep the engine 0 232 for more information on for a WARM (2) check, 50 °C to running. location. 60 °C (122 °F to 140 °F); or in 2. With the parking brake applied, the HOT (3) cross-hatched place the shift lever in P (Park). range for a hot check, 71 °C to 93 °C (160 °F to 200 °F). Be 3. With a foot on the brake pedal, sure to keep the dipstick move the shift lever through pointed down to get an each gear range, pausing for accurate reading. about three seconds in each range. When M is reached, 4. If the fluid level is in the move the selector from M1 1. COLD Range acceptable range, push the through M3. Then, position the 2. WARM Range dipstick back in all the way; then flip the handle down to shift lever in P (Park). 3. HOT Range lock the dipstick in place. 4. Let the engine run at idle for two minutes or more. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 241 How to Add Automatic warm or hot transmission fluid. Automatic Transmission Transmission Fluid It does not take much fluid, generally less than 0.5 L (1 pt). Do Fluid (8-Speed Refer to Recommended Fluids and not overfill. Transmission) Lubricants 0 327 to determine what kind of transmission fluid to use. When to Check and Change Caution Automatic Transmission Fluid Use of the incorrect automatic It is usually not necessary to check transmission fluid may damage the transmission fluid level. The only the vehicle, and the damage may reason for fluid loss is a not be covered by the vehicle transmission leak or overheated warranty. Always use the correct transmission. This vehicle is not automatic transmission fluid. See equipped with a transmission fluid 1. WARM Range Recommended Fluids and level dipstick. There is a special 2. HOT Range Lubricants 0 327. procedure for checking and changing the transmission fluid in Using a funnel, add fluid down the these vehicles. Because this transmission dipstick tube only after . After adding fluid, recheck the procedure is difficult, this should be checking the transmission fluid fluid level as described under done at the dealer. Contact the while it is warm or hot. A cold check “How to Check Automatic dealer for additional information or is used only as a reference. If the Transmission Fluid,” earlier in the procedure can be found in the fluid level is low, add only enough of this section. service manual. See Publication the proper fluid to bring the level up . When the correct fluid level is Ordering Information 0 344. to the middle of the WARM (1) or obtained, push the dipstick back HOT (2) range depending on the in all the way; then flip the ambient temperature and prior handle down to lock the dipstick driving conditions. Refer to “How to in place. Check Automatic Transmission Fluid” earlier in this section for instructions on driving to achieve Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

242 Vehicle Care When to Inspect the Engine Air Caution Cleaner/Filter Use of the incorrect automatic For intervals on changing and transmission fluid may damage inspecting the engine air filter, see 0 the vehicle, and the damage may Maintenance Schedule 319. not be covered by the vehicle How to Inspect the Engine Air warranty. Always use the correct Cleaner/Filter automatic transmission fluid. See Do not start the engine or have the Recommended Fluids and 0 engine running with the engine air Lubricants 327. filter housing open. Before removing the engine air filter, make sure that Change the fluid and filter at the the engine air filter housing and 4.3L V6 Engine scheduled maintenance intervals nearby components are free of dirt To inspect and replace the filter: listed in Maintenance Schedule and debris. Remove the engine air 0 319. Be sure to use the filter. Lightly tap and shake the 1. Remove the eight screws, slide transmission fluid listed in engine air filter (away from the the top cover forward and lift, Recommended Fluids and vehicle) to release dust and dirt. to gain access to the air Lubricants 0 327. Inspect the engine air filter for cleaner/filter. damage, and replace if damaged. 2. Remove the air cleaner/filter Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Do not clean the engine air filter or from the housing base. Take components with water or care to dislodge as little dirt as The air cleaner/filter assembly is on compressed air. the front of the engine compartment possible. on the driver side of the vehicle. 3. Clean the air cleaner/filter See Engine Compartment Overview sealing surface and 0 232. housing base. 4. Install the engine air cleaner/ filter in the housing base. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 243 5. Install the top cover by sliding it 2. Remove the air cleaner/filter into position on the housing from the housing base. Take Warning (Continued) base, and secure using eight care to dislodge as little dirt as screws. possible. when working on the engine. Do not start the engine or drive the 3. Clean the air cleaner/filter vehicle with the air cleaner/filter sealing surface and off, as flames may be present if housing base. the engine backfires. 4. Install the engine air cleaner/ filter by aligning the arrow on one side of the air cleaner/filter end cap with the arrow on top Caution of the housing base. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt 5. Install the housing cover by can easily get into the engine, aligning the arrow on top of the which could damage it. Always cover to the arrow on top of the have the air cleaner/filter in place 6.0L V8 Engine housing base, and fasten the when driving. two retaining clips. 1. Retaining Clips See Maintenance Schedule 0 319 to 2. Housing Base determine when to replace the Cooling System 3. Housing Cover engine air cleaner/filter. The cooling system allows the To inspect and replace the filter: engine to maintain the correct { Warning working temperature. 1. Unlock the two retaining clips (1) on the sides of the Operating the engine with the air housing cover (3) and on the cleaner/filter off can cause you or housing base (2) and pull the others to be burned. Use caution cover off. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

244 Vehicle Care

{ Warning

Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle. 4.3L V6 Engine 6.0L V8 Engine Engine Coolant 1. Radiator Pressure Cap 1. Radiator Pressure Cap 2. Coolant Recovery Tank 2. Coolant Recovery Tank The cooling system in the vehicle is 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out 3. Engine Cooling Fan (Out filled with DEX-COOL engine of View) of View) coolant. This coolant is designed to remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever { Warning occurs first. An underhood electric fan can The following explains the cooling start up even when the engine is system and how to check and add not running and can cause injury. coolant when it is low. If there is a Keep hands, clothing, and tools problem with engine overheating, away from any underhood see Engine Overheating 0 248. electric fan. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 245 What to Use . Will not damage aluminum parts. Checking Coolant . Helps keep the proper engine The vehicle must be on a level { Warning temperature. surface when checking the coolant level. Plain water, or other liquids such Caution as alcohol, can boil before the Check to see if coolant is visible in proper coolant mixture will. With the coolant recovery tank. If the Do not use anything other than a coolant inside the coolant recovery plain water or the wrong mixture, mix of DEX-COOL coolant that the engine could get too hot but tank is boiling, do not do anything meets GM Standard else until it cools down. If coolant is there would not be an overheat GMW3420 and clean, drinkable visible but the coolant level is not at warning. The engine could catch water. Anything else can cause or above the indicated mark, add a fire and you or others could be damage to the engine cooling 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable burned. system and the vehicle, which water and DEX-COOL coolant at the would not be covered by the coolant recovery tank, but be sure Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, vehicle warranty. the cooling system is cool before drinkable water and DEX-COOL this is done. coolant. If using this mixture, Never dispose of engine coolant by nothing else needs to be added. putting it in the trash, pouring it on This mixture: the ground, or into sewers, streams, . Gives freezing protection down or bodies of water. Have the coolant to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside changed by an authorized service temperature. center, familiar with legal requirements regarding used . Gives boiling protection up to coolant disposal. This will help The coolant recovery tank cap has 129 °C (265 °F), engine protect the environment and your this symbol on it. temperature. health. . Protects against rust and corrosion. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

246 Vehicle Care How to Add Coolant to the Recovery Tank for Gasoline { Warning Engines Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system are under { Warning pressure. Turning the pressure cap, even a little, can cause them Spilling coolant on hot engine to come out at high speed and parts can burn you. Coolant you could be burned. Never turn contains ethylene glycol and it will the cap when the cooling system, burn if the engine parts are hot including the pressure cap, is hot. enough. Wait for the cooling system and pressure cap to cool. When the engine is cold, the coolant level should be at or above the COLD FILL mark. If it is not, there { Warning could be a leak in the cooling Caution system. Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the If the coolant is low, add the coolant Failure to follow the specific proper coolant mixture will. With coolant fill procedure could cause or take the vehicle to a dealer for plain water or the wrong mixture, service. the engine to overheat and could the engine could get too hot but cause system damage. If coolant there would not be an overheat is not visible in the surge tank, warning. The engine could catch contact your dealer. fire and you or others could be burned. If coolant is needed, add the proper DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 247 How to Add Coolant to the 1. Remove the radiator pressure Radiator cap when the cooling system, including the radiator pressure { Warning cap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. Turn the Steam and scalding liquids from a pressure cap slowly hot cooling system are under counterclockwise until it first pressure. Turning the pressure stops. Do not press down while cap, even a little, can cause them turning the pressure cap. to come out at high speed and If a hiss is heard, wait for that you could be burned. Never turn to stop. A hiss means there is the cap when the cooling system, still some pressure left. including the pressure cap, is hot. 2. Keep turning the pressure cap, 4. Remove the coolant recovery Wait for the cooling system and but now push down as you turn tank cap and fill to the COLD pressure cap to cool. it. Remove the pressure cap. FILL mark. 3. Fill the radiator with the proper 5. Reinstall the cap back on the If coolant is needed, add the proper mixture, up to the base of the coolant recovery tank, but mixture directly to the radiator, but filler neck. See Recommended leave the radiator pressure be sure the cooling system is cool Fluids and Lubricants 0 327 for cap off. before this is done. more information about the 6. Start the engine and let it run proper coolant mixture. until the upper radiator hose can be felt getting hot. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. 7. By this time, the coolant level inside the radiator filler neck may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

248 Vehicle Care mixture through the filler neck should be running. If it is not, do not until the level reaches the base Caution continue to run the engine and have of the filler neck. the vehicle serviced. Do not run the engine if there is a 8. Replace the pressure cap. At leak in the engine cooling system. See if the engine cooling fan speed any time during this procedure This can cause a loss of all increases when idle speed is if coolant begins to flow out of coolant and can damage the doubled by pushing the accelerator the filler neck, reinstall the system and vehicle. Have any pedal down. If it does not, the pressure cap. leaks fixed right away. vehicle needs service. Turn off the engine. Caution The vehicle has an indicator to warn If Steam is Coming from the If the pressure cap is not tightly of engine overheating. Engine Compartment installed, coolant loss and engine There is an engine coolant damage may occur. Be sure the temperature gauge on the vehicle's { Warning cap is properly and tightly instrument cluster. See Engine Steam and scalding liquids from a secured. Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 104. hot cooling system are under If the decision is made not to lift the pressure. Turning the pressure Engine Overheating hood when this warning appears, cap, even a little, can cause them but instead get service help right to come out at high speed and If the vehicle has a diesel engine, away, see Roadside Assistance you could be burned. Never turn see the Duramax diesel Program 0 339. supplement. the cap when the cooling system, If the decision is made to lift the including the pressure cap, is hot. hood, make sure the vehicle is Wait for the cooling system and parked on a level surface. pressure cap to cool. Then check to see if the engine cooling fans are running. If the engine is overheating, the fan Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 249 If No Steam is Coming from If the engine coolant temperature Engine Fan the Engine Compartment gauge is no longer in the overheat zone or an overheat warning no The vehicle has a clutched engine If an engine overheat warning is longer displays, the vehicle can be cooling fan. When the is displayed but no steam can be seen driven. Continue to drive the vehicle engaged, the fan spins faster to or heard, the problem may not be slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a provide more air to cool the engine. too serious. Sometimes the engine safe vehicle distance from the In most everyday driving conditions, can get a little too hot when the vehicle in front. If the warning does the fan is spinning slower and the vehicle: not come back on, continue to drive clutch is not fully engaged. This . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. normally and have the cooling improves fuel economy and reduces system checked for proper fill and fan noise. Under heavy vehicle . Stops after high-speed driving. function. loading, trailer towing, and/or high . Idles for long periods in traffic. outside temperatures, the fan speed If the warning continues, pull over, increases as the clutch more fully . Tows a trailer. See “Driving on stop, and park the vehicle engages, so an increase in fan Grades” under Trailer Towing right away. noise may be heard. This is normal 0 215. If there is still no sign of steam, and should not be mistaken as the If the overheat warning is displayed push down the accelerator until the transmission slipping or making with no sign of steam: engine speed is about twice as fast extra shifts. It is merely the cooling system functioning properly. The fan 1. Turn the air conditioning off. as normal idle speed for at least three minutes while parked. If the will slow down when additional 2. Turn the heater on to the warning is still on, turn off the cooling is not required and the highest temperature and to the engine until it cools down. clutch partially disengages. highest fan speed. Open the This fan noise may be heard when windows as necessary. If the decision is made not to lift the hood, get service help right away. starting the engine. It will go away 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off as the fan clutch partially the road, shift to P (Park) or disengages. N (Neutral) and let the engine idle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

250 Vehicle Care Power Steering Fluid How to Check Power Steering What to Use Fluid To check the power steering fluid: Caution 1. Turn the key off and let the Use of the incorrect fluid may engine compartment damage the vehicle and the cool down. damages may not be covered by 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the the vehicle warranty. Always use The power steering fluid reservoir is reservoir clean. the correct fluid listed in in the engine compartment on the Recommended Fluids and 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the 0 driver side of the vehicle. See dipstick with a clean rag. Lubricants 327. Engine Compartment Overview 0 232 for reservoir location. 4. Replace the cap and completely tighten it. To determine what kind of fluid to When to Check Power Steering use, see Recommended Fluids and 5. Remove the cap again and 0 Fluid Lubricants 327. Always use the look at the fluid level on the proper fluid. Failure to use the It is not necessary to regularly dipstick. proper fluid can cause leaks and check power steering fluid unless The level should be at the COLD damage hoses and seals. there is a leak suspected in the FILL mark. If necessary, add only system or an unusual noise is enough fluid to bring the level up to Washer Fluid heard. A fluid loss in this system the mark. could indicate a problem. Have the What to Use system inspected and repaired. To prevent contamination of brake fluid, never check or fill the power When the vehicle needs windshield steering reservoir with the brake washer fluid, be sure to read the master cylinder cover off. manufacturer's instructions before use. If operating the vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 251 below freezing, use a fluid that has Brakes sufficient protection against Caution (Continued) freezing. Disc brake pads have built-in wear . Do not use engine coolant indicators that make a high-pitched Adding Washer Fluid (antifreeze) in the warning sound when the brake pads windshield washer. It can are worn and new pads are needed. damage the windshield The sound can come and go or can washer system and paint. be heard all the time when the . Do not mix water with vehicle is moving, except when ready-to-use washer fluid. applying the brake pedal firmly. Water can cause the solution to freeze and { Warning Open the cap with the washer damage the washer fluid symbol on it. Add washer fluid until tank and other parts of the The brake wear warning sound the tank is full. See Engine washer system. means that soon the brakes will 0 not work well. That could lead to Compartment Overview 232 for . When using concentrated reservoir location. washer fluid, follow the a crash. When the brake wear manufacturer instructions for warning sound is heard, have the Caution adding water. vehicle serviced. . Do not use washer fluid that . Fill the washer fluid tank contains any type of water only three-quarters full when repellent coating. This can it is very cold. This allows Caution cause the wiper blades to for fluid expansion if chatter or skip. freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly (Continued) completely full. brake repair. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

252 Vehicle Care Some driving conditions or climates in many other ways if the wrong . A fluid leak in the brake can cause a brake squeal when the replacement brake parts are hydraulic system. Have the brakes are first applied or lightly installed or if parts are improperly brake hydraulic system fixed. applied. This does not mean installed. With a leak, the brakes will not something is wrong with the brakes. work well. Properly torqued wheel nuts are Brake Fluid Always clean the brake fluid necessary to help prevent brake reservoir cap and the area around pulsation. When tires are rotated, the cap before removing it. inspect brake pads for wear and Do not top off the brake fluid. evenly tighten wheel nuts in the Adding fluid does not correct a leak. proper sequence to torque If fluid is added when the linings are specifications. See Capacities and 0 worn, there will be too much fluid Specifications 332. when new brake linings are Brake pads should be replaced as The brake master cylinder reservoir installed. Add or remove fluid, as complete sets. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See necessary, only when work is done Engine Compartment Overview on the brake hydraulic system. Brake Pedal Travel 0 232 for the location of the reservoir. See your dealer if the brake pedal { Warning does not return to normal height, There are only two reasons why the or if there is a rapid increase in brake fluid level in the reservoir may If too much brake fluid is added, it pedal travel. This could be a sign go down: can spill on the engine and burn, that brake service may be required. . Normal brake lining wear. When if the engine is hot enough. You Replacing Brake System Parts new linings are installed, the or others could be burned, and fluid level goes back up. the vehicle could be damaged. Always replace brake system parts Add brake fluid only when work is with new, approved replacement done on the brake hydraulic parts. If this is not done, the brakes system. may not work properly. The braking performance expected can change Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 253 When the brake fluid falls to a low The fluid level should be above level, the brake warning light comes MIN. If it is not, have the brake Caution on. See Brake System Warning hydraulic system checked to see if Light 0 109. there is a leak. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's painted surfaces, the Brake fluid absorbs water over time. After work is done on the brake paint finish can be damaged. Replace brake fluid at the specified hydraulic system, make sure the Immediately wash off any painted intervals to prevent increased level is above MIN but not over the surface. stopping distance. See Maintenance MAX mark. Schedule 0 319. What to Add Battery - North America Checking Brake Fluid Use only GM approved DOT 3 The original equipment battery is Check brake fluid by looking at the brake fluid from a clean, sealed maintenance free. Do not remove brake fluid reservoir. See Engine container. See Recommended the cap and do not add fluid. Compartment Overview 0 232. Fluids and Lubricants 0 327. Refer to the replacement number { Warning shown on the original battery label when a new battery is needed. See The wrong or contaminated brake Engine Compartment Overview fluid could result in damage to the 0 232 for battery location. brake system. This could result in the loss of braking leading to a { Warning possible injury. Always use the proper GM approved brake fluid. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

254 Vehicle Care Infrequent Usage: Remove the Warning (Continued) black, negative (−) cable from the battery to keep the battery from cancer and birth defects or other running down. reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to Extended Storage: Remove the the State of California to cause black, negative (−) cable from the cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER battery or use a battery trickle HANDLING. For more information charger. go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. Rear Axle When to Check Lubricant See California Proposition It is not necessary to regularly For axles with the fill plug located 0 65 Warning 229 and the back check rear axle fluid unless you on the back cover of the rear axle, cover. suspect there is a leak or you hear the proper level is 15 mm to 40 mm Vehicle Storage an unusual noise. A fluid loss could (0.59 to 1.57 in) below the bottom of indicate a problem. Have it the fill hole. inspected and repaired. { Warning How to Check Lubricant Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode. To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level You can be badly hurt if you are surface. not careful. See Jump Starting - North America 0 302 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 255 to each subsequent purchaser that emission control system during the this vehicle as manufactured by life of the vehicle. The noise control General Motors, was designed, built system warranty is given in the and equipped to conform at the time warranty manual. it left General Motors’s control with These standards apply only to all applicable U.S. EPA Noise vehicles sold in the United States. Control Regulations. This warranty covers this vehicle as designed, TAMPERING WITH NOISE built and equipped by General CONTROL SYSTEM Motors, and is not limited to any PROHIBITED particular part, component or system of the vehicle manufactured Federal law prohibits the following by General Motors. Defects in acts or the causing thereof: For axles with the fill plug located design, assembly or in any part, 1. The removal or rendering on the passenger side of the rear component or system of the vehicle axle, the proper level is 0 mm to inoperative by any person, as manufactured by General other than for purposes of 10 mm (0 to 0.4 in) below the bottom Motors, which, at the time it left of the fill hole. maintenance, repair, General Motors’s control, caused or replacement, of any device What to Use noise emissions to exceed Federal or element of design standards, are covered by this incorporated into any new Refer to Recommended Fluids and warranty for the life of the vehicle. vehicle for the purpose of noise Lubricants 0 327 to determine what control prior to its sale or kind of lubricant to use. The following information relates to compliance with federal noise delivery to the ultimate Noise Control System emission standards for vehicles with purchaser or while it is in a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating use; or Noise Emissions Warranty (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg (10,000 lb). The Maintenance General Motors warrants to the first Schedule provides information on person who purchases this vehicle maintaining the noise control system for purposes other than resale and to minimize degradation of the noise Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

256 Vehicle Care 2. The use of the vehicle after Air Intake: 2. Apply both the parking brake such device or element of . Removal of the air cleaner and the regular brake. design has been removed or silencer. Do not use the accelerator rendered inoperative by any . Modification of the air cleaner. pedal, and be ready to turn off person. the engine immediately if it Among those acts presumed to Exhaust: starts. constitute tampering are the acts . Removal of the muffler and/or 3. Try to start the engine in each listed below. resonator. gear. The vehicle should start Insulation: . Removal of the exhaust pipes only in P (Park) or N (Neutral). and exhaust pipe clamps. If the vehicle starts in any other Removal of the noise shields or any position, contact your dealer for underhood insulation. Fuel Operated Heater (FOH) - service. Engine: Diesel Engine: Removal or rendering the engine . Removal of the muffler. Automatic Transmission speed governor, if equipped, Shift Lock Control inoperative so as to allow engine Starter Switch Check Function Check speed to exceed manufacturer specifications. { Warning { Warning Fan and Drive: When you are doing this When you are doing this . Removal of the fan clutch, inspection, the vehicle could inspection, the vehicle could if equipped, or rendering the move suddenly. If the vehicle move suddenly. If the vehicle clutch inoperative. moves, you or others could be moves, you or others could be . Removal of the fan shroud, injured. injured. if equipped. 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 257 1. Before starting this check, be Contact your dealer if service is pressure from the regular brake sure there is enough room required. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is around the vehicle. It should be held by the parking brake only. parked on a level surface. Park Brake and P (Park) . To check the P (Park) 2. Apply the parking brake. Be Mechanism Check mechanism's holding ability: ready to apply the regular With the engine running, shift to brake immediately if the vehicle { Warning P (Park). Then release the begins to move. parking brake followed by the 3. With the engine off, turn the When you are doing this check, regular brake. ignition on, but do not start the the vehicle could begin to move. Contact your dealer if service is engine. Without applying the You or others could be injured required. regular brake, try to move the and property could be damaged. shift lever out of P (Park) with Make sure there is room in front Wiper Blade Replacement normal effort. If the shift lever of the vehicle in case it begins to moves out of P (Park), contact roll. Be ready to apply the regular Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear and cracking. your dealer for service. brake at once should the vehicle See Maintenance Schedule 0 319. begin to move. Ignition Transmission Replacement blades come in Lock Check different types and are removed in Park on a fairly steep hill, with the different ways. For proper type and While parked, and with the parking vehicle facing downhill. Keeping length, see Maintenance brake set, try to turn the ignition off your foot on the regular brake, set Replacement Parts 0 329. in each shift lever position. the parking brake. . The ignition should turn to off . To check the parking brake's only when the shift lever is in holding ability: With the engine P (Park). running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove foot . The ignition key should come out only when the ignition is off. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

258 Vehicle Care 3. Push the new blade assembly Caution securely on the wiper arm until { Warning the release lever clicks into Allowing the wiper arm to touch place. If the gas struts that hold open the windshield when no wiper the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, blade is installed could damage Windshield Replacement you or others could be seriously the windshield. Any damage that injured. Take the vehicle to your occurs would not be covered by Driver Assistance Systems dealer for service immediately. the vehicle warranty. Do not allow Visually inspect the gas struts for If the windshield needs to be the wiper arm to touch the replaced and the vehicle is signs of wear, cracks, or other windshield. equipped with a front camera sensor damage periodically. Check to for the Driver Assistance Systems, a make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate 1. Lift the wiper arm away from GM replacement windshield is is held open with enough force. the windshield. recommended. The replacement If struts are failing to hold the windshield must be installed hood/trunk/liftgate, do not according to GM specifications for operate. Have the vehicle proper alignment. If it is not, these serviced. systems may not work properly, they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper windshield replacement. Caution Do not apply tape or hang any Gas Strut(s) objects from gas struts. Also do 2. Push the release lever (2) to This vehicle is equipped with gas not push down or pull on gas disengage the hook and push strut(s) to provide assistance in struts. This may cause damage to the wiper arm (1) out of the lifting and holding open the hood/ the vehicle. blade assembly (3). trunk/liftgate system in full open position. See Maintenance Schedule 0 319. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 259 Headlamp Aiming Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.

Hood Liftgate

Trunk Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

260 Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement Front Turn Signal, 1. Use a small tool to unlatch the outboard clip on the lamp by For the proper type of replacement Sidemarker, and Parking pushing inboard and prying the bulbs, or any bulb changing Lamps lamp assembly forward. procedure not listed in this section, 2. Remove the lamp from the contact your dealer. grille. Caution 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise one-quarter Do not replace incandescent turn and remove it from the bulbs with aftermarket LED lamp assembly. replacement bulbs. This can 4. Remove the bulb from the cause damage to the vehicle socket by pulling it straight out. electrical system. 5. Replace the bulb. 1. Front Parking and Turn Signal Lamp 6. Turn the bulb socket clockwise Halogen Bulbs 2. Front Sidemarker Lamp to reinstall it in the lamp assembly. { Warning To replace the front turn signal, sidemarker, and/or parking lamp 7. Reinstall the lamp assembly bulb(s): into the grille until the outboard Halogen bulbs have pressurized clip snaps into place. gas inside and can burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You or Taillamps others could be injured. Be sure to read and follow the instructions To replace a taillamp/turn signal on the bulb package. lamp or back-up lamp bulb: Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 261 2. The third nut (3) is under the applique piece (2) above the lamp. Remove the two inboard applique nuts. Pull the applique (2) straight rearward slightly to clear the studs. Then rotate the applique (2) just far enough to gain access to the outer push pins (1). 3. Carefully disconnect the push pins (1) from the applique bracket. 1. Remove the two inboard nuts 4. Remove the third nut (3) from 6. Remove the taillamp/turn signal from the inside of the taillamp the upper outboard side of lamp (1) or back-up lamp (2) assembly. the lamp. bulb socket by turning it counterclockwise one-quarter 5. Remove the taillamp assembly turn and pulling it out of the from the vehicle. lamp assembly. 7. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 8. Push the new bulb into the socket. 9. Reinstall the bulb socket by turning it clockwise into the lamp assembly. 10. Reverse Steps 1–5 to reinstall the taillamp assembly and applique. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

262 Vehicle Care Center High-Mounted 4. Pull the old bulb straight out of 2. License Plate Bulb Stoplamp (CHMSL) the socket and push the new Assembly bulb into the socket. 3. Screws The Center High-Mounted Stoplamp 5. Turn the bulb socket clockwise To replace one of these bulbs: (CHMSL) is above the rear doors at one-quarter turn to install it in 1. Remove the screws (3) that the center of the vehicle. the lamp assembly. secure the license plate bulb To replace a bulb: 6. Reinstall the CHMSL assembly assembly (2). and two screws. 2. Turn the bulb socket (1) Do not block or damage the CHMSL counterclockwise and pull the when items are loaded on the roof bulb straight out of the socket. of the vehicle. 3. Install the new bulb. License Plate Lamp 4. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the license plate bulb assembly.

1. Remove the two screws from the CHMSL assembly. 2. Remove the CHMSL assembly. 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise one-quarter turn to remove it from the lamp assembly. 1. Bulb Socket Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 263 Electrical System Headlamp Wiring Fuses and Circuit An electrical overload may cause Breakers the lamps to go on and off, or in Electrical System The wiring circuits in the vehicle are some cases to remain off. Have the Overload protected from short circuits by a headlamp wiring checked right away combination of fuses and circuit The vehicle has fuses and circuit if the lamps go on and off or breakers. This greatly reduces the breakers to protect against an remain off. electrical system overload. chance of fires caused by electrical Windshield Wipers problems. When the current electrical load is too heavy, the circuit breaker opens If the wiper motor overheats due to Look at the silver-colored band and closes, protecting the circuit heavy snow or ice, the windshield inside the fuse. If the band is broken until the current load returns to wipers will stop until the motor cools or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure normal or the problem is fixed. This and will then restart. you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. greatly reduces the chance of circuit Although the circuit is protected overload and fire caused by from electrical overload, overload electrical problems. due to heavy snow or ice may Engine Compartment Fuses and circuit breakers protect cause wiper linkage damage. Fuse Block power devices in the vehicle. Always clear ice and heavy snow The fuse block is in the engine from the windshield before using the compartment on the driver side of Replace a bad fuse with a new one windshield wipers. of the identical size and rating. the vehicle. If the overload is caused by an Vehicles with Upfitter Content If there is a problem on the road and electrical problem and not snow or a fuse needs to be replaced, the ice, be sure to get it fixed. See www.gmupfitter.com for upfitter same amperage fuse can be provisions and best practices. borrowed. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is not needed to use and replace it as soon as possible. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

264 Vehicle Care

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component.

The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. 1 ABS motor 2 ABS module Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 265

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 3 Right trailer 19 Engine control 30 Engine control stoplamp/Turn module battery module/Ignition signal lamp 20 Cutaway/Left 31 Transmission 4 – stoplamp/Turn control module signal lamp Ignition 5 – 6 Fuel system control 21 Left trailer 32 Transmission module/Ignition stoplamp/Turn control module 1 signal lamp battery 7 Body control module 5 22 Cutaway/Right 33 Rear parking aid stoplamp/Turn module 8 Body control signal lamp module 7 34 – 23 – 9 Body control 35 – module 4 24 Fuel pump 36 Fuel system control 10 Instrument cluster 25 Auxiliary power module battery outlet 11 Trailer wiring 41 Transmission 26 Body control control 2 module 12 – module 3 battery power 13 Interior rear vision 27 Special equipment 42 Trailer wiring camera module option 43 – 14 Windshield washer 28 Airbag 44 Starter solenoid 16 Horn 29 Steering wheel 45 Engine control 17 Transmission sensor module/Powertrain 18 A/C 46 AC DC inverter Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

266 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 47 – 65 Ignition/Injectors 78 Engine control 51 Left high-beam – odd module/Powertrain headlamp 66 Daytime running 79 Ignition/Injectors 52 Right high-beam lamps 2 – even headlamp 67 Daytime running Relays Usage 53 Left low-beam lamps 1 headlamp 68 Auxiliary stoplamps 15 Run/Crank 54 Right low-beam 69 External power for 37 – headlamp trailer 38 Fuel pump 55 Wipers 70 Upfitter stoplamps 39 Crank 56 Canister vent 71 Fuel heater/ 40 A/C compressor solenoid FlexFuel sensor 48 – 58 Body control 72 Body control module 2 module 6 49 Powertrain 59 Body control 73 Lighter/Data link 50 – module 1 connector 57 – 61 Engine oil solenoid 74 Front blower 60 – 62 O2 sensor 2 75 Engine control module diesel 63 – 64 Mass airflow/ 76 – Canister vent 77 O2 sensor 1 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 267 Auxiliary Fuse Block Mega Fuse Holder

This component is near the fuse Fuse Usage block in the engine compartment 1 Starter motor Fuses Usage MR-1 Upfitter 1 MR-2 Upfitter 2 MR-3 Upfitter power control

Relays Usage MR Rel 1 Upfitter 1 MR Rel 2 Upfitter 2 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

268 Vehicle Care Floor Console Fuse Block The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and The floor console fuse block is under the driver seat. features shown. Mini-Fuses Usage F1 – F2 Steering wheel sensor F3 Auxiliary parking lamps F4 Front parking lamps F5 Trailer parking lamps F6 Upfitter/Parking lamps F7 Right rear parking lamp F8 Left rear parking lamp F9 Exterior rear mirror switch/ Door lock-unlock control upfitter/Front camera module Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 269

Mini-Fuses Usage Mini-Fuses Usage Relays Usage F10 Airbag/Automatic F23 Instrument cluster K1 Run occupant sensing F24 – K2 – F11 – /OnStar F25 HVAC control K3 Parking lamps F12 ECM batt V6 gas F26 Auxiliary/Trailer K4 Upfitter 2 F13 HVAC 2 reverse lamps K5 Rear window F14 HVAC 1 F27 Reverse lamps defogger F15 – F28 Upfitter 2/Reading K6 Retained F16 Upfitter 1 lamps accessory power F29 Rear blower F17 Heated outside Circuit Usage mirrors F30 Upfitter/Courtesy Breakers lamps F18 Rear window CB1 Power seats defogger F31 Front door lock CB2 Power windows F19 Compass F32 Rear door lock F20 Radio/Chime/ F33 Cargo door unlock SiriusXM satellite F34 Passenger door radio unlock F21 Remote function F35 Rear passenger actuator/Tire door unlock pressure monitor F36 Driver door lock F22 Ignition switch/ Discrete logic F37 – ignition sensor F38 – Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

270 Vehicle Care

Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes, leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc. the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair, manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and are cold. mount the tires. { Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in more likely to be cut, . Poorly maintained and excess of 56 km/h punctured, or broken by (35 mph) on slippery improperly used tires are a sudden impact — such dangerous. surfaces such as snow, as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive . Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode. result of too much . Worn or old tires can flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the All-Season Tires blowout and a serious tread is badly worn, crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. This vehicle may come with 0 all-season tires. These tires are Limits 172. (Continued) (Continued) designed to provide good overall Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 271 performance on most road surfaces roads is expected. See your dealer Tire Sidewall Labeling and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection. Useful information about a tire is specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 286. molded into the sidewall. The have a TPC specification code With winter tires, there may be examples show a typical molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction, passenger and light truck tire equipment all-season tires can be increased road noise, and shorter sidewall. identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter of this TPC code, which will tires, be alert for changes in vehicle be “MS.” handling and braking. Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and expected. All-season tires provide tread type on all four wheel adequate performance for most positions. winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires. See Winter Tires 0 271. Winter tires with the same speed Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire Winter Tires rating as the original equipment tires (1) Tire Size : The tire size code may not be available for H, V, W, Y, is a combination of letters and This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter numbers used to define a equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's particular tire's width, height, traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability. aspect ratio, construction type, roads. Consider installing winter and service description. See the tires on the vehicle if frequent “Tire Size” illustration later in this driving on ice or snow covered section for more detail. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

272 Vehicle Care (2) TPC Spec (Tire week of the year 2010 would (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Performance Criteria have a four-digit DOT date Load Limit : Maximum load that Specification) : Original of 0310. can be carried and the equipment tires designed to (4) Tire Identification Number maximum pressure needed to GM's specific tire performance (TIN) : The letters and numbers support that load. For criteria have a TPC specification following the DOT code are the information on recommended code molded onto the sidewall. Tire Identification Number (TIN). tire pressure see Tire Pressure GM's TPC specifications meet or 0 278 and Vehicle Load Limits The TIN shows the 0 exceed all federal safety manufacturer and plant code, 172. guidelines. tire size, and date the tire was (8) Temporary Use Only : Only (3) DOT (Department of manufactured. The TIN is use a temporary spare tire until Transportation) : The molded onto both sides of the the road tire is repaired and Department of Transportation tire, although only one side may replaced. This spare tire should (DOT) code indicates that the have the date of manufacture. not be driven on over 112 km/h tire is in compliance with the (5) Tire Ply Material : The type (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) U.S. Department of of cord and number of plies in when pulling a trailer, with the Transportation Motor Vehicle the sidewall and under the tread. proper inflation pressure. See Safety Standards. Full-Size Spare Tire 0 301. (6) Uniform Tire Quality DOT Tire Date of Grading (UTQG) : Tire Manufacture : The last four manufacturers are required to digits of the TIN indicate the tire grade tires based on three manufactured date. The first two performance factors: treadwear, digits represent the week traction, and temperature (01-52) and the last two digits, resistance. For more the year. For example, the third information, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 288. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 273 code molded onto the sidewall. (01-52) and the last two digits, GM's TPC specifications meet or the year. For example, the third exceed all federal safety week of the year 2010 would guidelines. have a four-digit DOT date (3) Dual Tire Maximum Load : of 0310. Maximum load that can be (5) Tire Identification Number carried and the maximum (TIN) : The letters and numbers pressure needed to support that following the DOT code are the load when used in a dual Tire Identification Number (TIN). configuration. For information on The TIN shows the recommended tire pressure see manufacturer and plant code, Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Tire Pressure 0 278 and Vehicle tire size, and date the tire was (1) Tire Size : The tire size code Load Limits 0 172. manufactured. The TIN is is a combination of letters and (4) DOT (Department of molded onto both sides of the numbers used to define a Transportation) : The tire, although only one side may particular tire's width, height, Department of Transportation have the date of manufacture. aspect ratio, construction type, (DOT) code indicates that the (6) Tire Ply Material : The type and service description. See the tire is in compliance with the of cord and number of plies in “Tire Size” illustration later in this U.S. Department of the sidewall and under the tread. section for more detail. Transportation Motor Vehicle (7) Single Tire Maximum (2) TPC Spec (Tire Safety Standards. Load : Maximum load that can Performance Criteria DOT Tire Date of be carried and the maximum Specification) : Original Manufacture : The last four pressure needed to support that equipment tires designed to digits of the TIN indicate the tire GM's specific tire performance manufactured date. The first two criteria have a TPC specification digits represent the week Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

274 Vehicle Care load when used as a single. For (2) Tire Width : The three-digit (6) Service Description : These information on recommended number indicates the tire section characters represent the load tire pressure see Tire Pressure width in millimeters from index and speed rating of the 0 278 and Vehicle Load Limits sidewall to sidewall. tire. The load index represents 0 172. (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit the load carrying capacity a tire number that indicates the tire is certified to carry. The speed Tire Designations height-to-width measurements. rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. Tire Size For example, if the tire size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in The examples show a typical item C of the tire illustration, it passenger vehicle and light would mean that the tire's truck tire size. sidewall is 75 percent as high as it is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A letter Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire. (1) Light Truck (LT-Metric) The letter R means radial ply Tire : The United States version of a metric tire sizing system. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire construction; the letter D means diagonal or bias ply The letters LT as the first two (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; and the letter B characters in the tire size mean The United States version of a means belted-bias ply a light truck tire engineered to metric tire sizing system. The construction. standards set by the U.S. Tire letter P as the first character in and Rim Association. the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches. standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 275 (2) Tire Width : The three-digit (7) Service Description : The Aspect Ratio : The relationship number indicates the tire section service description indicates the of a tire's height to its width. width in millimeters from load index and speed rating of a Belt : A rubber coated layer of sidewall to sidewall. tire. If two numbers are given as cords between the plies and the (3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit in the example, 120/116, then tread. Cords may be made from number that indicates the tire this represents the load index for steel or other reinforcing height-to-width measurements. single versus dual wheel usage materials. (single/dual). The speed rating is For example, if the tire size Bead : The tire bead contains aspect ratio is 75, as shown in the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load. steel wires wrapped by steel item 3 of the light truck cords that hold the tire onto (LT-Metric) tire illustration, it the rim. would mean that the tire's Tire Terminology and sidewall is 75 percent as high as Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at it is wide. Air Pressure : The amount of alternate angles less than (4) Construction Code : A letter air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of 90 degrees to the centerline of code is used to indicate the type the tread. of ply construction in the tire. the tire. Air pressure is The letter R means radial ply expressed in kPa (kilopascal) Cold Tire Pressure : The construction; the letter D means or psi (pounds per square inch). amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in kPa (kilopascal) diagonal or bias ply Accessory Weight : The construction; and the letter B combined weight of optional or psi (pounds per square inch) means belted-bias ply accessories. Some examples of before a tire has built up heat construction. optional accessories are from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 278. (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of automatic transmission, power the wheel in inches. windows, power seats, and air conditioning. (6) Load Range : Load Range. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

276 Vehicle Care Curb Weight : The weight of a GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating : The motor vehicle with standard and Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the optional equipment including the Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. maximum permissible inflation maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Intended Outboard Sidewall : pressure for that tire. and coolant, but without The side of an asymmetrical tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle passengers and cargo. that must always face outward Weight : The sum of curb DOT Markings : A code molded when mounted on a vehicle. weight, accessory weight, into the sidewall of a tire Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric vehicle capacity weight, and signifying that the tire is in unit for air pressure. production options weight. compliance with the U.S. Normal Occupant Weight : The Department of Transportation Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety is designed to seat multiplied by Standards. The DOT code some multipurpose passenger vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load includes the Tire Identification Limits 0 172. Number (TIN), an alphanumeric Load Index : An assigned designator which can also number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : identify the tire manufacturer, that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. production plant, brand, and carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The date of production. Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a 0 172. The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight white lettering, or bears Rating for the front axle. See 0 manufacturer, brand, and/or Vehicle Load Limits 172. model name molding that is Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 277 higher or deeper than the same Speed Rating : An government testing procedures. moldings on the other sidewall alphanumeric code assigned to The ratings are molded into the of the tire. a tire indicating the maximum sidewall of the tire. See Uniform 0 Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A speed at which a tire can Tire Quality Grading 288. tire used on passenger and operate. Vehicle Capacity Weight : The some light duty trucks and Traction : The between number of designated seating multipurpose vehicles. the tire and the road surface. positions multiplied by Recommended Inflation The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load Pressure : Vehicle Tread : The portion of a tire that 0 manufacturer's recommended comes into contact with Limits 172. tire inflation pressure as shown the road. Vehicle Maximum Load on the on the tire placard. Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Tire : Load on an individual tire See Tire Pressure 0 278 and due to curb weight, accessory 0 bands, sometimes called wear Vehicle Load Limits 172. bars, that show across the tread weight, occupant weight, and Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic of a tire when only 1.6 mm cargo weight. tire in which the ply cords that (1/16 in) of tread remains. See Vehicle Placard : A label extend to the beads are laid at When It Is Time for New Tires permanently attached to a 90 degrees to the centerline of 0 285. vehicle showing the vehicle the tread. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality capacity weight and the original Rim : A metal support for a tire Grading Standards) : A tire equipment tire size and and upon which the tire beads information system that provides recommended inflation pressure. are seated. consumers with ratings for a See “Tire and Loading tire's traction, temperature, and Information Label” under Vehicle Sidewall : The portion of a tire Load Limits 0 172. between the tread and the bead. treadwear. Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

278 Vehicle Care Tire Pressure load the vehicle with more Warning (Continued) weight than it was designed to Tires need the correct amount of carry. air pressure to operate . Poor handling. effectively. . Rough ride. When to Check . Needless damage from Check the pressure of the tires { Warning road hazards. once a month or more. Neither tire underinflation nor Do not forget the spare tire, overinflation is good. The Tire and Loading if the vehicle has one. See Underinflated tires, or tires Information label on the vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire 0 301 for that do not have enough air, indicates the original equipment additional information. can result in: tires and the correct cold tire How to Check . Tire overloading and inflation pressures. The recommended pressure is the Use a good quality pocket-type overheating which could gauge to check tire pressure. lead to a blowout. minimum air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum Proper tire inflation cannot be . Premature or load carrying capacity. determined by looking at the tire. irregular wear. Check the tire inflation pressure For additional information . Poor handling. when the tires are cold, meaning regarding how much weight the the vehicle has not been driven . Reduced fuel economy. vehicle can carry, and an for at least three hours or no example of the Tire and Loading Overinflated tires, or tires that more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Information label, see Vehicle have too much air, can Load Limits 0 172. How the Remove the valve cap from the result in: vehicle is loaded affects vehicle tire valve stem. Press the tire . Unusual wear. handling and ride comfort. Never gauge firmly onto the valve to (Continued) get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 279 matches the recommended levels. The TPMS sensors monitor causes the tire to overheat and can pressure on the Tire and the air pressure in your tires and lead to tire failure. Under-inflation Loading Information label, no transmit tire pressure readings to a also reduces fuel efficiency and tire further adjustment is necessary. receiver located in the vehicle. tread life, and may affect the If the inflation pressure is low, Each tire, including the spare (if vehicle's handling and stopping ability. add air until the recommended provided), should be checked pressure is reached. If the monthly when cold and inflated to Please note that the TPMS is not a inflation pressure is high, press the inflation pressure recommended substitute for proper tire on the metal stem in the center by the vehicle manufacturer on the maintenance, and it is the driver's vehicle placard or tire inflation responsibility to maintain correct tire of the tire valve to release air. pressure label. (If your vehicle has pressure, even if under-inflation has Re-check the tire pressure with tires of a different size than the size not reached the level to trigger the tire gauge. indicated on the vehicle placard or illumination of the TPMS low tire tire inflation pressure label, you pressure telltale. Put the valve caps back on the should determine the proper tire Your vehicle has also been valve stems to keep out dirt and inflation pressure for those tires.) moisture and prevent leaks. Use equipped with a TPMS malfunction As an added safety feature, your indicator to indicate when the only valve caps designed for the vehicle has been equipped with a system is not operating properly. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors tire pressure monitoring system The TPMS malfunction indicator is could be damaged and would (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire combined with the low tire pressure not be covered by the vehicle pressure telltale when one or more telltale. When the system detects a warranty. of your tires is significantly malfunction, the telltale will flash for under-inflated. approximately one minute and then Tire Pressure Monitor Accordingly, when the low tire remain continuously illuminated. System pressure telltale illuminates, you This sequence will continue upon should stop and check your tires as subsequent vehicle start-ups as The Tire Pressure Monitor System soon as possible, and inflate them long as the malfunction exists. (TPMS) uses radio and sensor to the proper pressure. Driving on a technology to check tire pressure significantly under-inflated tire Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

280 Vehicle Care When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel each ignition cycle until the tires are illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire inflated to the correct inflation able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly. The TPMS pressure. If the vehicle has DIC pressure as intended. TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in buttons, tire pressure levels can be malfunctions may occur for a variety the tires and transmit the tire viewed. For additional information of reasons, including the installation pressure readings to a receiver and details about the DIC operation of replacement or alternate tires or located in the vehicle. and displays, see Driver Information wheels on the vehicle that prevent Center (DIC) 0 114. the TPMS from functioning properly. The low tire pressure warning light Always check the TPMS malfunction may come on in cool weather when telltale after replacing one or more the vehicle is first started, and then tires or wheels on your vehicle to turn off as the vehicle is driven. This ensure that the replacement or could be an early indicator that the alternate tires and wheels allow the air pressure is getting low and TPMS to continue to function When a low tire pressure condition needs to be inflated to the proper properly. is detected, the TPMS illuminates pressure. the low tire pressure warning light See Tire Pressure Monitor A Tire and Loading Information label 0 located on the instrument cluster. Operation 280. shows the size of the original If the warning light comes on, stop See Radio Frequency Statement equipment tires and the correct as soon as possible and inflate the 0 345. inflation pressure for the tires when tires to the recommended pressure they are cold. See Vehicle Load shown on the Tire and Loading Limits 0 172, for an example of the Tire Pressure Monitor Information label. See Vehicle Load Tire and Loading Information label Operation Limits 0 172. and its location. Also see Tire This vehicle may have a Tire A message to check the pressure in Pressure 0 278. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). a specific tire displays in the Driver The TPMS is designed to warn the Information Center (DIC). The low driver when a low tire pressure tire pressure warning light and the condition exists. TPMS sensors are DIC warning message come on at Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 281 The TPMS can warn about a low then stays on for the remainder of . One or more TPMS sensors are tire pressure condition but it does the ignition cycle. A DIC warning missing or damaged. The not replace normal tire message also displays. The malfunction light and the DIC maintenance. See Tire Inspection malfunction light and DIC warning message should go off when the 0 283, Tire Rotation 0 283 and Tires message come on at each ignition TPMS sensors are installed and 0 270. cycle until the problem is corrected. the sensor matching process is Some of the conditions that can performed successfully. See Caution cause these to come on are: your dealer for service. . One of the road tires has been . Replacement tires or wheels do Tire sealant materials are not all replaced with the spare tire. The not match the original equipment the same. A non-approved tire spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels sealant could damage the TPMS TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended sensors. TPMS sensor damage light and the DIC message could prevent the TPMS from caused by using an incorrect tire should go off after the road tire functioning properly. See Buying sealant is not covered by the is replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 286. vehicle warranty. Always use only matching process is performed . Operating electronic devices or the GM approved tire sealant successfully. See "TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio available through your dealer or Matching Process" later in this wave frequencies similar to the included in the vehicle. section. TPMS could cause the TPMS . The TPMS sensor matching sensors to malfunction. TPMS Malfunction Light and process was not done or not If the TPMS is not functioning Message completed successfully after properly, it cannot detect or signal a rotating the tires. The The TPMS will not function properly low tire pressure condition. See malfunction light and the DIC your dealer for service if the TPMS if one or more of the TPMS sensors message should go off after are missing or inoperable. When the malfunction light and DIC message successfully completing the come on and stay on. system detects a malfunction, the sensor matching process. See low tire pressure warning light "TPMS Sensor Matching flashes for about one minute and Process" later in this section. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

282 Vehicle Care TPMS Sensor Matching There are two minutes to match the displays. The horn sounds Process first tire/wheel position, and twice to signal the receiver is in five minutes overall to match all four relearn mode and TIRE Each TPMS sensor has a unique tire/wheel positions. If it takes LEARNING ACTIVE message identification code. The identification longer, the matching process stops displays on the DIC screen. code needs to be matched to a new and must be restarted. tire/wheel position after rotating the 4. Start with the driver side vehicle’s tires or replacing one or The TPMS sensor matching front tire. more of the TPMS sensors. Also, process is: 5. Place the relearn tool against the TPMS sensor matching process 1. Set the parking brake. the tire sidewall, near the valve should be performed after replacing 2. Turn the ignition on without stem. Then press the button to a spare tire with a road tire activate the TPMS sensor. containing the TPMS sensor. The starting the vehicle. See Ignition Positions 0 176. A horn chirp confirms that the malfunction light and the DIC sensor identification code has message should go off at the next 3. Press the Remote Keyless been matched to this tire and ignition cycle. The sensors are Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q wheel position. matched to the tire/wheel positions, K using a TPMS relearn tool, in the and buttons at the same 6. Proceed to the passenger side following order: driver side front tire, time for approximately front tire, and repeat the passenger side front tire, passenger five seconds. The horn sounds procedure in Step 5. side rear tire, and driver side rear. twice to signal the receiver is in 7. Proceed to the passenger side See your dealer for service or to relearn mode and TIRE rear tire, and repeat the purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS LEARNING ACTIVE message procedure in Step 5. relearn tool can also be purchased. displays on the DIC screen. 8. Proceed to the driver side rear See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor If the vehicle does not have tire, and repeat the procedure Activation Tool at RKE, press the Driver in Step 5. The horn sounds two www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or Information Center (DIC) times to indicate the sensor call 1-800-GM TOOLS vehicle information button until identification code has been (1-800-468-6657). V the PRESS TO RELEARN matched to the driver side rear TIRE POSITIONS message tire, and the TPMS sensor Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 283 matching process is no longer . The tread or sidewall is unusual wear continues after the active. The TIRE LEARNING cracked, cut, or snagged rotation, check the wheel ACTIVE message on the DIC deep enough to show cord or alignment. display screen goes off. fabric. See When It Is Time for New 9. Turn the vehicle off. Tires 0 285 and Wheel . The tire has a bump, bulge, 0 10. Set all four tires to the or split. Replacement 289. recommended air pressure If the full-size spare tire is part of . The tire has a puncture, cut, level as indicated on the Tire the tire rotation, make sure the or other damage that cannot and Loading Information label. tire rotated into the spare be repaired well because of position is stored securely. the size or location of the Tire Inspection Push, pull, and then try to rotate damage. We recommend that the tires, or turn the tire. If it moves, use including the spare tire, if the Tire Rotation the wheel wrench/hoist shaft to vehicle has one, be inspected tighten the cable. See Tire for signs of wear or damage at Tires should be rotated every Changing 0 292. least once a month. 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 319. Replace the tire if: Tires are rotated to achieve a . The indicators at three or uniform wear for all tires. The more places around the tire first rotation is the most can be seen. important. . There is cord or fabric Anytime unusual wear is showing through the tire's noticed, rotate the tires as soon rubber. as possible, check for proper tire inflation pressure, and check for damaged tires or wheels. If the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

284 Vehicle Care Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires if the vehicle { Warning has dual rear wheels. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the When installing dual wheels, parts to which it is fastened, can check that the vent holes in the make wheel nuts become loose inner and outer wheels on each after time. The wheel could come side are lined up. off and cause a crash. When changing a wheel, remove any Adjust the front and rear tires to rust or dirt from places where the the recommended inflation wheel attaches to the vehicle. In pressure on the Tire and an emergency, a cloth or a paper Loading Information label after towel can be used; however, use Use this rotation pattern when the tires have been rotated. a scraper or wire brush later to rotating the tires if the vehicle See Tire Pressure 0 278 and remove all rust or dirt. has single rear wheels. Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor Lightly coat the center of the System. See Tire Pressure wheel hub with wheel bearing Monitor Operation 0 280. grease after a wheel change or Check that all wheel nuts are tire rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Do not get properly tightened. See “Wheel grease on the flat wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities and Specifications 0 332. mounting surface or on the wheel nuts or bolts. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 285 Dual Tire Rotation When It Is Time for New See Tire Inspection 0 283 and Tire Rotation 0 283 for additional When the vehicle is new, Tires information. or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, Factors, such as maintenance, The rubber in tires ages over time. or wheel nut is replaced or serviced, temperatures, driving speeds, check the wheel nut torque after This also applies to the spare tire, vehicle loading, and road conditions if the vehicle has one, even if it is 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, affect the wear rate of the tires. 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. For never used. Multiple factors proper torque and wheel nut including temperatures, loading tightening information, see conditions, and inflation pressure “Removing the Flat Tire and maintenance affect how fast aging Installing the Spare Tire” under Tire takes place. GM recommends that Changing 0 292 and “Wheel Nut tires, including the spare if Torque” under Capacities and equipped, be replaced after six Specifications 0 332. years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire The outer tire on a dual wheel setup manufacture date which is the last generally wears faster than the four digits of the DOT Tire inner tire. Tires last longer and wear Identification Number (TIN) which is more evenly if they are rotated. molded into one side of the tire 0 See Tire Inspection 283 and Tire sidewall. The first two digits Rotation 0 283. Also see Treadwear indicators are one way to represent the week (01-52) and the Maintenance Schedule 0 319. tell when it is time for new tires. last two digits, the year. For See Tires 0 270 and Tire Pressure Treadwear indicators appear when example, the third week of the year 0 278 for more information on the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) 2010 would have a four-digit DOT proper tire inflation. or less of tread remaining. Some date of 0310. commercial truck tires may not have treadwear indicators. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

286 Vehicle Care Vehicle Storage GM strongly recommends handling performance may be Tires age when stored normally buying tires with the same TPC adversely affected if all the tires mounted on a parked vehicle. Park Spec rating. are not replaced at the same a vehicle that will be stored for at GM's exclusive TPC Spec time. If proper rotation and least a month in a cool, dry, clean system considers over a dozen maintenance have been done, area away from direct sunlight to critical specifications that impact all four tires (six for dual rear slow aging. This area should be free wheels) should wear out at of grease, gasoline, or other the overall performance of the vehicle, including brake system about the same time. See Tire substances that can deteriorate Rotation 0 283 for information rubber. performance, ride and handling, traction control, and tire on proper tire rotation. However, Parking for an extended period can if it is necessary to replace only cause flat spots on the tires that pressure monitoring performance. GM's TPC Spec one axle set of worn tires, place may result in vibrations while the new tires on the rear axle driving. When storing a vehicle for number is molded onto the tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the (two for single rear wheels, four at least a month, remove the tires or for dual rear wheels). raise the vehicle to reduce the tires have an all-season tread weight from the tires. design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud { Warning Buying New Tires and snow. See Tire Sidewall 0 Tires could explode during GM has developed and matched Labeling 271 for additional improper service. Attempting specific tires for the vehicle. The information. to mount or dismount a tire original equipment tires installed GM recommends replacing worn could cause injury or death. were designed to meet General tires in complete sets of four (six Only your dealer or authorized Motors Tire Performance Criteria for dual rear wheels). Uniform tire service center should Specification (TPC Spec) tread depth on all tires will help mount or dismount the tires. system rating. When to maintain the performance of replacement tires are needed, the vehicle. Braking and Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 287 tires. Never exceed the winter Different Size Tires and { Warning tires’ maximum speed capability Wheels Mixing tires of different sizes, when using winter tires with a lower speed rating. If wheels or tires are installed that brands, or types may cause are a different size than the original loss of control of the vehicle, If the vehicle tires must be equipment wheels and tires, vehicle resulting in a crash or other replaced with a tire that does not performance, including its braking, vehicle damage. Use the have a TPC Spec number, make ride and handling characteristics, correct size, brand, and type sure they are the same size, stability, and resistance to rollover of tires on all wheels. load range, speed rating, and may be affected. If the vehicle has construction (radial) as the electronic systems such as antilock original tires. brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic stability control, { Warning Vehicles that have a tire or All-Wheel Drive, the performance pressure monitoring system of these systems can also be Using bias-ply tires on the could give an inaccurate affected. vehicle may cause the wheel low-pressure warning if non-TPC rim flanges to develop cracks Spec rated tires are installed. { Warning after many miles of driving. See Tire Pressure Monitor A tire and/or wheel could fail System 0 279. If different sized wheels are used, suddenly and cause a crash. there may not be an acceptable Use only radial-ply tires with The Tire and Loading level of performance and safety if the wheels on the vehicle. Information label indicates the tires not recommended for those original equipment tires on the wheels are selected. This vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits increases the chance of a crash Winter tires with the same speed 0 172 for the label location and and serious injury. Only use GM rating as the original equipment more information about the Tire specific wheel and tire systems tires may not be available for H, and Loading Information label. (Continued) V, W, Y and ZR speed rated Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

288 Vehicle Care compact spare tires, tires with Treadwear Warning (Continued) nominal rim diameters of The treadwear grade is a developed for the vehicle, and 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), comparative rating based on the have them properly installed by a or to some limited-production wear rate of the tire when tested GM certified technician. tires. under controlled conditions on a While the tires available on specified government test See Buying New Tires 0 286 and General Motors passenger cars course. For example, a tire Accessories and Modifications and light trucks may vary with graded 150 would wear one and 0 230. respect to these grades, they one-half (1½) times as well on must also conform to federal the government course as a tire Uniform Tire Quality safety requirements and graded 100. The relative Grading additional General Motors Tire performance of tires depends Performance Criteria (TPC) upon the actual conditions of The following information relates standards. their use, however, and may to the system developed by the depart significantly from the United States National Highway Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving Traffic Safety Administration where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and (NHTSA), which grades tires by sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road treadwear, traction, and and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. temperature performance. This example: applies only to vehicles sold in Treadwear 200 Traction AA Traction the United States. The grades Temperature A The traction grades, from are molded on the sidewalls of highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, most passenger car tires. The All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to Federal Safety and C. Those grades represent Uniform Tire Quality Grading the tire's ability to stop on wet (UTQG) system does not apply Requirements In Addition To These Grades. pavement as measured under to deep tread, winter tires, controlled conditions on Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 289 specified government test performance which all vehicle is significantly pulling to one surfaces of asphalt and passenger car tires must meet side or the other. Some slight pull to concrete. A tire marked C may under the Federal Motor Safety the left or right, depending on the have poor traction performance. Standard No. 109. Grades B and crown of the road and/or other road Warning: The traction grade A represent higher levels of surface variations such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is assigned to this tire is based on performance on the laboratory vibrating when driving on a smooth straight-ahead braking traction test wheel than the minimum road, the tires and wheels may need tests, and does not include required by law. Warning: The to be rebalanced. See your dealer acceleration, cornering, temperature grade for this tire is for proper diagnosis. hydroplaning, or peak traction established for a tire that is characteristics. properly inflated and not Wheel Replacement overloaded. Excessive speed, Temperature Replace any wheel that is bent, underinflation, or excessive cracked, or badly rusted or The temperature grades are A loading, either separately or in corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming (the highest), B, and C, combination, can cause heat loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and representing the tire's resistance buildup and possible tire failure. wheel nuts should be replaced. to the generation of heat and its If the wheel leaks air, replace it. ability to dissipate heat when Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be tested under controlled Balance repaired. See your dealer if any of conditions on a specified indoor these conditions exist. The tires and wheels were aligned laboratory test wheel. Sustained Your dealer will know the kind of and balanced at the factory to high temperature can cause the wheel that is needed. provide the longest tire life and best material of the tire to degenerate overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the and reduce tire life, and wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, excessive temperature can lead are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be to sudden tire failure. The grade basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it C corresponds to a level of if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

290 Vehicle Care Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Used Replacement Wheels nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Warning (Continued) System (TPMS) sensors with new { Warning GM original equipment parts. the vehicle, drive slowly, readjust, or remove the device if it is Replacing a wheel with a used contacting the vehicle. Do not { Warning one is dangerous. How it has spin the vehicle's tires. Follow the been used or how far it has been manufacturer's instructions. Using the wrong replacement driven may be unknown. It could wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel fail suddenly and cause a crash. nuts can be dangerous. It could When replacing wheels, use a affect the braking and handling of new GM original equipment Caution the vehicle. Tires can lose air, wheel. and cause loss of control, causing Use tire chains only where legal a crash. Always use the correct and only when necessary. Use wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel Tire Chains chains that are the proper size for nuts for replacement. the tires. Install them on the tires { Warning of the rear axle. Do not use chains on the tires of the front Tire chains used on a vehicle axle. Tighten them as tightly as Caution without the proper amount of possible with the ends securely clearance can cause damage to The wrong wheel can also cause fastened. Drive slowly and follow the brakes, suspension, or other problems with bearing life, brake the chain manufacturer's vehicle parts. The area damaged cooling, speedometer or instructions. If the chains contact by the tire chains could cause you odometer calibration, headlamp the vehicle, stop and retighten to lose control of the vehicle and aim, bumper height, vehicle them. If the contact continues, you or others may be injured in a ground clearance, and tire or tire slow down until it stops. Driving crash. To help avoid damage to chain clearance to the body and (Continued) chassis. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 291 But if there ever is a blowout, here Caution (Continued) are a few tips about what to expect Warning (Continued) and what to do: too fast or spinning the wheels underinflated or flat may cause a with chains on will damage the If a front tire fails, the flat tire blowout and a serious crash. vehicle. creates a drag that pulls the vehicle Never attempt to re-inflate a tire toward that side. Take your foot off that has been driven on while the accelerator pedal and grip the For Cutaway models with LT245/ severely underinflated or flat. steering wheel firmly. Steer to Have your dealer or an authorized 75R16 or LT225/75R16 size single maintain lane position, and then tire service center repair or or dual rear tires, use Low Profile gently brake to a stop, well off the replace the flat tire as soon as Z-Chain or SAE Class S cables. road, if possible. possible. For Cargo or Passenger models A rear blowout, particularly on a with LT225/75R16 or LT245/75R16 curve, acts much like a skid and size tires, use Low Profile Z-Chain may require the same correction as cables. SAE Class S chains are not used in a skid. Stop pressing the { Warning recommended. accelerator pedal and steer to Lifting a vehicle and getting under If the vehicle has dual rear tires, do straighten the vehicle. It may be not use individual tire chains. Use very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake it to do maintenance or repairs is tire chains that fit across both dual to a stop, well off the road, dangerous without the tires. if possible. appropriate safety equipment and training. If a jack is provided with If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning the vehicle, it is designed only for changing a flat tire. If it is used for It is unusual for a tire to blow out Driving on a flat tire will cause anything else, you or others could while driving, especially if the tires permanent damage to the tire. be badly injured or killed if the are maintained properly. See Tires Re-inflating a tire after it has been vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 0 270. If air goes out of a tire, it is driven on while severely is provided with the vehicle, only much more likely to leak out slowly. (Continued) use it for changing a flat tire. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

292 Vehicle Care If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire Tire Changing and wheel damage by driving slowly Warning (Continued) to a level place, well off the road, Removing the Spare Tire and if possible. Turn on the hazard 5. Place wheel blocks, Tools warning flashers. See Hazard if equipped, on both sides of Equipment needed for a cargo van Warning Flashers 0 128. the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being or a passenger van is in the changed. passenger side rear corner of the { Warning vehicle. Changing a tire can be When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), dangerous. The vehicle can slip use the following example as a off the jack and roll over or fall guide to assist in the placement of causing injury or death. Find a the wheel blocks (1), if equipped. level place to change the tire. To help prevent the vehicle from moving: 1. Set the parking brake firmly. 2. Put an automatic transmission in P (Park) or a manual transmission in 1 (First) or R (Reverse). Remove the retaining wing bolt and 3. Turn off the engine and do lift it off of the mounting bracket. not restart while the vehicle 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) is raised. 2. Flat Tire Equipment needed for a 15-passenger seating arrangement 4. Do not allow passengers to The following information explains how to repair or change a tire. is secured on the rear floor on the remain in the vehicle. passenger side of the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 293

Remove the retaining wing bolt and 1. Jack 1. Spare Tire lift it out of the mounting bracket to 2. Hoist Handle 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer access the equipment. 3. Extension(s) 3. Hoist Cable The tools you will be using include: 4. Wheel Wrench 4. Hoist Assembly 5. Jack Handle 5. Hoist Shaft The spare tire is mounted in the rear 6. Hoist Handle and underbody of the vehicle. Extension(s) 7. Wheel Wrench Use the hoist handle, extension(s), and the wheel wrench to remove the underbody-mounted spare tire. To lower the spare tire from the vehicle: Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

294 Vehicle Care 1. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) For a vehicle that was to the hoist handle and the completed from a cab and extension(s) (6). chassis, refer to the information 2. Open the passenger side from the body supplier/installer. rear door. The spare tire is a full-size tire, 3. Insert the chisel end of the like the other tires on the hoist handle, on an angle, vehicle. through the hole in the rear 7. Put the spare tire near the floor panel above the bumper. 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle flat tire. Be sure the hoist handle with some slack in the cable to 8. Close the passenger side connects to the hoist shaft. The access the tire/wheel retainer. rear door. chiseled end of the hoist handle is used to lower the Removing the Flat Tire and spare tire. Installing the Spare Tire 4. Turn the wheel wrench If the vehicle has plastic wheel nut counterclockwise to lower the caps, loosen them by turning the spare tire to the ground. wheel wrench counterclockwise. Continue to turn the wheel The wheel nut caps are designed to wrench until the spare tire can remain with the center cap. Remove be pulled out from under the the center cap. vehicle. If the wheel has a smooth center Tilt the retainer and pull it piece, place the chisel end of the 5. Pull the spare tire out from through the center of the wheel wheel wrench in the slot on the under the vehicle. along with the cable and wheel and gently pry it out. spring. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 295 Front Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together with the jack handle (5), one or two extension(s) (3), and the wheel wrench (4). Rear Flat: Assemble the jack (1) together with the jack handle (5), two extensions (3), and the wheel wrench (4).

1. Jack Front Position 2. Hoist Handle 3. Extension(s) 4. Wheel Wrench 5. Jack Handle 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 291. 2. Loosen all the wheel nuts with Front Position the wheel wrench. Do not remove them yet. 3. Assemble the jack and tools: Rear Position Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

296 Vehicle Care absorber bracket in order to off the ground so there is avoid any interference with the enough room for the spare tire exhaust pipe (2). to fit.

{ Warning

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack. Rear Alternative Position (Diesel Vehicles) 4. Position the jack under the { Warning vehicle, as shown. 6. Remove all the wheel nuts. The front position jacking point Raising the vehicle with the jack is on the frame. The rear improperly positioned can 7. Take the flat tire off of the position jacking point is on the damage the vehicle and even mounting surface. rear axle. make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle If the exhaust system interferes { Warning damage, be sure to fit the jack lift with the jack location in the head into the proper location Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the rear axle, such as in Diesel parts to which it is fastened, can vehicles, place the jack (1) on before raising the vehicle. make wheel nuts become loose the rear axle between the axle after time. The wheel could come housing and the shock 5. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. off and cause a crash. When Raise the vehicle far enough (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 297 10. Turn the jack handle Warning (Continued) { Warning counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack changing a wheel, remove any Never use oil or grease on bolts completely. rust or dirt from places where the or nuts because the nuts might wheel attaches to the vehicle. In come loose. The vehicle's wheel { Warning an emergency, a cloth or a paper could fall off, causing a crash. towel can be used; however, use Wheel nuts that are not tight can a scraper or wire brush later to work loose. If all the nuts on a remove all rust or dirt. wheel come off, the wheel can come off the vehicle, causing a crash. All wheel nuts must be properly tightened. Follow the rules in this section to be sure they are.

{ Warning

If wheel studs are damaged, they 9. Put the wheel nuts back on can break. If all the studs on a with the rounded end of the wheel broke, the wheel could nuts toward the wheel. Tighten come off and cause a crash. 8. Remove any rust or dirt from each wheel nut by hand until If any stud is damaged because the wheel bolts, mounting the wheel is held against of a loose-running wheel, it could surfaces, and spare wheel. the hub. be that all of the studs are damaged. To be sure, replace all (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

298 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

studs on the wheel. If the stud to the proper torque specification holes in a wheel have become after replacing. Follow the torque larger, the wheel could collapse in specification supplied by the operation. Replace any wheel if aftermarket manufacturer when its stud holes have become larger using accessory locking wheel or distorted in any way. Inspect nuts. See Capacities and hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for Specifications 0 332 for original damage. Because of loose equipment wheel nut torque running wheels, piloting pad specifications. damage may occur and require 11. Use the wheel wrench to replacement of the entire hub, for tighten the nuts firmly. Turn the proper centering of the wheels. Caution wheel wrench clockwise and in When replacing studs, hubs, a crisscross sequence, as wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to Improperly tightened wheel nuts shown. use GM original equipment parts. can lead to brake pulsation and 12. Put the wheel cover or the rotor damage. To avoid expensive center cap and plastic wheel brake repairs, evenly tighten the nut caps back on. Remove any { Warning wheel nuts in the proper wheel blocks. sequence and to the proper Have a technician check the Wheel nuts that are improperly or torque specification. See wheel nut tightness of all incorrectly tightened can cause Capacities and Specifications wheels with a torque wrench the wheels to become loose or 0 332 for the wheel nut torque after the first 160 km (100 mi) come off. The wheel nuts should specification. and then 1 600 km (1,000 mi) be tightened with a torque wrench after that. Repeat this service (Continued) whenever a tire is removed or Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 299 serviced. See Capacities and Specifications 0 332 for more Caution information. The tire hoist can be damaged if Storing a Flat or Spare Tire there is no tension on the cable and Tools when using it. To have the necessary tension, the spare or { Warning road tire and wheel assembly must be installed on the tire hoist Storing a jack, a tire, or other to use it. equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could { Warning 1. Spare Tire 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer strike someone. Store all these in An improperly stored spare tire the proper place. 3. Hoist Cable could come loose and cause a 4. Hoist Assembly crash. To avoid personal injury or 5. Hoist Shaft property damage, always store 6. Hoist Handle and the spare tire when the vehicle is { Warning Extension(s) parked on a level surface. 7. Wheel Wrench Failure to follow these tire storage instructions carefully could result 1. Put the tire on the ground at Store the tire under the rear of the the rear of the vehicle with the in personal injury or property vehicle in the spare tire carrier. damage if the hoist cable fails or valve stem pointed down, and if the tire comes loose. Make sure to the rear. the tire is stored securely before driving. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

300 Vehicle Care 2. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the Caution (Continued) wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the and could damage the system. center wheel. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism. Make sure the retainer is fully seated across the underside of the wheel. 5. Insert the chisel end of the hoist handle, on an angle, through the hole in the rear floor panel above the bumper and onto the hoist shaft. Do not use the chiseled end of 8. Make sure the tire is stored the wheel wrench. securely. Push, pull (1), and then try to turn (2) the tire. 6. Raise the tire part way upward. If the tire moves, use the wheel 3. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) Make sure the retainer is wrench to tighten the cable. to the hoist handle and the seated in the wheel opening. Two clicks mean the tire is up extension(s) (6). 7. Raise the tire fully against the all the way. 4. Open the passenger side underside of the vehicle by rear door. turning the wheel wrench Repeat this tightness check clockwise until you hear two procedure when checking the Caution clicks or feel it skip twice. You spare tire pressure according cannot overtighten the cable. to the scheduled maintenance Use of an air wrench or other information or any time the power tools with the hoist spare tire is handled due to mechanism is not recommended service of other components. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 301 After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, stop as soon as possible and check that the spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is made to perform well at speeds up to 112 km/h (70 mph) at the recommended inflation pressure, so you can finish your trip. Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced back onto the vehicle, as soon as possible, so the spare tire will be available in case it Correctly Stored Incorrectly Stored is needed again. 9. Return the jacking equipment Do not mix tires and wheels of to the proper location. Secure different sizes, because they will not the items and replace the jack fit. Keep the spare tire and its wheel cover. together. If this vehicle has a spare tire that Full-Size Spare Tire does not match the original road If this vehicle came with a full-size tires and wheels in size and type, spare tire, it was fully inflated when do not include the spare in the tire new, however, it can lose air over rotation. time. Check the inflation pressure If equipped with a temporary use regularly. full-size spare tire, it is indicated on See Tire Pressure 0 278 and the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. For Labeling 0 271. The spare tire instructions on how to remove, should not be driven on over install, or store a spare tire, see Tire 112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h Changing 0 292. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

302 Vehicle Care (55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at Jump Starting the proper inflation pressure. Repair Warning (Continued) and replace the road tire as soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare Jump Starting - North HANDLING. For more information tire for future use. America go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ passenger-vehicle. For more information about the vehicle battery, see Battery - North America 0 253. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 229 and the back If the vehicle battery has run down, cover. you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use { Warning the following steps to do it safely. Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerous because: { Warning . They contain acid that can WARNING: Battery posts, burn you. terminals, and related . They contain gas that can accessories contain lead and lead explode or ignite. compounds, chemicals known to . They contain enough the State of California to cause electricity to burn you. cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Batteries also If you do not follow these steps contain other chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these the State of California to cause things can hurt you. cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 303 ground connection you do not cigarette lighter or the Caution want. You would not be able to accessory power outlet. Turn start your vehicle, and the bad off the radio and all lamps that Ignoring these steps could result grounding could damage the are not needed. This will avoid in costly damage to the vehicle electrical systems. sparks and help save both that would not be covered by the To avoid the possibility of the batteries. And it could save the vehicle warranty. Trying to start radio! the vehicle by pushing or pulling it vehicles rolling, set the parking will not work, and it could damage brake firmly on both vehicles 4. Open the hoods and locate the involved in the jump start positive (+) and negative (−) the vehicle. procedure. Put an automatic terminal locations of the other transmission in P (Park) or a vehicle. 1. Check the other vehicle. manual transmission in Neutral On your van, use the unpainted It must have a 12-volt battery before setting the parking radio antenna bracket as a with a negative ground system. brake. remote negative (−) terminal.

Caution Caution { Warning

If the other vehicle does not have If any accessories are left on or Using a match near a battery can a 12-volt system with a negative plugged in during the jump cause battery gas to explode. ground, both vehicles can be starting procedure, they could be People have been hurt doing this, damaged. Only use a vehicle that damaged. The repairs would not and some have been blinded. has a 12-volt system with a be covered by the vehicle Use a flashlight if you need more negative ground for jump starting. warranty. Whenever possible, turn light. off or unplug all accessories on Battery fluid contains acid that 2. Get the vehicles close enough either vehicle when jump starting. can burn you. Do not get it on so the jumper cables can you. If you accidentally get it in reach, but be sure the vehicles 3. Turn the ignition off on both are not touching each other. vehicles. Unplug unnecessary (Continued) If they are, it could cause a accessories plugged into the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

304 Vehicle Care On your van, use the unpainted terminal if the vehicle has one. Warning (Continued) radio antenna bracket as a Do not let the other end touch remote negative (−) terminal. metal. Connect it to the your eyes or on your skin, flush Do not connect positive (+) to positive (+) terminal of the good the place with water and get battery. Use a remote medical help immediately. negative (−) or you will get a short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the battery and maybe other parts vehicle has one. too. And do not connect the 7. Now connect the black { Warning negative (−) cable to the negative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal on the negative (−) terminal of the Fans or other moving engine dead battery because this can good battery. Use a remote parts can injure you badly. Keep cause sparks. negative (−) terminal if the your hands away from moving vehicle has one. parts once the engine is running. Do not let the other end touch anything until the next step. 5. Check that the jumper cables The other end of the do not have loose or missing negative (−) cable does not go insulation. If they do, you could to the dead battery. It goes to a get a shock. The vehicles heavy, unpainted metal engine could be damaged too. part or to a remote negative (−) terminal on the vehicle with the Before you connect the cables, dead battery. On your van, use here are some basic things you the unpainted radio antenna should know. Positive (+) will bracket as a remote go to positive (+) or to a remote negative (−) terminal. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle has one. Negative (−) 6. Connect the red positive (+) will go to an unpainted metal cable to the positive (+) part or to a remote negative (−) terminal of the dead battery. terminal if the vehicle has one. Use a remote positive (+) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 305

Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued)

out of the way before clamping vehicle. The repairs would not be the negative jumper cable to the covered by the vehicle warranty. fixed antenna bracket. Avoid Always connect and remove the touching the negative cable clamp jumper cables in the correct order, to the air conditioning line. Failure making sure that the cables do to do either of these could not touch each other or other damage the vehicle. The repairs metal. would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Jumper Cable Removal 8. Connect the other end of the Reverse the sequence exactly when negative (−) cable to the 9. Now start the vehicle with the removing the jumper cables. negative (−) terminal location good battery and run the on the vehicle with the dead engine for a while. After starting the disabled vehicle battery. On your van, use the and removing the jumper cables, 10. Try to start the vehicle that had allow it to idle for several minutes. unpainted radio antenna the dead battery. If it will not bracket as a remote start after a few tries, it negative (−) terminal. probably needs service.

Caution Caution

The vehicle uses the unpainted If the jumper cables are radio antenna bracket as a connected or removed in the remote negative (-) terminal. wrong order, electrical shorting Move the antenna coaxial cable may occur and damage the (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

306 Vehicle Care Towing the Vehicle Front Attachment Points of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing the Caution vehicle with all four wheels on the ground. Dolly towing is towing the Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle may cause damage. The ground and two wheels up on a damage would not be covered by device known as a dolly. the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension Here are some important things to components. Use the proper consider before recreational vehicle towing: straps around the tires to secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked . Before towing the vehicle, wheel/tire while loading the become familiar with the local vehicle. Do not use a sling type laws that apply to recreational The vehicle is equipped with lift to tow the vehicle. This could vehicle towing. These laws may specific attachment points to be damage the vehicle. vary by region. used to pull the vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat road . What is the towing capacity of GM recommends a flatbed tow truck surface. Do not use these the towing vehicle? Be sure to to transport a disabled vehicle. Use attachment points to pull the vehicle read the tow vehicle ramps to help reduce approach from snow, mud or sand. manufacturer's angles, if necessary. A towed recommendations. vehicle should have its drive wheels Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be off the ground. Contact Roadside Towing traveled? Some vehicles have Assistance or a professional towing restrictions on how far and how service if the disabled vehicle must Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. be towed. towing the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as behind a motor home. The two most common types Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 307 . Is the proper towing equipment Dinghy Towing Dolly Towing going to be used? See your dealer or trailering professional Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off the for additional advice and Ground) equipment recommendations. . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be towed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in front of the vehicle grille could restrict airflow and cause damage to the Caution transmission. The repairs would If the vehicle is towed with all four To tow the vehicle from the rear: not be covered by the vehicle wheels on the ground, the 1. Attach the dolly to the tow warranty. If using a shield, only drivetrain components could be use one that attaches to the vehicle following the dolly damaged. The repairs would not manufacturer's instructions. towing vehicle. be covered by the vehicle 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the warranty. Do not tow the vehicle dolly. with all four wheels on the ground. 3. Firmly set the parking brake. See Parking Brake 0 191. The vehicle should not be towed 4. Put the transmission in with all four wheels on the ground. P (Park). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

308 Vehicle Care 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly Appearance Care following the manufacturer's Caution (Continued) instructions. Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all 6. Use an adequate clamping manufacturer directions regarding device designed for towing to Locks correct product usage, necessary ensure that the front wheels Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and are locked into the straight Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any position. absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product. 7. Turn the ignition to off. locks greased after using. See Recommended Fluids and If the tow vehicle will not be Lubricants 0 327. started or driven for six weeks Caution or more, remove the battery Washing the Vehicle cable from the negative Avoid using high-pressure To preserve the vehicle's finish, terminal (post) of the battery to washes closer than 30 cm (12 in) prevent the battery from wash it often and out of direct sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use draining while towing. of power washers exceeding 8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result Caution in damage or removal of paint Do not use petroleum-based, and decals. acidic, or abrasive cleaning agents as they can damage the vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Caution parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that products can be obtained from has this e symbol. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 309 have the damage assessed and Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution calcium chloride and other salts, ice This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree Machine compounding or would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from aggressive polishing on a vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can basecoat/clearcoat paint finish damage the vehicle's finish if they may damage it. Use only If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash non-abrasive waxes and polishes follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible. that are made for a basecoat/ windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive clearcoat paint finish on the wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for vehicle. Remove any accessories that may painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. be damaged or interfere with the car To keep the paint finish looking new, wash equipment. Occasional hand waxing or mild keep the vehicle garaged or Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove covered whenever possible. washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See your dealer for approved cleaning Protecting Exterior Bright Metal cleaning agents completely. If they Moldings are allowed to dry on the surface, products. they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to Caution Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint Failure to clean and protect the avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur. bright metal moldings can result spotting. in a hazy white finish or pitting. Finish Care This damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/wax materials is not recommended. If painted surfaces are damaged, see your dealer to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

310 Vehicle Care The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes illuminated, due to excessive damage always follow these heat generated. cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap . Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes. cleaning solution. Failure to clean lamps properly Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp the Vehicle" previously in this . Use only approved cleaning cover that would not be covered section. solutions for aluminum, chrome, by the vehicle warranty. or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic, cleaners are highly acidic or and some have a UV protective contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them can damage the moldings. while they are dry. Caution . Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on cleaner according to the Using wax on low gloss black lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the manufacturer’s instructions. . Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a . Do not use cleaners that are not non-uniform finish. Clean low intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and . Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the water only. vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer. and extend the molding finish. . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes, . Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield when washing the vehicle. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 311 Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a clean cloth. See Recommended Caution Clean the outside of the windshield Fluids and Lubricants 0 327. with glass cleaner. Chrome wheels and chrome Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires wheel trim may be damaged if the cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed detergent. Wash the windshield with magnesium chloride or thoroughly when cleaning the Caution calcium chloride. These are used blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and on roads for conditions such as a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire dust and ice. Always wash the treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle chrome with soap and water after streaking. may damage the paint finish and/ exposure. Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted Caution conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, surfaces on the vehicle. snow, and ice. To avoid surface damage on Weatherstrips Wheels and Wheel Trim wheels and wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, chemicals, Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Use a soft, clean cloth with mild abrasive polishes, cleaners, weatherstrips to make them last soap and water to clean the wheels. or brushes. Use only GM longer, seal better, and not stick or After rinsing thoroughly with clean approved cleaners. Do not drive squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at water, dry with a soft, clean towel. the vehicle through an automatic least once a year. Hot, dry climates A wax may then be applied. car wash that uses silicone may require more frequent application. Black marks from carbide tire/wheel cleaning rubber material on painted surfaces (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

312 Vehicle Care Lubricate the upper and lower Underbody Maintenance Caution (Continued) control arm ball joints, at least every At least twice a year, spring and fall, other engine oil change. brushes. Damage could occur use plain water to flush dirt and and the repairs would not be Lubricate the tie rod ball joints, idler debris from the vehicle's underbody. covered by the vehicle warranty. arm pivot shaft bearings, idler arm Your dealer or an underbody car socket, and pitman arm socket, at washing system can do this. If not least every other engine oil change. removed, rust and corrosion can Brake System develop. Visually inspect brake lines and Caution Do not directly power wash the hoses for proper hook-up, binding, transfer case and/or front/rear axle leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect Lubrication of applicable steering/ output seals. High pressure water disc brake pads for wear and rotors suspension points should not be can overcome the seals and for surface condition. Inspect drum done unless the temperature is contaminate the fluid. Contaminated brake linings/shoes for wear or −12 °C (10 °F) or higher, fluid will decrease the life of the cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. or damage could result. transfer case and/or axles and Steering, Suspension, and should be replaced. Chassis Components Body Component Lubrication Sheet Metal Damage Visually inspect steering, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, If the vehicle is damaged and suspension, and chassis hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the requires sheet metal repair or components for damaged, loose, fuel door hinge unless the replacement, make sure the body or missing parts or signs of wear at components are plastic. Applying repair shop applies anti-corrosion least once a year. silicone grease on weatherstrips material to parts repaired or with a clean cloth will make them Inspect power steering for proper replaced to restore corrosion last longer, seal better, and not stick protection. attachment, connections, binding, or squeak. leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Original manufacturer replacement Visually check constant velocity joint parts will provide the corrosion boots and axle seals for leaks. protection while maintaining the vehicle warranty. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 313 Finish Damage hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect . Do not use laundry detergents or repellent from all interior surfaces or dishwashing soaps with Quickly repair minor chips and permanent damage may result. degreasers. For liquid cleaners, scratches with touch-up materials use approximately 20 drops per available from your dealer to avoid Use cleaners specifically designed 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. corrosion. Larger areas of finish for the surfaces being cleaned to A concentrated soap solution will damage can be corrected in your prevent permanent damage. Apply create streaks and attract dirt. dealer's body and paint shop. all cleaners directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain Chemical Paint Spotting switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap. Airborne pollutants can fall upon cleaners quickly. . Do not heavily saturate the and attack painted vehicle surfaces Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning. causing blotchy, ring-shaped follow all safety instructions on the . Do not use solvents or cleaners discolorations, and small, irregular label. While cleaning the interior, containing solvents. dark spots etched into the paint open the doors and windows to get surface. See “Finish Care” proper ventilation. Interior Glass previously in this section. To prevent damage, do not clean To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened with water. Wipe droplets Interior Care the interior using the following cleaners or techniques: left behind with a clean dry cloth. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, If necessary, use a commercial . Never use a razor or any other regularly clean the vehicle's interior. glass cleaner after cleaning with sharp object to remove soil from plain water. Immediately remove any soils. any interior surface. Newspapers or dark garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s . Never use a brush with stiff interior. bristles. Use a soft bristle brush to remove . Never rub any surface dust from knobs and crevices on the aggressively or with too much instrument cluster. Using a mild pressure. soap solution, immediately remove Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

314 Vehicle Care Fabric/Carpet/Suede to a clean area frequently to Caution prevent forcing the soil in to the Start by vacuuming the surface fabric. To prevent scratching, never use using a soft brush attachment. If a abrasive cleaners on automotive rotating vacuum brush attachment is 4. Continue gently rubbing the glass. Abrasive cleaners or being used, only use it on the floor soiled area until there is no aggressive cleaning may damage carpet. Before cleaning, gently longer any color transfer from the rear window defogger. remove as much of the soil as the soil to the cleaning cloth. possible: 5. If the soil is not completely removed, use a mild soap Cleaning the windshield with water . Gently blot liquids with a paper during the first three to six months towel. Continue blotting until no solution followed only by plain of ownership will reduce tendency more soil can be removed. water. to fog. . For solid soils, remove as much If the soil is not completely as possible prior to vacuuming. removed, it may be necessary to Speaker Covers use a commercial upholstery To clean: Vacuum around a speaker cover cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small gently, so that the speaker will not 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free hidden area for colorfastness before be damaged. Clean spots with water colorfast cloth with water. using a commercial upholstery and mild soap. Microfiber cloth is cleaner or spot lifter. If ring recommended to prevent lint formation occurs, clean the entire Coated Moldings transfer to the fabric or carpet. fabric or carpet. Coated moldings should be cleaned. 2. Remove excess moisture by After cleaning, use a paper towel to . When lightly soiled, wipe with a gently wringing until water does blot excess moisture. sponge or soft, lint-free cloth not drip from the cleaning cloth. dampened with water. 3. Start on the outside edge of the . When heavily soiled, use warm soil and gently rub toward the soapy water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Vehicle Care 315 Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces Instrument Panel, Leather, and Vehicle Information and Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Radio Displays Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not surfaces or vehicle displays. First, Surfaces recommended. use a soft bristle brush to remove Use a soft microfiber cloth dirt that can scratch the surface. dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Then gently clean by rubbing with a dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument microfiber cloth. Never use window thorough cleaning, use a soft panel. Reflected glare can decrease cleaners or solvents. Periodically microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield hand wash the microfiber cloth mild soap solution. under certain conditions. separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse Caution thoroughly and air dry before Caution next use. Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics Caution well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air may cause permanent damage. Do not attach a device with a freshener comes in contact with Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in suction cup to the display. This surfaces after cleaning and allow may cause damage and would the vehicle, blot immediately and them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened not be covered by the vehicle heat, steam, or spot removers. Do warranty. with a mild soap solution. not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty. solvents can permanently change (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

316 Vehicle Care Cargo Cover and Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the Convenience Net correct side up. Do not turn it over. If equipped, wash with warm water { Warning and mild detergent. Do not use . Do not place anything on top of chlorine bleach. Rinse with cold If a floor mat is the wrong size or the driver side floor mat. water, and then dry completely. is not properly installed, it can . Use only a single floor mat on interfere with the pedals. the driver side. Care of Seat Belts Interference with the pedals can Keep belts clean and dry. cause unintended acceleration . Do not place one floor mat on and/or increased stopping top of another. { Warning distance which can cause a crash and injury. Make sure the floor Do not bleach or dye seat belt mat does not interfere with the webbing. It may severely weaken pedals. the webbing. In a crash, they might not be able to provide Use the following guidelines for adequate protection. Clean and proper floor mat usage. rinse seat belt webbing only with mild soap and lukewarm water. . The original equipment floor Allow the webbing to dry. mats were designed for the vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended that GM certified floor mats be purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not fit properly and may interfere with the pedals. Always check that the floor mats do not interfere with the pedals. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 317 General Information Your dealer recognizes the Service and importance of providing Maintenance This maintenance section applies to competitively priced maintenance vehicles with a gasoline engine. For and repair services. With trained diesel engine vehicles, see technicians, the dealer is the place General Information "Maintenance Schedule" in the for routine maintenance such as oil General Information ...... 317 Duramax diesel supplement. changes and tire rotations and Your vehicle is an important additional maintenance items like Maintenance Schedule investment. This section describes tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper Maintenance Schedule ...... 319 the required maintenance for the blades. Special Application Services vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Special Application protect against major repair Caution Services ...... 324 expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance. It may Damage caused by improper Additional Maintenance also help to maintain the value of maintenance can lead to costly and Care the vehicle if it is sold. It is the repairs and may not be covered Additional Maintenance responsibility of the owner to have by the vehicle warranty. and Care ...... 324 all required maintenance performed. Maintenance intervals, checks, Your dealer has trained technicians inspections, recommended fluids, Recommended Fluids, and lubricants are important to Lubricants, and Parts who can perform required maintenance using genuine keep the vehicle in good working Recommended Fluids and condition. Lubricants ...... 327 replacement parts. They have Maintenance Replacement up-to-date tools and equipment for Do not have chemical flushes that Parts ...... 329 fast and accurate diagnostics. Many are not approved by GM dealers have extended evening and performed on the vehicle. The Maintenance Records Saturday hours, courtesy use of flushes, solvents, cleaners, Maintenance Records ...... 330 transportation, and online or lubricants that are not scheduling to assist with service needs. (Continued) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

318 Service and Maintenance . Are driven on reasonable road Caution (Continued) surfaces within legal driving { Warning limits. approved by GM could damage Performing maintenance work can the vehicle, requiring expensive . Use the recommended fuel. See be dangerous and can cause 0 repairs that are not covered by Recommended Fuel 206. serious injury. Perform the vehicle warranty. Refer to the information in the maintenance work only if the Maintenance Schedule Additional required information, proper tools, The Tire Rotation and Required Required Services - Normal chart. and equipment are available. Services are the responsibility of the The Additional Required Services - If they are not, see your dealer to vehicle owner. It is recommended to Severe are for vehicles that are: have a trained technician do the have your dealer perform these work. See Doing Your Own . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. Service Work 0 230. in hot weather Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the vehicle in good working . Mainly driven in hilly or condition, improves fuel economy, mountainous terrain and reduces vehicle emissions. . Frequently towing a trailer Because of the way people use . Used for high speed or vehicles, maintenance needs vary. competitive driving There may need to be more frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery Additional Required Services - service Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the . Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart. the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 172. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 319 Maintenance filter must be changed at least once Tire Rotation and Required a year and the oil life system must Services Every 12 000 km/ Schedule be reset. Your trained dealer 7,500 mi technician can perform this work. Owner Checks and Services If the engine oil life system is reset Rotate the tires, if recommended for the vehicle, and perform the At Each Fuel Stop accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the following services. See Tire 0 . Check the engine oil level. See last service. Reset the oil life Rotation 283. Engine Oil 0 235. system when the oil is changed. . Check engine oil level and oil 0 Once a Month See Engine Oil Life System 237. life percentage. If needed, change engine oil and filter, and . Check the tire inflation Power Take Off (PTO) and reset oil life system. pressures, including the spare. Extended Idle Use See Engine Oil 0 235 and See Tire Pressure 0 278. When the vehicle is used with the Engine Oil Life System 0 237. . Inspect the tires for wear. See PTO equipment or used in a way . Check engine coolant level. See Tire Inspection 0 283. that requires extended idle time, Cooling System 0 243. . Check the windshield washer one hour of use shall be deemed . Check windshield washer fluid fluid level. See Washer Fluid the same as 53 km (33 mi). See level. See Washer Fluid 0 250. 0 250. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 114 for hourmeter. . Check tire inflation pressures, Engine Oil Change including the spare. See Tire Air Conditioning Desiccant 0 When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL (Replace Every Seven Years) Pressure 278. SOON message displays, have the . Inspect tire wear. See Tire The air conditioning system requires engine oil and filter changed within Inspection 0 283. the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven maintenance every seven years. under the best conditions, the This service requires replacement of . Visually check for fluid leaks. engine oil life system may not the desiccant to help the longevity . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. indicate the need for vehicle service and efficient operation of the air See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter for up to a year. The engine oil and conditioning system. This service 0 242. can be complex. See your dealer. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

320 Service and Maintenance . Inspect brake system. See . Visually inspect fuel system for . Visually inspect gas strut for Exterior Care 0 308. damage or leaks. signs of wear, cracks, or other . Visually inspect steering, . Visually inspect exhaust system damage. Check the hold open suspension, and chassis and nearby heat shields for ability of the strut. If the hold components for damage, loose or damaged parts. open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 258. including cracks or tears in the . Lubricate body components. See rubber boots, loose or missing Exterior Care 0 308. . Lubricate the steering linkage parts, or signs of wear at least (greasable joints). See Normal once a year. See Exterior Care . Check starter switch. See Starter and Severe Maintenance 0 308. Switch Check 0 256. Schedules. For severe . Inspect power steering for . Check automatic transmission commercial use vehicles, see shift lock control function. See Special Application Services proper attachment, connections, 0 binding, leaks, cracks, Automatic Transmission Shift 324. chafing, etc. Lock Control Function Check . Visually inspect the spare tire to 0 256. . Visually inspect halfshafts and ensure that it is tightly stowed drive shafts for excessive wear, . Check ignition transmission lock. under the vehicle. Push, pull, lubricant leaks, and/or damage See Ignition Transmission Lock and try to turn the tire. If the including: tube dents or cracks, Check 0 257. spare tire moves, tighten as constant velocity joint or necessary. Verify that the wheel . Check parking brake and retainer plate compression universal joint looseness, automatic transmission park cracked or missing boots, loose spring is fully compressed. See mechanism. See Park Brake and Tire Changing 0 292. or missing boot clamps, center P (Park) Mechanism Check bearing excessive looseness, 0 257. loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high effort, or binding. . Check restraint system Replace if needed. components. See Safety System Check 0 58. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 321

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Normal 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @ Replace brake fluid. (5) Replace windshield wiper blades. (6) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @ Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

322 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance (4) Or every 10 years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. Inspect for fraying, Services - Normal excessive cracking, or damage; (1) Visually check all fuel and vapor replace, if needed. lines and hoses for proper (5) Replace brake fluid every five attachment, connection, routing, and years. See Brake Fluid 0 252. condition. (6) Or every 12 months, whichever (2) Or every four years, whichever comes first. See Wiper Blade comes first. If driving in dusty Replacement 0 257. conditions, inspect the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. (3) Or every five years, whichever comes first. See Cooling System 0 243. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 323

Maintenance Schedule

Additional Required 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi Services - Severe 168 000 km/105,000 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 240 000 km/150,000 mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Lubricate the steering linkage. Inspect evaporative control system. (1) @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (3) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (4) @ Replace brake fluid. (5) Replace windshield wiper blades. (6) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. @ @

Footnotes — Maintenance (2) Or every four years, whichever (3) Or every five years, whichever Schedule Additional Required comes first. If driving in dusty comes first. See Cooling System Services - Severe conditions, inspect the filter at each 0 243. (1) Visually check all fuel and vapor oil change or more often as needed. (4) Or every 10 years, whichever lines and hoses for proper comes first. Inspect for fraying, attachment, connection, routing, and excessive cracking, or damage; condition. replace, if needed. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

324 Service and Maintenance (5) Replace brake fluid every five Special Application Additional years. See Brake Fluid 0 252. (6) Or every 12 months, whichever Services Maintenance and Care comes first. See Wiper Blade . Vehicles with Dual Wheels: Your vehicle is an important Replacement 0 257. Check dual wheel nut torque at investment and caring for it properly 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100, may help to avoid future costly 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving. repairs. To maintain vehicle Repeat this service whenever a performance, additional tire/wheel is serviced or maintenance services may be removed. required. . Severe Commercial Use It is recommended that your dealer Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis perform these services — their components every oil change. trained dealer technicians know . Have underbody flushing service your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough performed. See “Underbody assessment with a multi-point Maintenance” in Exterior Care 0 308. inspection to recommend when your vehicle may need attention. The following list is intended to explain the services and conditions to look for that may indicate services are required. Battery The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the engine and operate any additional electrical accessories. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 325 . To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps, battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are . Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road. the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved fluids protect the vehicle’s systems to light, cracking, or damage. Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure . Belts may need replacing if they 0 that they light when braking. squeak or show signs of Lubricants 327 for GM approved cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection, . Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps . Trained dealer technicians have and note any concerns. access to tools and equipment washer fluid levels should be to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may Shocks and struts help aid in control replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride. may be low and need to be Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/ crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven . Signs of brake wear may include tire wear. chirping, grinding, or squealing be regularly inspected to ensure noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

326 Service and Maintenance of leaking, blown seals, Vehicle Care . Trained dealer technicians can or damage, and can advise To help keep the vehicle looking like inspect the windshield and when service is needed. new, vehicle care products are recommend proper replacement if needed. Tires available from your dealer. For information on how to clean and Tires need to be properly inflated, Wiper Blades protect the vehicle’s interior and rotated, and balanced. Maintaining exterior, see Interior Care 0 313 and Wiper blades need to be cleaned the tires can save money and fuel, Exterior Care 0 308. and kept in good condition to and can reduce the risk of tire provide a clear view. failure. Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking, . Signs that the tires need to be Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield, replaced include three or more ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber. visible treadwear indicators; cord optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can or fabric showing through the . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and rubber; cracks or cuts in the need to be adjusted include replace them when needed. tread or sidewall; or a bulge or pulling, improper vehicle split in the tire. handling, or unusual tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians can . Your dealer has the required inspect and recommend the right equipment to ensure proper tires. Your dealer can also wheel alignment. provide tire/wheel balancing services to ensure smooth Windshield vehicle operation at all speeds. For safety, appearance, and the Your dealer sells and services best viewing, keep the windshield name brand tires. clean and clear. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, and chips. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 327 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6-Speed DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Automatic Transmission (8-Speed DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Transmission) Chassis Lubrication, Parking Brake Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Cable Guides lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 243. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 235. Front Wheel Bearings Wheel bearing lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category GC or GC-LB (GM Part No. 1051344, in Canada 993037). Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in Canada 19353127). Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

328 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in Canada 10953474). Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 19329451). Rear Axle (Dual Rear Wheels) SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in Canada 89021678). Rear Axle (Single Rear Wheels) SAE 75W-85 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 19300457, in Canada 19300458). Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or equivalent. Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, in Canada 10953437). Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Service and Maintenance 329 Maintenance Replacement Parts If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 4.3L V6 Engine 84065602 A3228C 6.0L V8 Engine 84000015 A3221C Engine Oil Filter 4.3L V6 Engine 19330000 PF63E 6.0L V8 Engine 19303975 PF48E Spark Plugs 4.3L V6 Engine 12622441 41-114 6.0L V8 Engine 12680072 41-110 Wiper Blades – 56.0 cm (22 in) 15214346 — Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

330 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Technical Data 331 Vehicle Identification parts. See “Engine Specifications” Technical Data under Capacities and Specifications 0 Vehicle Identification 332 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Identification Service Parts Number (VIN) ...... 331 Identification Label Service Parts Identification There may be a label on the rear Label ...... 331 edge of the passenger side front Vehicle Data door that contains the following Capacities and information: Specifications ...... 332 . Vehicle Identification Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 334 This legal identifier is in the front Number (VIN) corner of the instrument panel, on . Model designation the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from . Paint information outside. The Vehicle Identification . Production options and special Number (VIN) also appears on the equipment Vehicle Certification and Service If there is no label, there is a Parts labels and certificates of title barcode on the certification label on and registration. the rear edge of the driver side front Engine Identification door to scan for this same information. The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

332 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 327 for more information. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System without Rear Heat 4.3L V6 10.1 L 10.7 qt 6.0L V8 13.1 L 13.8 qt Cooling System with Rear Heat 4.3L V6 12.4 L 13.1 qt 6.0L V8 16.1 L 17.0 qt Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank Cutaway (Optional Tank)* 215.7 L 57.0 gal Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Technical Data 333

Capacities Application Metric English Cutaway (Standard Tank) 124.9 L 33.0 gal Passenger and Cargo 117.3 L 31.0 gal * 4 039 mm (159 in) wheelbase or 4 496 mm (177 in) wheelbase only Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.3L V6 (LV1) P Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 (L96) G Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– 0.043 in) 6.0L V8 (LC8) (Capable of B Automatic 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037– Being Upfit for Gaseous Fuel) 0.043 in) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

334 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing

6.0L V8 Engine (L96/LC8) 4.3L V6 Engine (LV1) If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 335 Reporting Safety Defects Customer Information Customer Reporting Safety Defects to Information the United States Government ...... 345 Customer Satisfaction Reporting Safety Defects to Procedure Customer Information the Canadian Your satisfaction and goodwill are Customer Satisfaction Government ...... 346 important to your dealer and to Procedure ...... 335 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns General Motors ...... 346 Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the Offices ...... 337 Vehicle Data Recording and operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 338 Privacy Vehicle Data Recording and service departments. Sometimes, Online Owner Center ...... 338 however, despite the best intentions GM Mobility Reimbursement Privacy ...... 347 Event Data Recorders ...... 347 of all concerned, misunderstandings Program ...... 339 can occur. If your concern has not Roadside Assistance OnStar ...... 348 Infotainment System ...... 348 been resolved to your satisfaction, Program ...... 339 the following steps should be taken: Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 341 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership Program ...... 341 management. Normally, concerns Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 342 can be quickly resolved at that level. Publication Ordering If the matter has already been Information ...... 344 reviewed with the sales, service, Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner Statement ...... 345 of your dealership or the general manager. STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of dealership management, it appears your concern cannot be Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

336 Customer Information resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address: Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus, 1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc. or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600 toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to Arlington, VA 22201 enforce your rights. inquiry prompt attention. Have the Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/ give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/ representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/ . Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program. decision given in your case, you STEP THREE — Canadian When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been likely be resolved at a dealer's to you. facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 337 and Two, General Motors of Canada The Mediation/Arbitration Program United States and Puerto Rico Company wants you to be aware of c/o Customer Care Centre Chevrolet Motor Division its participation in a no-charge General Motors of Canada Chevrolet Customer Assistance Mediation/Arbitration Program. Company Center General Motors of Canada Mail Code: CA1-163-005 P.O. Box 33170 Company has committed to binding 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Detroit, MI 48232-5170 arbitration of owner disputes Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.Chevrolet.com involving factory-related vehicle Your inquiry should be accompanied 1-800-222-1020 service claims. The program by the Vehicle Identification 1-800-833-2438 (For Text provides for the review of the facts Number (VIN). involved by an impartial third party Telephone Devices (TTYs)) arbiter, and may include an informal Roadside Assistance: hearing before the arbiter. The Customer Assistance 1-800-243-8872 program is designed so that the Offices From U.S. Virgin Islands: entire dispute settlement process, Chevrolet encourages customers to 1-800-496-9994 from the time you file your complaint call the toll-free number for to the final decision, should be assistance. However, if a customer Canada completed in about 70 days. We wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, General Motors of Canada believe our impartial program offers the letter should be addressed to: advantages over courts in most Company jurisdictions because it is informal, Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: quick, and free of charge. CA1-163-005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive For further information concerning Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 eligibility in the Canadian Motor www.gm.ca Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call 1-800-263-3777 (English) the General Motors Customer Care 1-800-263-7854 (French) Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), 1-800-263-3830 (For Text 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

338 Customer Information Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See 1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) (U.S.) my.chevrolet.com 0 Overseas 331. The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM Please contact the local General experience allows interaction with Motors Business Unit. Satellite radio (if equipped), and Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if vehicle-specific information in one Customer Assistance for equipped). place. F Text Telephone (TTY) : Chat with online help Membership Benefits representatives. Users E : Download owner’s manuals See my.chevrolet.com to register To assist customers who are deaf, and view vehicle-specific how-to your vehicle. hard of hearing, or speech-impaired videos. and who use Text Telephones Chevrolet Owner Centre G : View maintenance schedules, (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY (Canada) alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic equipment available at its Customer www.chevroletowner.ca Information. Schedule service Assistance Center. Any TTY user in appointments. Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre: the U.S. can communicate with Chevrolet by dialing: I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records and self-recorded representatives. Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. service records. . Locate owner resources such as D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and view locations, maps, phone warranty information. numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles, r : Track your vehicle’s warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia information. galleries organized into the Featured Articles and Auto Care Sections. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 339 . Download owner’s manuals. General Motors of Canada also has . Model, year, color, and license . Find the a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca plate number of the vehicle Chevrolet-recommended or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE . Odometer reading, Vehicle maintenance services. (800-463-7483) for details. TTY Identification Number (VIN), and users call 1-800-263-3830. delivery date of the vehicle GM Mobility Roadside Assistance . Description of the problem Reimbursement Program Program Coverage For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call Services are provided for the 1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone duration of the vehicle’s powertrain (TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) warranty. For Canadian-purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the call 1-800-268-6800. vehicle is covered. In Canada, a Service is available 24 hours a day, person driving the vehicle without This program is available to 365 days a year. permission from the owner is not qualified applicants for cost covered. reimbursement, up to certain limits, Calling for Assistance Roadside Assistance is not a part of of eligible aftermarket adaptive When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. equipment required for the vehicle, have the following information General Motors North America and such as hand controls or a ready: Chevrolet reserve the right to make wheelchair/scooter lift for the any changes or discontinue the . Your name, home address, and vehicle. Roadside Assistance program at home telephone number To learn about the GM Mobility any time without notification. Telephone number of your program, see www.gmmobility.com . General Motors North America and location or call the GM Mobility Assistance Chevrolet reserve the right to limit Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Location of the vehicle services or payment to an owner or Telephone (TTY) users, call 1-800-833-9935. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

340 Customer Information driver if they decide the claims are responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained made too often, or the same type of replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and claim is made many times. covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not covered. Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start a dead battery. . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Services Specific to Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and Canadian-Purchased Vehicles vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement service station. interrupted due to a warranty is up to 7 liters. If available, event, incidental expenses may . Lock-Out Service: Service to diesel fuel delivery may be be reimbursed within the restricted. Propane and other unlock the vehicle if you are Powertrain warranty period. locked out. A remote unlock may fuels are not provided through Items considered are reasonable this service. be available if you have OnStar. and customary hotel, meals, For security reasons, the driver rental car, or a vehicle being . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle must present identification delivered back to the customer, registration is required. before this service is given. up to 500 miles. . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Emergency Tow from a Public Services Not Included in Assistance: Must be over Road or Highway: Tow to the 150 km from where your trip was nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance started to qualify. warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by Pre-authorization, original was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws detailed receipts, and a copy of driven. Assistance is not given . Legal fines the repair orders are required. when the vehicle is stuck in the Once authorization has been sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, received, the Roadside or changing of snow tires, . Flat Tire Change: Service to Assistance advisor will help to chains, or other traction devices change a flat tire with the spare make arrangements and explain tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle how to receive payment. must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 341 . Alternative Service: If unless, of course, the problem is Several Courtesy Transportation assistance cannot be provided safety related. If it is, please call options are available to assist in right away, the Roadside your dealership, let them know this, reducing inconvenience when Assistance advisor may give and ask for instructions. warranty repairs are required. permission to get local If your dealer requests you to bring Courtesy Transportation is not a emergency road service. You will the vehicle for service, you are part of the New Vehicle Limited receive payment, up to $100, urged to do so as early in the work Warranty. A separate booklet after sending the original receipt day as possible to allow for entitled “Limited Warranty and to Roadside Assistance. same-day repair. Owner Assistance Information” Mechanical failures may be furnished with each new vehicle covered, however any cost for Courtesy Transportation provides detailed warranty coverage parts and labor for repairs not information. covered by the warranty are the Program owner responsibility. To enhance your ownership Transportation Options experience, we and our participating Warranty service can generally be Scheduling Service dealers are proud to offer Courtesy completed while you wait. However, Appointments Transportation, a customer support if you are unable to do so, your program for vehicles with the When the vehicle requires warranty dealer may offer the following Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty transportation options: service, contact your dealer and Coverage period in Canada), request an appointment. By extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle Service scheduling a service appointment hybrid-specific warranties in both This includes one-way or round-trip and advising the service consultant the U.S. and Canada. shuttle service within reasonable of your transportation needs, your time and distance parameters of dealer can help minimize your The Courtesy Transportation your dealer's area. inconvenience. program is no longer available for cutaway vehicles. If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately, keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

342 Customer Information Public Transportation or Fuel insurance coverage, credit card, etc. technician using the proper Reimbursement Additional fees such as fuel usage equipment and quality replacement If overnight warranty repairs are charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, parts. Poorly performed collision needed, and public transportation is excessive mileage, or rental usage repairs diminish the vehicle resale used, the expense must be beyond the completion of the repair value, and safety performance can supported by original receipts and are also your responsibility. be compromised in subsequent within the maximum amount allowed It may not be possible to provide a collisions. by GM for shuttle service. If U.S. like vehicle as a courtesy rental. Collision Parts customers arrange their own transportation, limited Additional Program Genuine GM Collision parts are new reimbursement for reasonable fuel Information parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the expenses may be available. Claim All program options, such as shuttle parts with which the vehicle was amounts should reflect actual costs service, may not be available at originally built. Genuine GM and be supported by original every dealer. Contact your dealer Collision parts are the best choice to receipts. See your dealer for for specific availability. information. ensure that the vehicle's designed General Motors reserves the right to appearance, durability, and safety Courtesy Rental Vehicle unilaterally modify, change, are preserved. The use of Genuine For an overnight warranty repair, the or discontinue Courtesy GM parts can help maintain the GM dealer may provide an available Transportation at any time and to New Vehicle Limited Warranty. resolve all questions of claim courtesy rental vehicle or provide for Recycled original equipment parts eligibility pursuant to the terms and reimbursement of a rental vehicle. may also be used for repair. These conditions described herein at its Reimbursement is limited and must parts are typically removed from sole discretion. be supported by original receipts as vehicles that were total losses in well as a signed and completed prior crashes. In most cases, the rental agreement and meet state/ Collision Damage Repair parts being recycled are from provincial, local, and rental vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a undamaged sections of the vehicle. provider requirements. collision and it is damaged, have the A recycled original equipment GM Requirements vary and may include damage repaired by a qualified part may be an acceptable choice to minimum age requirements, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 343 maintain the vehicle's originally state-of-the-art equipment, or be If the vehicle is leased, the leasing designed appearance and safety able to recommend a collision repair company may require you to have performance; however, the history of center that has GM-trained insurance that ensures repairs with these parts is not known. Such parts technicians and comparable Genuine GM Original Equipment are not covered by the GM New equipment. Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any Genuine Manufacturer replacement related failures are not covered by Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as that warranty. Protect your investment in the GM you may be charged at the end of Aftermarket collision parts are also vehicle with comprehensive and the lease for poor quality repairs. collision insurance coverage. There available. These are made by If a Crash Occurs companies other than GM and may are significant differences in the not have been tested for the vehicle. quality of coverage afforded by If there has been an injury, call As a result, these parts may fit various insurance policy terms. emergency services for help. Do not poorly, exhibit premature durability/ Many insurance policies provide leave the scene of a crash until all corrosion problems, and may not reduced protection to the GM matters have been taken care of. perform properly in subsequent vehicle by limiting compensation for Move the vehicle only if its position collisions. Aftermarket parts are not damage repairs through the use of puts you in danger, or you are covered by the GM New Vehicle aftermarket collision parts. Some instructed to move it by a police Limited Warranty, and any vehicle insurance companies will not officer. failure related to such parts is not specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information covered by that warranty. When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved recommend that you ensure that the in the crash. Repair Facility vehicle will be repaired with GM For emergency towing see GM also recommends that you original equipment collision parts. If such insurance coverage is not Roadside Assistance Program choose a collision repair facility that 0 339. meets your needs before you ever available from your current need collision repairs. Your dealer insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information: to another insurance carrier. may have a collision repair center . Driver name, address, and with GM-trained technicians and telephone number Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

344 Customer Information . Driver license number repair facility of choice, take the In such cases, you can have control . Owner name, address, and vehicle there, or have it towed there. of the repair and parts choices as telephone number Specify to the facility that any long as the cost stays within required replacement collision parts reasonable limits. . Vehicle license plate number be original equipment parts, either . Vehicle make, model, and new Genuine GM parts or recycled Publication Ordering model year original GM parts. Remember, Information recycled parts will not be covered by . Vehicle Identification the GM vehicle warranty. Service Manuals Number (VIN) Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service manuals have the diagnosis . Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. and repair information on the number Depending on your policy limits, engine, transmission, axle, . General description of the your insurance company may suspension, brakes, electrical damage to the other vehicle initially value the repair using system, steering system, body, etc. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on Customer Literature that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Owner’s manuals are written See “Collision Parts” earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be section. specifically for owners and are obligated to have the vehicle intended to provide basic If the airbag has inflated, see What repaired with Genuine GM parts, operational information about the Will You See after an Airbag even if your insurance coverage vehicle. The owner s manual 0 ’ Inflates? 65. does not pay the full cost. includes the Maintenance Schedule Managing the Vehicle Damage If another party's insurance for all models. Repair Process company is paying for the repairs, Customer literature publications you are not obligated to accept a available for purchase include In the event that the vehicle requires repair valuation based on that owner s manuals, warranty damage repairs, GM recommends ’ insurance company's collision policy manuals, infotainment manuals, and that you take an active role in its repair limits, as you have no portfolios. Portfolios include an repair. If you have a pre-determined contractual limits with that company. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 345 owner’s manual, warranty manual, Federal Communications Reporting Safety infotainment manual, if applicable, Commission (FCC) rules and with and zip lock bag or pouch. Innovation, Science and Economic Defects Development (ISED) Canada's Current and Past Models RSP-100 / license-exempt RSS's / Reporting Safety Defects Service manuals and customer ICES-001. to the United States literature are available for many Operation is subject to the following Government current and past model year GM two conditions: vehicles. 1. The device may not cause If you believe that your vehicle To order, call 1-800-551-4123 harmful interference. has a defect which could cause Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. a crash or could cause injury or eastern time 2. The device must accept any death, you should immediately interference received, including inform the National Highway For credit card orders only (VISA, interference that may cause MasterCard, or Discover), see undesired operation of the Traffic Safety Administration Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. device. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Motors. To order by mail, write to: Changes or modifications to any of Helm, Incorporated these systems by other than an If NHTSA receives similar Attention: Customer Service authorized service facility could void complaints, it may open an 47911 Halyard Drive authorization to use this equipment. investigation, and if it finds that Plymouth, MI 48170 a safety defect exists in a group Make checks payable in U.S. funds. of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. Radio Frequency However, NHTSA cannot Statement become involved in individual problems between you, your This vehicle has systems that dealer, or General Motors. operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

346 Customer Information To contact NHTSA, you may call www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) General Motors of Canada the Vehicle Safety Hotline or write to: Company toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: 1-800-424-9153); go to http:// Transport Canada CA1-163-005 www.safercar.gov; or write to: Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Defect Investigations and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Administrator, NHTSA Recalls Division In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811. 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 80 Noel Street Washington, D.C. 20590 In other Central America and Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 Caribbean Countries, call You can also obtain other 52-722-236-0680. information about motor vehicle Reporting Safety Defects safety from http:// to General Motors www.safercar.gov. In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) in a situation like Reporting Safety Defects this, notify General Motors. to the Canadian In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020, Government or write: If you live in Canada, and you Chevrolet Motor Division believe that the vehicle has a Chevrolet Customer Assistance safety defect, notify Transport Center Canada immediately, and notify P.O. Box 33170 General Motors of Canada Detroit, MI 48232-5170 Company. Call Transport In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 Canada at 1-800-333-0510; (English) or 1-800-263-7854 go to: (French), or write: www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Customer Information 347 Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a better understanding of the Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and (EDR). The injuries occur. Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to Note The vehicle has a number of record, in certain crash or near EDR data are recorded by your computers that record information crash-like situations, such as an air vehicle only if a non-trivial crash about the vehicle’s performance and bag deployment or hitting a road how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal vehicle uses computer modules to understanding how a vehicle’s driving conditions and no personal monitor and control engine and systems performed. The EDR is data (e.g., name, gender, age, and transmission performance, to designed to record data related to monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law deployment and deploy them in a systems for a short period of time, enforcement, could combine the crash, and, if equipped, to provide typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR data with the type of antilock braking to help the driver EDR in this vehicle is designed to control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your investigation. technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating; Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR, about how the vehicle is operated, . Whether or not the driver and special equipment is required, and such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the information if they have access to . How fast the vehicle was traveling. the vehicle or the EDR. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

348 Customer Information GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar consent of the vehicle owner or, website. if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional Information consent of the lessee; in response 0 351. to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information. shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for deletion instructions. OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features; and, in certain situations, the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

OnStar 349 OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and OnStar Software Terms for more details including system limitations at OnStar Overview www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). OnStar Overview ...... 349 The OnStar system status light is OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the Emergency ...... 350 status light is: Security ...... 351 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Additional Information . Flashing Green: On a call. OnStar Additional Q Blue OnStar Button Information ...... 351 > Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem. This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is off. Press Q comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar that can connect to an OnStar Advisor. Advisor for Emergency, Security, Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an services may require a paid service Advisor. plan and data plan. OnStar requires Functionality of the Voice Command the vehicle battery and electrical button may vary by vehicle and system, cellular service, and GPS region. satellite signals to be available and operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing emergency service providers. OnStar may collect information about you and your vehicle, including location information. See OnStar User Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

350 OnStar Press = to: . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, OnStar Services if equipped. . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment display. See the Press > to get a priority connection Emergency infotainment manual for to an OnStar Advisor available Emergency Services require an information on how to use the 24/7 to: active safety and security plan. With OnStar app. . Get help for an emergency. Automatic Crash Response, built-in Or . Be a Good Samaritan or sensors can automatically alert a . Make a call, end a call, respond to an AMBER Alert. specially trained OnStar Advisor or answer an incoming call. who is immediately connected in to . Get assistance in severe the vehicle to help. . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling weather or other crisis situations voice commands. and find evacuation routes. Press > for a priority connection to an OnStar Advisor who can contact . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn emergency service providers, direct Navigation voice commands. them to your exact location, and . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi relay important information. hotspot name or SSID and With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially password, if equipped. trained Advisors are available Press Q to connect to an 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to Advisor to: provide a central point of contact, assistance, and information during a . Verify account information or crisis. update contact information. With Roadside Assistance, Advisors . Get driving directions. can locate a nearby service provider . Receive a Diagnostic check of to help with a flat tire, a battery the vehicle's key operating jump, or an empty gas tank. systems. . Receive Roadside Assistance. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

OnStar 351 Security OnStar Additional Reactivation for Subsequent Owners If equipped, OnStar provides these Information services: Press Q and follow the prompts to In- Messages . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar Advisors can use GPS to Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update pinpoint the vehicle and help information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar or connected service options. authorities quickly recover it. . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press . With Remote Ignition Block, Q to set up an account. How OnStar Service Works if equipped, OnStar can block . After change in ownership and Automatic Crash Response, the engine from being restarted. at 90 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote if equipped, OnStar can work Transferring Service Services, Roadside Assistance, and with law enforcement to Press Q to request account transfer Hands-Free Calling are available on gradually slow the vehicle down. eligibility information. The Advisor most vehicles. Not all OnStar services are available everywhere Theft Alarm Notification can cancel or change account information. or on all vehicles. For more If equipped, if the doors are locked information, a full description of and the vehicle alarm sounds, a Selling/Transferring the OnStar services, system limitations, notification by text, e-mail, or phone Vehicle and OnStar User Terms, Privacy call will be sent. If the vehicle is Statement, and Software Terms: Call 1-888-4ONSTAR stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work (1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR with authorities to recover the terminate your OnStar or connected (1-888-466-7827). vehicle. services if the vehicle is disposed . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

352 OnStar . Press Q to speak with an to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Advisor. phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar jamming — may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation. OnStar or connected services cannot work unless the vehicle is in See Radio Frequency Statement If equipped, TTY mode can be 0 a place where OnStar has an 345. turned on or off by touching agreement with a wireless service Settings, then Apps, and then Services for People with Phone. When TTY mode is on, provider for service in that area. The Disabilities wireless service provider must also phone calls can be made or have coverage, network capacity, Advisors provide services to help received with OnStar using the reception, and technology with physical disabilities and infotainment display. compatible with OnStar or medical conditions. OnStar Personal Identification connected services. Service Q Number (PIN) involving location information about Press to help: the vehicle cannot work unless GPS . Locate a gas station with an A PIN is needed to access some signals are available, unobstructed, attendant to pump gas. OnStar services. The PIN will need and compatible with the OnStar to be changed the first time when . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., hardware. OnStar or connected speaking with an Advisor. To that meets accessibility needs. services may not work if the OnStar change the OnStar PIN, contact an equipment is not properly installed . Provide directions to the closest OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or or it has not been properly hospital or pharmacy in urgent calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. maintained. If equipment or software situations. is added, connected, or modified, Warranty TTY Users OnStar or connected services may OnStar equipment may be not work. Other problems beyond OnStar has the ability to warranted as part of the vehicle the control of OnStar — such as communicate to deaf, warranty. hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired electrical system design and customers while in the vehicle. The architecture of the vehicle, damage available dealer-installed TTY system can provide in-vehicle Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

OnStar 353 Languages call OnStar. However, OnStar may come on. Press Q to try the could have difficulty identifying The vehicle can be programmed to call again or try again after driving a the exact location. respond in multiple languages. few miles into another cellular area. Press Q and ask for an Advisor. . In emergency situations, OnStar Vehicle and Power Issues Advisors are available in English, can use the last stored GPS Spanish, and French. Available location to send to emergency OnStar services require a vehicle languages may vary by country. responders. electrical system, wireless service, and GPS satellite technologies to be A temporary loss of GPS can cause available and operating for features Potential Issues loss of the ability to send a to function properly. These systems OnStar cannot perform Remote Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The may not operate if the battery is Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Advisor may give a verbal route or discharged or disconnected. Assistance after the vehicle has may ask for a call back after the been off continuously for 10 days vehicle is driven into an open area. Add-on Electrical Equipment without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has not been started for Cellular and GPS Antennas The OnStar system is integrated into the electrical architecture of the 10 days, OnStar can contact Cellular reception is required for vehicle. Do not add any electrical Roadside Assistance or a locksmith OnStar to send remote signals to equipment. See Add-On Electrical to help gain access to the vehicle. the vehicle. Do not place items over Equipment 0 227. Added electrical or near the antenna to prevent equipment may interfere with the Global Positioning blocking cellular and GPS signal operation of the OnStar system and System (GPS) reception. cause it to not operate. . Obstruction of the GPS can Unable to Connect to OnStar occur in a large city with tall Vehicle Software Updates buildings; in parking garages; Message OnStar or GM may remotely deliver around airports; in tunnels and If there is limited cellular coverage software updates or changes to the underpasses; or in an area with or the cellular network has reached vehicle without further notice or very dense trees. If GPS signals maximum capacity, this message consent. These updates or changes are not available, the OnStar may enhance or maintain safety, system should still operate to Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

354 OnStar security, or the operation of the Privacy libcurl: vehicle or the vehicle systems. The complete OnStar Privacy COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION Software updates or changes may Statement may be found at NOTICE affect or erase data or settings that www.onstar.com (U.S.), are stored in the vehicle, such as Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We OnStar Hands-Free Calling name Stenberg, . recommend that you review it. If you tags, saved navigation destinations, have any questions, call All rights reserved. or pre-set radio stations. Neither 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) OnStar nor GM is responsible for Permission to use, copy, modify, any affected or erased data or or press Q to speak with an and distribute this software for any settings. These updates or changes Advisor. Users of wireless purpose with or without fee is may also collect personal communications are cautioned that hereby granted, provided that the information. Such collection is the privacy of any information sent above copyright notice and this described in the OnStar privacy via wireless cellular communications permission notice appear in all statement or separately disclosed at cannot be assured. Third parties copies. the time of installation. These may unlawfully intercept or access THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED updates or changes may also cause transmissions and private “AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF a system to automatically communications without consent. ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR communicate with GM servers to OnStar - Software IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT collect information about vehicle Acknowledgements LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES system status, identify whether OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS updates or changes are available, Certain OnStar components include FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE or deliver updates or changes. An libcurl and unzip software and other AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF active OnStar agreement constitutes third party software. Below are the THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO consent to these software updates notices and licenses associated with EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR or changes and agreement that libcurl and unzip and for other third COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE either OnStar or GM may remotely party software please see http:// LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, deliver them to the vehicle. opensource.lge.com/index DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, www.onstar.com/us/en/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

OnStar 355 OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris 1. Redistributions of source code OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig, must retain the above copyright WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson, notice, definition, disclaimer, USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum, and this list of conditions. THE SOFTWARE. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden, 2. Redistributions in binary form Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller, (compiled executables) must the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens, reproduce the above copyright not be used in or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai notice, definition, disclaimer, otherwise to promote the sale, use Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury, and this list of conditions in or other dealings in this Software Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda, documentation and/or other without prior written authorization of Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, materials provided with the the copyright holder. Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, distribution. The sole exception Rich Wales, Mike White. to this condition is redistribution unzip: This software is provided “as is,” of a standard UnZipSFX binary This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the without warranty of any kind, (including SFXWiz) as part of a Info-ZIP copyright and license. The express or implied. In no event shall self-extracting archive; that is definitive version of this document Info-ZIP or its contributors be held permitted without inclusion of should be available at ftp:// liable for any direct, indirect, this license, as long as the ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/ incidental, special or consequential normal SFX banner has not license.html indefinitely. damages arising out of the use of or been removed from the binary Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All inability to use this software. or disabled. rights reserved. Permission is granted to anyone to 3. Altered versions–including, but For the purposes of this copyright use this software for any purpose, not limited to, ports to new including commercial applications, operating systems, existing and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as the following set of individuals: and to alter it and redistribute it ports with new graphical freely, subject to the following interfaces, and dynamic, Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis, restrictions: shared, or static library Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois, versions–must be plainly Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed marked as such and must not Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

356 OnStar be misrepresented as being the original source. Such altered versions also must not be misrepresented as being Info-ZIP releases–including, but not limited to, labeling of the altered versions with the names “Info-ZIP” (or any variation thereof, including, but not limited to, different capitalizations), “Pocket UnZip,”“WiZ” or “MacZip” without the explicit permission of Info-ZIP. Such altered versions are further prohibited from misrepresentative use of the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail addresses or of the Info-ZIP URL(s). 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use the names “Info-ZIP,”“Zip,” “UnZip,”“UnZipSFX,”“WiZ,” “Pocket UnZip,”“Pocket Zip,” and “MacZip” for its own source and binary releases. Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Connected Services 357 Connected Connected Services OnStar app on the infotainment display. For other vehicles press = Services Navigation as follows. Navigation requires a specific Cancel Route Connected Services OnStar or connected service plan. 1. Press =. System responds: Navigation ...... 357 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections ...... 358 Diagnostics ...... 360 directions or have them sent to the 2. Say “Cancel route.” System vehicle’s navigation screen, responds: “Do you want to if equipped. cancel directions?” Turn-by-Turn Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank 1. Press Q to connect to an you, goodbye.” Advisor. Route Preview 2. Request directions to be downloaded to the vehicle. 1. Press =. System responds: 3. Follow the voice-guided “OnStar ready,” then a tone. commands. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three Using Voice Commands maneuvers. During a Planned Route Repeat Functionality of the Voice Command button, if equipped, may vary by 1. Press =. System responds: vehicle and region. For some “OnStar ready,” then a tone. vehicles, press = to open the Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

358 Connected Services 2. Say “Repeat.” System See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) responds with the last direction www.onstar.ca (Canada). The vehicle may have a built-in given, then responds with Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Connections to the Internet and web content at Get My Destination The following services help with 4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile staying connected. devices can be connected. A data 1. Press =. System responds: plan is required. Use the in-vehicle “OnStar ready,” then a tone. For coverage maps, see controls only when it is safe to www.onstar.com (U.S.) or do so. 2. Say “Get my destination.” www.onstar.ca (Canada). System responds with the 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot address and distance to the Ensuring Security information, press = to open destination, then responds with . Change the default passwords the OnStar app on the “OnStar ready,” then a tone. for the Wi-Fi hotspot and infotainment display, then Send Destination to Vehicle myChevrolet mobile application. select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some Make these passwords different vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi Directions can be sent to the from each other and use a Settings on the screen. vehicle’s navigation screen, combination of letters, numbers, 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display if equipped. and symbols to increase the the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), security. Press Q, then ask the Advisor to password, and on some download directions to the vehicle’s . Change the default name of the vehicles, the connection type navigation system, if equipped. After SSID (Service Set Identifier). (no Internet connection, 3G, the call ends, the navigation screen This is your network’s name that 4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality will provide prompts to begin driving is visible to other wireless (poor, good, excellent). directions. Routes that are sent to devices. Choose a unique name 3. To change the SSID or the navigation screen can only be and avoid family names or canceled through the navigation vehicle descriptions. password, press Q or call system. 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect with an Advisor. On some Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Connected Services 359 vehicles, the SSID and . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil factory-installed remote start, and password can be changed in life, or tire pressure, power locks are required. Data rates the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. if factory-equipped with the Tire apply. See www.onstar.com for Pressure Monitor System. details and system limitations. After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi hotspot will connect . Send destinations to the vehicle. Remote Services automatically to your mobile . Locate the vehicle on a map Contact an OnStar Advisor to devices. Manage data usage by (U.S. market only). turning Wi-Fi on or off on your unlock the doors or sound the horn mobile device, using the . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot and flash the lamps. myChevrolet mobile app, or by on/off, manage settings, and Marketplace contacting an OnStar Advisor. On monitor data consumption, some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be if equipped. OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on managed from the Wi-Fi . Locate a dealer and schedule your route, help locate hotels, Hotspot menu. service. or book a room. These services MyChevrolet Mobile App (If . Request roadside assistance. vary by market. Available) . Set a parking reminder with pin OnStar Hands-Free Calling Download the myChevrolet mobile drop, take a photo, make a note, app to compatible Apple and and set a timer. Make and receive calls with the Android smartphones. Chevrolet built-in wireless calling service, users can access the following . Connect with Chevrolet on social which requires available minutes. services from a smartphone: media. Functionality of the Voice Command button may vary by vehicle and . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, Features are subject to change. For if factory-equipped. myChevrolet mobile app information region. For some vehicles, press = and compatibility, see to open the OnStar app on the . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped my.chevrolet.com. infotainment display, then select with automatic locks. An active OnStar or connected Hands-Free calling. For other . Activate the horn and lamps. service plan may be required. vehicles press = as follows. A compatible device, Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

360 Connected Services Make a Call 2. Say “My number.” System updates on feature capabilities, see responds: “Your OnStar my.chevrolet.com. Message and 1. Press =. System responds: Hands-Free Calling number is,” data rates may apply. “OnStar ready.” then says the number. 2. Say “Call.” System responds: End a Call “Call. Please say the name or number to call.” Press =. System responds: “Call 3. Say the entire number without ended.” pausing, including a “1” and the Verify Minutes and Expiration area code. System responds: “OK, calling.” Press = and say “Minutes” then Calling 911 Emergency “Verify” to check how many minutes remain and their expiration date. 1. Press =. System responds: If equipped, press = and touch OnStar ready. “ ” Account Services to view the 2. Say “Call.” System responds: number of remaining minutes, “Call. Please say the name or available Wi-Fi data, and other number to call.” account information. 3. Say “911” without pausing. System responds: “911.” Diagnostics 4. Say “Call.” System responds: By monitoring and reporting on the “OK, dialing 911.” vehicle's key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, Retrieve My Number provides a way to keep up on 1. Press =. System responds: maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. See www.onstar.com for OnStar ready. “ ” details and system limitations. Features are subject to change. For Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 361 Index A Airbags (cont'd) Accessories and On-Off Switch ...... 67 Modifications ...... 230 Readiness Light ...... 105 Accessory Power ...... 180 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 227 Vehicles ...... 70 Additional Information System Check ...... 60 OnStar ...... 351 Alarm Additional Maintenance Vehicle Security ...... 36 and Care ...... 324 Alert Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 242 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 202 Air Conditioning ...... 159, 161 All-Season Tires ...... 270 Air Vents ...... 164 AM-FM Radio ...... 138 Airbag System Antenna Check ...... 71 Multi-band ...... 141 How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 190 Restrain? ...... 65 Warning Light ...... 110 What Makes an Airbag Appearance Care Inflate? ...... 65 Exterior ...... 308 What Will You See after an Interior ...... 313 Airbag Inflates? ...... 65 Ashtrays ...... 100 When Should an Airbag Assistance Program, Inflate? ...... 64 Roadside ...... 339 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Audio Airbags Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 133 Adding Equipment to the Audio Players Vehicle ...... 70 CD ...... 141 Light On-Off ...... 106 Automatic On-Off Light ...... 106 Door Locks ...... 32 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

362 Index Automatic (cont'd) Brakes (cont'd) Camera Headlamp System ...... 127 Assist ...... 191 Rear Vision (RVC) ...... 198 Transmission ...... 185 Fluid ...... 252 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Transmission Fluid ...... 238, 241 Parking ...... 191 Capacities and Automatic Transmission Braking ...... 167 Specifications ...... 332 Manual Mode ...... 188 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 176 Carbon Monoxide Shift Lock Control Function Bulb Replacement Engine Exhaust ...... 184 Check ...... 256 Center High-Mounted Winter Driving ...... 170 Auxiliary Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 262 Cargo Devices ...... 146 Front Turn Signal, Tie-Downs ...... 92 Avoiding Untrusted Media Sidemarker, and Parking Cargo Door Relocking ...... 31 Devices ...... 141 Lamps ...... 260 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2 Axle, Rear ...... 254 Halogen Bulbs ...... 260 CD Player ...... 141 B Headlamp Aiming ...... 259 Center High-Mounted Headlamps ...... 260 Stoplamp (CHMSL) ...... 262 Battery License Plate Lamps ...... 262 Chains, Tire ...... 290 Exterior Lighting Battery Taillamps ...... 260 Charging System Light ...... 107 Saver ...... 131 Buying New Tires ...... 286 Check Load Management ...... 130 Engine Light (Malfunction Power Protection ...... 131 C Indicator) ...... 108 Battery - North America . . . .253, 302 Calibration ...... 96 Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 257 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 257 California Child Restraints Bluetooth Perchlorate Materials Infants and Young Children . . . . .73 Overview ...... 151 Requirements ...... 230 Lower Anchors and Tethers Brake California for Children ...... 79 System Warning Light ...... 109 Proposition Older Children ...... 72 Brakes ...... 251 65 Warning ...... 229,253, 302, Securing ...... 85, 87 Antilock ...... 190 Back Cover Systems ...... 76 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 363 Cigarette Lighter ...... 99 Coolant Delayed Locking ...... 32 Circuit Breakers ...... 263 Engine Temperature Gauge . . 104 Devices Cleaning Cooling ...... 159, 161 Auxiliary ...... 146 Exterior Care ...... 308 Cooling System ...... 243 Diagnostics Interior Care ...... 313 Courtesy Transportation Connected Services ...... 360 Climate Control Systems ...... 159 Program ...... 341 Distracted Driving ...... 166 Air Conditioning ...... 159 Cruise Control ...... 194 Dome Lamps ...... 129 Heating ...... 159 Light ...... 114 Door Rear ...... 161 Customer Assistance ...... 338 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 31 Rear Heating System ...... 161 Offices ...... 337 Delayed Locking ...... 32 Clock ...... 98 Text Telephone (TTY) Locks ...... 30 Cluster, Instrument ...... 101 Users ...... 338 Power Locks ...... 31 Collision Damage Repair ...... 342 Customer Information Rear Doors ...... 35 Compartments Publications Ordering Side ...... 33 Storage ...... 91 Information ...... 344 Sliding ...... 34 Compass ...... 96 Customer Satisfaction Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 334 Connected Services Procedure ...... 335 Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 197 Connections ...... 358 D Driver Information Diagnostics ...... 360 Center (DIC) ...... 114 Damage Repair, Collision ...... 342 Navigation ...... 357 Driving Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2 Connections Characteristics and Data Collection Connected Services ...... 358 Towing Tips ...... 210 Infotainment System ...... 348 Control Defensive ...... 166 OnStar ...... 348 Traction and Electronic Drunk ...... 167 Data Recorders, Event ...... 347 Stability ...... 192 For Better Fuel Economy ...... 24 Daytime Running Control of a Vehicle ...... 167 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 170 Lamps (DRL) ...... 127 Convex Mirrors ...... 38 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 172 Defensive Driving ...... 166 Loss of Control ...... 168 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

364 Index Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) Filter, Off-Road Recovery ...... 168 Cooling System ...... 243 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 242 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 172 Drive Belt Routing ...... 334 Flash-to-Pass ...... 126 Wet Roads ...... 169 Exhaust ...... 184 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 128 Winter ...... 170 Fan ...... 249 Flat Tire ...... 291 Dual Tire Oil Life System ...... 237 Changing ...... 292 Rotation ...... 285 Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 103 FlexFuel E Oil Pressure Light ...... 112 E85 ...... 207 Overheating ...... 248 Floor Mats ...... 316 E85 or FlexFuel ...... 207 Power Messages ...... 119 Fluid Electrical Equipment, Running While Parked ...... 185 Automatic Add-On ...... 227 Starting ...... 178 Transmission ...... 238, 241 Electrical System Enhanced Technology Glass . . . . 41 Brakes ...... 252 Engine Compartment Fuse Entry Lighting ...... 130 Power Steering ...... 250 Block ...... 263 Entry/Exit Lighting ...... 130 Washer ...... 250 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 268 Equipment, Towing ...... 222 Folding Mirrors ...... 39 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263 Event Data Recorders ...... 347 Forward Collision Alert Overload ...... 263 Exit Lighting ...... 130 (FCA) System ...... 201 Emergency Extender, Seat Belt ...... 58 Frequency Statement OnStar ...... 350 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 125 Radio ...... 345 Engine Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 126 Front Seats Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 242 Exterior Lighting Battery Adjustment ...... 44 Check Light (Malfunction Saver ...... 131 Front Storage ...... 91 Indicator) ...... 108 Front Turn Signal Compartment Overview ...... 232 F Bulb Replacement ...... 260 Coolant Heater ...... 180 Fan Fuel Coolant Temperature Engine ...... 249 Additives ...... 207 Gauge ...... 104 Fast Idle System ...... 180 Economy Driving ...... 24 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 365 Fuel (cont'd) Gauges (cont'd) High-Beam On Light ...... 113 Filling a Portable Fuel Warning Lights and Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 170 Container ...... 209 Indicators ...... 100 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 192 Filling the Tank ...... 208 General Information Hood ...... 231 Foreign Countries ...... 207 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 317 Horn ...... 95 Gauge ...... 102 Towing ...... 210 How to Wear Seat Belts Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 113 Vehicle Care ...... 229 Properly ...... 51 Prohibited Fuels ...... 206 Glass, Enhanced Technology . . . . 41 HVAC ...... 159, 161 Recommended ...... 206 GM Mobility Reimbursement I Top Tier ...... 206 Program ...... 339 Idle System Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 301 H Fast ...... 180 Fuses Halogen Bulbs ...... 260 Ignition Positions ...... 176 Engine Compartment Fuse Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 128 Ignition Transmission Lock Block ...... 263 Head Restraints ...... 44 Check ...... 257 Floor Console Fuse Block . . . . 268 Headlamps Immobilizer ...... 37 Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 263 Aiming ...... 259 Indicator G Automatic ...... 127 Vehicle Ahead ...... 111 Gas Strut(s) ...... 258 Bulb Replacement ...... 260 Infants and Young Children, Gauges Daytime Running Restraints ...... 73 Engine Coolant Lamps (DRL) ...... 127 Information Temperature ...... 104 Flash-to-Pass ...... 126 Publication Ordering ...... 344 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 103 High-Beam On Light ...... 113 Infotainment ...... 132 Fuel ...... 102 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126 Infotainment System ...... 348 Odometer ...... 102 Heated Mirrors ...... 39 Instrument Cluster ...... 101 Speedometer ...... 102 Heater Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 39 Trip Odometer ...... 102 Engine Coolant ...... 180 Introduction ...... 2 Voltmeter ...... 105 Heating ...... 159, 161 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

366 Index J Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Lights (cont'd) Jump Starting - North LATCH System Seat Belt Reminders ...... 105 America ...... 302 Replacing Parts after a Security ...... 113 Crash ...... 85 StabiliTrak OFF ...... 111 K LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tire Pressure ...... 112 Keyless Entry Tethers for Children ...... 79 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 111 Remote (RKE) System ...... 27 Lighter, Cigarette ...... 99 Traction Control System Keys ...... 25 Lighting (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 112 L Entry ...... 130 Locking Rear Axle ...... 194 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 271 Entry/Exit ...... 130 Locks Lamps Exit ...... 130 Automatic Door ...... 32 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 127 Illumination Control ...... 129 Cargo Door Relocking ...... 31 Dome ...... 129 Lights Delayed Locking ...... 32 Exterior Controls ...... 125 Airbag On-Off ...... 106 Door ...... 30 Exterior Lamps Off Airbag Readiness ...... 105 Lockout Protection ...... 32 Reminder ...... 126 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 31 Exterior Lighting Battery (ABS) Warning ...... 110 Safety ...... 32 Saver ...... 131 Brake System Warning ...... 109 Loss of Control ...... 168 License Plate ...... 262 Charging System ...... 107 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 113 Malfunction Indicator Check Engine (Malfunction Lower Anchors and Tethers (Check Engine) ...... 108 Indicator) ...... 108 for Children (LATCH Reading ...... 130 Cruise Control ...... 114 System) ...... 79 Taillamps ...... 260 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 112 M Lamps, Bulb Replacement ...... 260 Flash-to-Pass ...... 126 Maintenance Lane Departure High-Beam On ...... 113 Records ...... 330 Warning (LDW) ...... 204 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 126 Lane Departure Warning Lane Departure Warning ...... 111 Light ...... 111 Low Fuel Warning ...... 113 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 367 Maintenance and Care N Outlets Additional ...... 324 Navigation Power ...... 98 Maintenance Schedule ...... 319 Connected Services ...... 357 Overheating, Engine ...... 248 Recommended Fluids and New Vehicle Break-In ...... 176 Overview ...... 133, 135 Lubricants ...... 327 Noise Control System ...... 255 P Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 108 O Park Manual Mirrors ...... 38 Odometer ...... 102 Shifting Into ...... 182 Manual Mode ...... 188 Trip ...... 102 Shifting Out of ...... 183 Manual Windows ...... 40 Off-Road Park Assist ...... 199 Media Recovery ...... 168 Parking Avoiding Untrusted Devices . . 141 Oil Brake ...... 191 Messages Engine ...... 235 Brake and P (Park) Engine Power ...... 119 Engine Oil Life System ...... 237 Mechanism Check ...... 257 Vehicle ...... 119 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 103 Over Things That Burn ...... 184 Vehicle Speed ...... 119 Pressure Light ...... 112 Perchlorate Materials Mirrors Older Children, Restraints ...... 72 Requirements, California ...... 230 Convex ...... 38 Online Owner Center ...... 338 Personalization Folding ...... 39 OnStar ...... 348 Vehicle ...... 120 Heated ...... 39 OnStar Additional Phone Manual ...... 38 Information ...... 351 Bluetooth ...... 151 Manual Rearview ...... 39 OnStar Emergency ...... 350 Power Power ...... 39 OnStar Overview ...... 349 Door Locks ...... 31 Trailer Tow ...... 38 OnStar Security ...... 351 Mirrors ...... 39 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 39 OnStar System ...... 151 Outlets ...... 98 Monitor System, Tire Operation Protection, Battery ...... 131 Pressure ...... 279 Infotainment System ...... 136 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 180 Multi-band Antenna ...... 141 Seat Adjustment ...... 44 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

368 Index Power (cont'd) Rear Seats ...... 46 Reporting Safety Defects (cont'd) Steering Fluid ...... 250 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 198 U.S. Government ...... 345 Windows ...... 40 Rear Windows ...... 42 Restraints Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 57 Rearview Mirrors ...... 39 Where to Put ...... 77 Privacy Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Retained Accessory Vehicle Data Recording ...... 347 Recommended Power (RAP) ...... 180 Program Fuel ...... 206 Roads Courtesy Transportation ...... 341 Recommended Fluids and Driving, Wet ...... 169 Prohibited Fuels ...... 206 Lubricants ...... 327 Roadside Assistance Proposition Records Program ...... 339 65 Warning, Maintenance ...... 330 Rotation, Tires ...... 283 California ...... 229,253, 302, Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 306 Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 334 Back Cover Reimbursement Program, Running the Vehicle While Publication Ordering GM Mobility ...... 339 Parked ...... 185 Information ...... 344 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) S System ...... 27 R Safety Defects Reporting Remote Vehicle Start ...... 29 Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 345 Canadian Government ...... 346 Replacement Parts Radio Reception ...... 140 General Motors ...... 346 Airbags ...... 71 Radios U.S. Government ...... 345 Maintenance ...... 329 AM-FM Radio ...... 138 Safety Locks ...... 32 Replacing Airbag System ...... 71 Satellite ...... 139 Safety System Check ...... 58 Replacing LATCH System Reading Lamps ...... 130 Satellite Radio ...... 139 Parts after a Crash ...... 85 Rear Axle ...... 254 Scheduling Appointments ...... 341 Replacing Seat Belt System Locking ...... 194 Seat Belts ...... 50 Parts after a Crash ...... 59 Rear Climate Control System . . . 161 Care ...... 58 Reporting Safety Defects Rear Doors ...... 35 Extender ...... 58 Canadian Government ...... 346 Rear Heating System ...... 161 General Motors ...... 346 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 369 Seat Belts (cont'd) Service (cont'd) Steering ...... 167 How to Wear Seat Belts Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 341 Fluid, Power ...... 250 Properly ...... 51 Services Wheel Adjustment ...... 94 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 53 Special Application ...... 324 Wheel Controls ...... 94 Reminders ...... 105 Servicing the Airbag ...... 70 Storage Areas Replacing after a Crash ...... 59 Shift Lock Control Function Front ...... 91 Use During Pregnancy ...... 57 Check, Automatic Storage Compartments ...... 91 Seats Transmission ...... 256 Struts Adjustment, Front ...... 44 Shifting Gas ...... 258 Head Restraints ...... 44 Into Park ...... 182 Stuck Vehicle ...... 172 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 44 Out of Park ...... 183 Sun Visors ...... 42 Rear ...... 46 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 202 Swing-out Windows ...... 41 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 45 Side Door ...... 33 Switches Securing Child Restraints . . . . 85, 87 Sidemarker Airbag On-Off ...... 67 Security Bulb Replacement ...... 260 Symbols ...... 3 Light ...... 113 Signals, Turn and System OnStar ...... 351 Lane-Change ...... 128 Forward Collision Vehicle ...... 36 Sliding Door ...... 34 Alert (FCA) ...... 201 Vehicle Alarm ...... 36 Special Application Services . . . . 324 Infotainment ...... 132, 348 Service ...... 164 Specifications and Noise Control ...... 255 Accessories and Capacities ...... 332 Systems Modifications ...... 230 Speedometer ...... 102 Driver Assistance ...... 197 Climate Control System ...... 159 StabiliTrak T Doing Your Own Work ...... 230 OFF Light ...... 111 Taillamps ...... 260 Maintenance Records ...... 330 Start Assist, Hill ...... 192 Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 338 Maintenance, General Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 29 Information ...... 317 Starter Switch Check ...... 256 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 331 Starting the Engine ...... 178 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

370 Index Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 37 Tires (cont'd) Turn and Lane-Change Immobilizer ...... 37 Winter ...... 271 Signals ...... 128 Top Tier Fuel ...... 206 Time ...... 98 U Tires ...... 270 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 189 Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 288 All-Season ...... 270 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 111 Using This Manual ...... 2 Buying New Tires ...... 286 Towing Chains ...... 290 Driving Characteristics ...... 210 V Changing ...... 292 Equipment ...... 222 Vehicle Designations ...... 274 General Information ...... 210 Alarm System ...... 36 Different Size ...... 287 Recreational Vehicle ...... 306 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Dual Rotation ...... 285 Trailer ...... 215 Control ...... 167 Full-Size Spare ...... 301 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 225 Identification Number (VIN) . . . 331 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 291 Vehicle ...... 306 Load Limits ...... 172 Inspection ...... 283 Traction Messages ...... 119 Pressure ...... 278 Control System Personalization ...... 120 Pressure Light ...... 112 (TCS)/StabiliTrak Light ...... 112 Remote Start ...... 29 Pressure Monitor Operation . . 280 Traction Control/Electronic Security ...... 36 Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 279 Stability Control ...... 192 Speed Messages ...... 119 Rotation ...... 283 Trailer Towing ...... 306 Sidewall Labeling ...... 271 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 225 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 111 Terminology and Definitions . . 275 Tow Mirrors ...... 38 Vehicle Care Uniform Tire Quality Towing ...... 215 Tire Pressure ...... 278 Grading ...... 288 Transmission Vehicle Data Recording and Wheel Alignment and Tire Automatic ...... 185 Privacy ...... 347 Balance ...... 289 Fluid, Automatic ...... 238, 241 Ventilation, Air ...... 164 Wheel Replacement ...... 289 Transportation Program, Visors ...... 42 When It Is Time for New Courtesy ...... 341 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 105 Tires ...... 285 Trip Odometer ...... 102 Chevrolet Express Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico- 12146162) - 2019 - crc - 6/18/18

Index 371 W Winter Tires ...... 271 Warning Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 257 Brake System Light ...... 109 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 204 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 100 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 128 Washer Fluid ...... 250 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance . . 289 Different Size ...... 287 Replacement ...... 289 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 285 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 77 Windows ...... 40 Enhanced Technology Glass . . .41 Manual ...... 40 Power ...... 40 Rear ...... 42 Swing-out Windows ...... 41 Windshield Replacement ...... 258 Wiper/Washer ...... 95 Winter Driving ...... 170 19_CHEV_Express_COV_en_US_84144864A_2018JUN22.ai 1 6/14/2018 12:43:29 PM 2019 Express

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY CMY Express K Owner’s Manual

84144864 A